Home

caution - Schneider Electric

Contents

1. Bit Description 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status Bit description for the Stw3 element Bit Description 0 Belt Sway switch 1 Belt Empty Sensor switch 2 Pull Cord switch 3 Belt Tension switch 4 Chute Jam switch 5 15 Not used Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Motor locally stopped 1 Safety interlock not available 2 Sequential interlock not available 3 Process interlock not available 4 Motor electrically not available 5 Motor overload 6 Motor emergency stop 7 Run feedback not active when motor is running 8 Run feedback active when motor is not running 9 10 Not used 11 Process feedback not active when motor is running 12 Process feedback active when motor is not running 13 Not used 14 Run hours maximum value reached 15 Active trip alarm 416 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Bit description for the Alw2 element Bit Description Belt Sway switch not available Belt Empty Sensor switch not available Pull Cord switch not available Belt Tension switch not available Chute Jam switch not available alajn Not used El00000000886 07 2011 417 MMM Process 9 5 RouteMgt Route Management Overview This section describes the RouteMgt block What s in this Section This s
2. Extended Tab is RM_GrpStrtMet Feedback Time remaining C Motor 1 C Motor 2 C Motor 3 C Motor 4 Motor 5 C Motor 6 The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Feedback Steady green Device started feedback is obtained Steady gray Device started feedback is not obtained Time remaining Not available Displays the time remaining to the device x x 01 12 This tab shows only the devices as per the device count DevCount configured 368 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Configuration Tab is RM_GrpStrtMet Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 4 Motor 5 Motor 6 Start Delay The following table describes the sub section Configuration Item Animation Description Start Delay Not available Displays the start delay for device x x 1 12 configurable from HMI Bypass Steady green Timer bypass feedback for device x x 1 12 is obtained Steady gray Timer bypass feedback for device x x 1 12 is not obtained This tab shows only the devices as per the device count DevCount configured Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 369 MMM Process GrpStrtMgt_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type GrpStrtMgt_St for the GrpStrtMgt blo
3. Element Type Description ExtSP REAL External set point ManSP REAL Manual set point PV REAL Process value in rpm SP REAL Set point SPH REAL Set point high limit SPL REAL Set point low limit MaxDev REAL Maximum deviation MinDev REAL Minimum deviation Ramp REAL Ramp value K REAL Divisor constant RunHr NT Run hours of motor TRunFb NT Run feedback delay TiInv NT Inverse direction start delay TRamp NT Ramp time TMaxDev NT Maximum deviation time MinPL NT Minimum pulse length TC NT Calculation time Tmov NT Movement time Dummy1 NT Not used Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI ExtSPEn BOOL External set point enable Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI 1 Manual mode selection from HMI El00000000886 07 2011 313 Equipment Control wo Description Local mode selection from HMI Out of Service mode selection from HMI Start command from HMI Start2 Stop command from HMI Alarm reset from HMI Run hour reset from HMI OO O N OD oO B amp B OIN Not used fo Rampup Inching m an Ramp down N Ramp maximum Ramp minimum A Alert mask 15 Alarm mask
4. Topic Page Mot2d Description 134 Mot2d Representation as SCoD in UAG 147 Mot2D Representation in the HMI 150 Mot2d_St Derived Data Type 158 E100000000886 07 2011 133 Equipment Control Mot2d Description General The Mot 2d block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB Mot2d Vijeo Citect Genie Mot2d UAG SCoD Mot2d Function Description The Mot 2d block is used to control electrical motors with 2 directions of rotation This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Local mode By default the motor will be in Auto mode The motor will be forced to Auto or Local mode if the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is HIGH Local pin has the highest priority When the Local mode is selected the block functions in Local mode irrespective of other mode selections If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is LOW operator changes the mode of motor from the popup of motor block When the motor is under maintenance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCt r1 block to wake up the motor from sleep A group start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group This sets the output GActive as HIGH if all the interlocks StartILck
5. The EgyScheE block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB EgySchE Vijeo Citect Genie EgySchE UAG SCoD EgySchE Function Description The EgySche block is used for the applications where some actions need to be scheduled based on events for example shutting down of the mill fan If mill is stopped for more than 30 minutes the provided interlocks are satisfied The process event logic is programmed and connected to the input pin Event If Event is high then schedule is activated The schedule supports BOOL type and REAL type output Normally the input values are moved to the outputs If the interlock Schl1ck and schedule are active the default values are moved to outputs after a time delay SchDelay The operator can enter these default values from the HMI popup If the interlock is not active after the time delay the schedule further waits for a time hold time During initialization of the block this time can be set and changed later If the interlock becomes active within the hold time The scheduler does its functions and shuts down itself or else the schedule gets cancelled and generates an alarm In this the operator gets information of remaining time scheduler on off status and so on from the HMI popup Representation in FBD EgySchE Event OP1 Schick OP2 N1 SchActive IN2 S
6. E100000000886 07 2011 469 Cement Process Parameter Type Description Details MeasFaillok BOOL Measurement MeasFaillOk 1 inoperational Measurement is operable MeasFailloOk 0 Measurement is inoperable and an alarm is generated MeasDisturb BOOL Measurement MeasDisturb 1 disturbance Measurement disturbance condition is operable MeasDisturb 0 Measurement disturbance condition is inoperable and an alert is generated CycDisturb BOOL Cycle disturbance CycDisturb 1 Cycle disturbance condition is operable CycDisturb 0 Cycle disturbance condition is inoperable and an alert is generated A CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the GasAnalyser block Parameter Type Description Details AlmiInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 470 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your mac
7. Fonts Parameters Included Projects 60 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library These labels are then assigned at the Privilege level field in the Access tab for all those dynamic objects which have privileges assigned like button and so on as shown in the following figure Rectangle Properties Appearance Movement Scaling Fill Input Slider Y Access Identification Description Tool tip jesauag A Manual mode Security 12 IV Same area as page A aee d ont No privilege restrictions Privilege level Cem_mode X Logging 94 Log device MSG1 X Cancel Apply Help To modify the privilege you need to replace the existing privilege number with the new privilege number in the Expression field of the label before Vijeo Citect goes to Run mode The following is the list of labels that are made available in the library These labels are then used in each library blocks in HMI Serial Label name Privilege Level Description Number 1 Cema_mode 1 To set the operation mode like Auto or Manual 2 Cema_operate 1 To operate a device like Start Stop and so on 3 Cema_value 1 To set operating set point or values 4 Cema_reset 1 To reset faults and alarms 5 Cema_limits 3 To modify alarm limits like HH H L and LL 6 Cema_masking 3 To mask alarms and alerts 7 Cema_service 3 To execute service like O
8. Parameter Type Description Details Init BOOL Initialise totalising The block starts to totalise when Init 1 is received IN REAL Input Input value to be totalised Hold BOOL Hold totalising The block holds to totalising and holds the last Total output TotRst BOOL Reset Total Owhen TotRst 1 The following table describes the output parameters of the Totaliser block Parameter Type Description Details Total REAL Total value Output value Total In K Total Calculated during every TScan interval time If TotRst 1 then Total 0 If Hold 1 then Total value is not calculated Done BOOL Set point is This output denotes that Total gt reached SP The following table describes the input output parameter of the Totaliser block Parameter Type Description Stx Totaliser St Status and control of the analog actuator Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 582 El00000000886 07 2011 577 Generic Process Totaliser Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable
9. Function Description The SPReal block is used for the applications where the operator enters the set points of real type from HMI This block accepts the input set point in the Real format You can select 2 input types as described in the following table Input Type Description Free Input The input set point can be any real value that an operator enters from HMI Limited Input The input set point has to be within the limits output high and output low The operator can enter the value only within the limits The input type output high and low values can be configured during instantiation of the block and in the popup as well Delay time is not configurable through popup Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the SPReal block SPReal TSP OP Stx Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameter of the SPRea1l block Parameter Type Description Details TSP TIME Set point delay Delay time to change the set point SP from old value to new value 548 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process The following table describes the output parameter of the SPReal block Parameter Type Description OP REAL Real set point output The following table describes the input output parameter of the SPRea1 block Parameter Type Description Stx SPReal St Sta
10. 0 0000 167 AnlgIn Representation inthe HMI 20 e eee 169 AnlgIn_St Derived Data Type 00000000 172 AnlgOut Analog Output 0 0 ankea nei ia e aat e RE 174 AnlgOut Descriptions enri eaer do i E EE a E EE E 175 AnlgOut Representation as SCoD in UAG 00005 179 AnlgOut Representation in the HMI 200000 181 AnlgOut St Derived Data Type 0 0 00 0 184 Digint Digital Inp t nipe der ein ea n a dae eh 4 185 Diglin Descriptionss sahe aen ea a e Geb R aed woe ee 186 DigIn Representation as SCoD in UAG 0 000005 190 DigIn Representation in the HMI 0 e eee ee eee 192 DigIn_ St Derived Data Type 00 0 00 0000 2 196 DigOut Digital Output 2 ee 198 DigoOut Description sind ie ros ri eek lhe Waleed el he tiene 199 DigOut Representation as SCoD in UAG 0 000 0 202 DigOut Representation inthe HMI 00 eee eee 203 DigOut_St Derived Data Type 0 000000 00 0000 206 otldvs Motor 1 Direction Variable Speed 0 04 207 otidvs Description 0200 cee eee ees 208 otldvs Representation as SCoD in UAG 2 220 otldvs Representation in the HMI 200 0055 223 otldvs_ St Derived Data Type 00 0 000000 233 E100000000886 07 2011 8 8 DigAct D
11. Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and its installation and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved BEFORE YOU BEGIN Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point of operation guarding Lack of effective point of operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of that machine A WARNING UNGUARDED MACHINERY CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY e Donotuse this software and related automation equipment on equipment which does not have point of operation protection e Do not reach into machinery during operation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage This automation equipment and related software is used to control a variety of industrial processes The type or model of automation equipment suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required degree of protection required production methods unusual conditions government regulations etc In some applications more than one processor may be required as when backup redundancy is needed 10
12. Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default value DV 0 0 Configuration 2 Default value enable Display format Stx Simv HHH HH Configuration 1 Display format Measurement Unit Stx Simv o Configuration 7 Measurement value High Limit Stx SPH 100 0 Limits 9 High limit High set point HSP 100 0 Limits 8 High set point Low Limit Stx SPL 0 0 Limits 3 Low limit Low set point LSP 0 0 Limits 2 Low set point Raw value HRaw 100 0 Limits 7 High range of maximum channel input value Raw value LRaw 0 0 Limits 1 Low range of minimum channel input value Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 180 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgOut Representation in the HMI Analog Output Genie The AnlgOut block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Equip _AigOut Genie Elements Meaning Displays the AnlgOut output value and opens the AnlgOut output popup The instance name of the AnlgOut block is visible by default Symbol Equip Algo Soe You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Hardware inoperable in the AnlgOut block is active Flashing purple Line color Hardware inoperable in the AnlgOut block is a Steady purple ackn
13. Information Popup Out of Service Mode Implementation Paradigms dow from the Popup Defining Startup Function in Vijeo Citect 00000ee Scaling of Values for Visualization Eng Min Eng Max Property of the Control Module El00000000886 07 2011 Chapter 7 Part Il Chapter 8 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 Instantiation in UAG 0 e eee eee 91 UAG Customization 0 0 0 0 teens 92 UAG Generator ieee oe lo Ss Se Wc EE E 94 Object Description 00 eee eens 103 Equipment Control 0 ccc eee eee ee eee 105 otl1d Motor 1 Direction 0 00 e eee ee 106 otas Descriptions te oie oE oe E ante Oh eb ead See 107 ot1d Representation as SCoD in UAG 0 0000 e eee eee 119 otid Representation inthe HMI 0 00 e eee eee 122 ot1d_St Derived Data Type stesse te nate nietin retan iaiu 130 ot2d Motor 2 Direction 0 0 ee 133 OFZ d DESCHIPUOM seco sec ore ect dace ee eas Soe ete beeen edie Serene 134 ot2d Representation as SCoD in UAG 20 0005 147 ot2D Representation inthe HMI 0 00 ee eee eee 150 ot2d_St Derived Data Type 0 00 0 158 Antg in Analog INput a ia Seve anaia aeaiia a nee aE la eee 161 Anigin Description epret cerie bee ee ee ei Pe ed see 162 AnlgIn Representation as SCoD in UAG
14. 596 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process EgySchtT Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the EgyScht block SCoD Interface TYPE EgySchT TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL _ IN OP BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL SchliLck SchActive BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI EgySchT_St Stx Stx EgySchT_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default Value Stx DV 0 Configuration 7 Default value Display format Stx TSchedule 0 Configuration 1 Display format Hold delay min Stx THold 0 Configuration 8 Hold time Schedule delay min Stx TSchedule 0 Configuration 2 Schedule delay min E100000000886 07 2011 597 Generic Process EgySchtT Representation in the HMI Energy Scheduler Time Ge
15. Topic Page DigOut Description 199 DigOut Representation as SCoD in UAG 202 DigOut Representation in the HMI 203 DigOut_St Derived Data Type 206 198 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control DigOut Description General The DigOut block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB DigOut Vijeo Citect Genie DigOut UAG SCoD DigOut Function Description The DigOut block is used to read digital inputs from the set point and sends the digital processed value to digital output modules A wake up command is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the digital output block from Sleep mode The digital set point comes from an external block The set point value is processed and a digital output CHOUT is given to the respective channel of the digital output module When the simulation is switched on the simulation value is set from the popup is considered as the output CHOUT The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of digital output block The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Inoperable hardware alarms and indications are obtained The alarms for digital input block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from the popup resets the trip alarms Represent
16. block Parameter Type Description Stx GasAnalyser St Status and control of the GasAnalyser block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 484 472 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process GasAnalyser Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI ElO0000000886 07 2011 473 Cement Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the GasAnalyser block SCoD Interface TYPE Link BOOL Variable PLC INT Link REAL Link REAL Link REAL Link REAL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Variable PLC BOOL Link BOOL Link BOOL
17. The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list te Group1_MID1 Delay Run feedback Position feedback Inverse direction start Asset Management Run hours 280 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control This tab has 2 sub sections e Delay e Asset Management The following table shows the sub section Delay Item Description Run Feedback Displays run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if run feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and motor is tripped Position feedback Displays position feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if position feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and motor is tripped Inverse direction start Inverse direction starts delay of motor configurable from HMI Time taken to switch on motor from forward to reverse direction or vice versa exceeds delay time an alarm is generated and motor is tripped The following table shows the sub section Asset Management Item Meaning Run hours Displays the run hours of motor Resets the run hours value of the motor to 0 R E100000000886 07 2011 281 Equi
18. 578 Totaliser Representation inthe HMI 5 579 Totaliser St Derived Data Type 0 0 00 0 582 11 6 EgySchE Energy Scheduler Event Based 00 00 eee eee 583 EgySchE Description 0 a cece eee 584 EgySchE Representation as SCoD in UAG 55 586 EgySchk Representation inthe HMI 2 20000 587 EgySchE St Derived Data Type 0 000000 00000 592 11 7 EgySchtT Energy Scheduler Time Based 0000 eeu 594 EgySchT Description c rarae ena a eee 595 EgySchtT Representation as SCoD in UAG 2005 597 EgySchtT Representation inthe HMI 200 598 EgySchT_ St Derived Data Type 0 00 0 0 00000 603 11 8 TECK INS nlOCK ke irna Fe eas ar deans avane e a E aA E daa andes 605 TECK Deseniption sn yet ed Se aed ee AS 606 ILCK Representation as SCoD in UAG 0 000 c ee eee 608 ILCK_St Derived Data Type 00 0 cee eee eee 609 11 9 PIDB Proportional Integral and Derivative Controller Block 610 PIDB DeSChptiOn eiior Shek See teed Eee aa a 611 PIDB Representation as SCoD in UAG 000 c eee eee 619 PIDB Representation inthe HMI 0 00 eee eee eee 621 PIDB St Derived Data Type 0 0 0 00 e eee eee 629 Gl ss ry kisi die ee we ee alee ee ee a ee ea ee wll E 633 ndek ioe ic ae Rita date oe e
19. Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description Auto mode selection Local mode selection Group wake Not used Start interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock Motor electrically available OO OI N OD oa AJ OJN Motor overload e oO Torque en Run feedback forward direction N Run feedback reverse direction si Process feedback position 1 feedback A Alarm inhibition oa Position 2 feedback 314 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Auto mode active status 1 Manual mode active status 2 Local mode active status 3 Out of Service mode active status 4 Output OP1 active 5 Output OP2 active 6 Motor ready status 7 Motor running status 8 11 Not used 12 Interlock active status 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status Bit description for the Alw1 element o Description Motor locally stop Safety interlock not available Sequential interlock not available Process interlock not active Motor electrically not available Motor overload Motor torque not available Run feedback not active when motor is running INI aI AI OINI O Run feedback active when motor is
20. FbFwd BOOL Forward run feedback of motor electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP1 its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit IfOP1 1 and FbFwd 0 then Stop command to the motor OP1 0 is given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP1 0 and FbFwd 1 an alarm is generated after time delay ElO0000000886 07 2011 295 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details FbRev BOOL Reverse run feedback of motor electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP2 its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP2 1 and FbRev 0 then Stop command to the motor OP2 0 is given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP2 0 and FbRev 1 an alarm is generated after time delay FbPosl BOOL Position feedback 1 Once the actuator is given a Start command in forward direction from output OP1 its position feedback is continuously monitored If Pos1 1 Stop command to the actuator OP1 0 is given If OP1 1 and FbPos1 0 for more than time delay TFbPos an alarm is generated FbPos2 BOOL Position feedback 2 Once the actuator is given a Start command in forward direction from output OP2 its position feedback is continuously monitored If
21. The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Meaning Position 1 Start command is given to actuator to reach position 1 Position 2 Start command is given to actuator to reach position 2 Extended Tab ie Equip_MotAct Feedback Available C Over Load C Forward direction Reverse direction _JPosition1 Reached J Position Reached Mask 2 Alarm Mask Warning Mask This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback is obtained E100000000886 07 2011 279 Equipment Control Configuration Tab Item Animation Description Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback is not obtained Forward direction Steady green Motor is active and running in forward direction Steady gray Motor is not active Reverse direction Steady green Motor is active and running in reverse direction Steady gray Motor is not active Position Reached Steady green Position 1 reached feedback is obtained Steady gray Position 1 reached feedback is not obtained Position2 Reached Steady green Position 2 reached feedback is obtained Steady gray Position 2 reached feedback is not obtained
22. Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Start command Start command starts all the devices in the group sequentially Stop BOOL Stop command Stop 0 to 1 The block stops sending Start command and GActive 0 QStop BOOL Quick stop QStop 0 to 1 The block stops command QStop sending Start command and GActive 0 DevCount INT Device count The number of devices are present in the group Bypx Xx 01 12 BOOL Bypass of timer Tx Bypx x 01 12 1 Bypass the timer x 01 12 and starts the device x x 01 12 immediately FbRunx x 01 12 BOOL Start feedback Device x x 01 12 is active or started device x x 01 12 The following table describes the output parameters of the GrpStrtMgt block Parameter Type Description Details GActive BOOL Group active The GrpStrtMgt is started in the group and is active in the group GStartDone BOOL Group start activity This output is set when all the devices is done in the group are started It is connected to the Start pin of next GrpStrtMgt block GStartx x 01 12 BOOL Group Start GStartx x 01 12 1 Starts device command x x x 01 12 x 01 12 NOTE To be connected to input Start pin of the
23. qui_AnigAc template The instance name of the AnlgAct block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the BEX Genie for AnlgAct as damper Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady light gray Fill color Steady light gray Analog actuator is in Sleep mode XD Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady white Analog actuator is awake or Local or Manual mode valve or gate is in closed position EIO0000000886 07 2011 303 Equipment Control Modes Animation Meaning Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady white Analog actuator is awake or Local or Manual mode valve or gate is in closed position and an alert alarm is active Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady white Analog actuator is awake or Local or Manual mode valve or gate is in closed position and an alert alarm is acknowledged Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady green Analog actuator is awake or Local or Manual mode and valve or gate is in open position Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady green Analog actuator is awake or Local or Manual mode valve or gate is in opened position and an alert alarm is active Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady green Analog actuator is awake or Local or Manual mode valve or gate is in o
24. Sequential interlock not available Process interlock not available Differential pressure inoperable Pressure inoperable Hopper level inoperable Not used oalalaAlo rm a lo Bag filter trip ElO0000000886 07 2011 459 MMM Process 460 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process 10 Overview The following chapter describes the Cement process objects A WARNING MISAPPLICATION OF MODULES The modules in this section do not reflect any specific installation Before adopting these modules for use in a specific application the engineer must e conduct a safety analysis for the application and equipment installed e verify that all modules are appropriate for the equipment or function in the installation supply appropriate parameters particularly for limits check that all sensors and actuators are compatible with the modules selected thoroughly test all functions during verification and commissioning provide independent paths for critical control functions emergency stop over limit conditions etc according to the safety analysis and applicable codes and regulations Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 10 1 GasAnalyser Gas Analyser 462 10 2 MultiFuelCtri Multi Fu
25. Sleeping Modes m Auto 3 Manual CASCADE External Control Manipulated Variable MV i coa Setpoint SP Process Variable PV Set points Auto SP Cascade SP Manual SP External SP This tab displays the status of the PIDB block operation This tab also displays the bar graph of set point and process variable This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Modes e Control e Set points The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Awake Default value Enabled Warning Alarm E100000000886 07 2011 623 Generic Process The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto The manipulating variable is generated based on the PID algorithm with reference to the set point entered by the operator Manual The manipulating variable is replaced with the value entered by the operator from popup CASCADE The manipulating variable is generated based on the PID algorithm with reference to the set point connected through the input pin External The manipulating variable is replaced with the value coming from the input pin The following table describes the sub section Control Item Description Manipulated Manipulated variable is the final output of the PID that is varied as Variable MV per the detected error and given to an actuator to reduce the detected error For example speed 100 RPM po
26. Version Displays the library version This is a static text 52 E100000000886 07 2011 HMI Representation The following table describes the sub section Note Symbol Description The operator can write 2 short notes It can be acknowledged by clicking the button available before the text This acknowledgement erases the note Interlock Sub tabs Equip_Mot1D Mot1D Equip BIPIE Interlock J Starting Interlock I Safety Interlock J Sequential Interlock I Process Interlock The following sub tabs are commonly used in all the function blocks e Interlock e STI e SI e SAI e PI The following table describes the Interlock sub tabs Symbol Description Navigates to main interlock page E100000000886 07 2011 53 HMI Representation Item Description STI All the starting interlock conditions are displayed with description Also individual interlock condition can be bypassed in this section SI All the safety interlock conditions are displayed with description Also individual interlock condition can be bypassed in this section NOTE The figure for Safety Interlock is same as that for Starting Interlock sal All the sequential interlock conditions are displayed with description Also individual interlock condition can be bypassed in this section NOTE The figure for Sequential Interlock is same as that for Starting In
27. MMM Process Trend Tab FF mmm_Be nvyr1D Runtime Trend Load EET This tab has 3 sub sections e Trend Popup e Runtime Trend e Load e Energy The sub section Runtime Trend displays the run time trend of the parameters in the control module Item Description Load Displays the runtime trend of load Energy Displays the runtime trend of energy Item Description Displays the historical trend page 412 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 413 MMM Process BCnvyrid_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type BCnvyrld_ St for the BCnvyrid block Element Type Description Load REAL Load of motor in A kW Energy REAL Energy consumed by motor in kWh MWh RunHr INT Run hours of motor TRunFb INT Run feedback delay TProcFb INT Process feedback delay TLProcFb INT Loss process feedback delay PCN INT Pull cord number Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Stw3 WORD Status word 3 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Alw2 WORD Alarm word 2 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description
28. Not used Bit description for the Alw element Bit Description 0 Hardware inoperable 1 15 Not used 206 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control 8 7 Motidvs Motor 1 Direction Variable Speed Overview This section describes the Mot 1dVS block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Mot1dvs Description 208 Mot1dvs Representation as SCoD in UAG 220 Mot1dvs Representation in the HMI 223 Motldvs_St Derived Data Type 233 E100000000886 07 2011 207 Equipment Control Mot1dvVs Description General The Mot1dvs block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB Motldvs Vijeo Citect Genie Motldvs UAG SCoD Motldvs Function Description The Mot 1dVSs block is used to control electrical motors with 1 direction of rotation and variable speed This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Local mode By default the motor will be in Auto mode The motor will be forced to Auto or Local mode if the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is HIGH Local pin has the highest priority When the Local mode is selected the block functions in Local mode irrespective of other mode selections If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is LOW operator changes the mode of motor from the popup of
29. SP REAL Set point This is the final set point based on which Mv is generated Applicable only in Auto and Cascade modes of operation OPPV REAL Output process value This is the final process value based on which error is calculated Error REAL Error This value is the deviation of the process value from target Error SP PV Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The control is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The control is not operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The control is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The control is not operational with an active alarm present El00000000886 07 2011 617 Generic Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the PIDB block Parameter Type Description Stx PIDB St Status and control of the PIDB block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 629 618 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process PIDB Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the P
30. 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Auto1 1 Auto2 2 Manual 510 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Bit Description 3 External 4 Ratio OK 5 13 Not used 14 Alert 15 Not used Bit description for the Alw1 element a Description Set point1 limit error Set point2 limit error Set points limit error Set point4 limit error Set point5 limit error Set point6 limit error Maximum process value1 deviation Maximum process value2 deviation Maximum process value3 deviation Maximum process value4 deviation Maximum process value5 deviation Olo lN Iola A OINI o Er Maximum process value6 deviation N Ratio error wo More than one mode is selected in input pin 14 15 Not used ElO0000000886 07 2011 511 Cement Process 10 3 GirthGearLubCtr1 Girth Gear Lubrication Control Overview This section describes the GirthGearLubCtrl block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page GirthGearLubCtrl Description 513 GirthGearLubCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG 519 GirthGearLubCtrl Representation in the HMI 522 GirthGearLubCtrl_St Derived Data Type 528 512 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process GirthGearLubCtr1 Descr
31. 3 Configuring the parameters according to the project These basic steps are detailed in the following procedures Step 1 Selecting the appropriate configuration based on the project Step Action 1 From the Citect Graphics Builder screen click Tools Computer Setup Wizard 4 Citect Graphics Builder File Edit View Objects Text Arrange 8 23 Bsalss Update Pages Pack Libraries Batch Recipe Editor Batch Equipment Editor Advanced Batch Setup Wizard Citect Explorer F12 Project Editor Ci a Runtime Manager Options Result The Citect Computer Setup Wizard dialog box appears 78 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Step Action 2 Select Custom Setup and click Next Citect Computer Setup Wizard This wizard will assist you in setting up and customizing your computer for use with Citect Select the type of setup you require Express Setup c gis Result The Project Setup window appears 3 Select the relevant project in the Project Name list and click Next Project Setup Select a compiled project that this computer will run Project Name Result The Computer Role Setup window appears E100000000886 07 2011 79 Implementation Paradigms Step Action 4 Select the appropriate configurations in the series of windows based on the project and click Next Computer Role
32. C Run C Process Mask 2 Alarm Mask 2 Warning Mask Bypass Process feedback This tab has 3 sub sections e Feedback e Mask e Bypass The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Local Stop Steady green Motor locally stopped feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor locally not stopped feedback is obtained Conditional Start Steady green Motor is started Steady gray Motor is not started E100000000886 07 2011 227 Equipment Control Item Animation Description Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback is obtained Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback is not obtained Emergency Shutdown Steady green Emergency stop feedback is obtained Steady gray Emergency stop feedback is not obtained Run Steady green Motor running feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor not running feedback is obtained Process Steady green Process feedback is obtained Steady gray Process feedback is not obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list
33. E100000000886 07 2011 Only the user can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup operation and maintenance of the machine therefore only the user can determine the automation equipment and the related safeties and interlocks which can be properly used When selecting automation and control equipment and related software for a particular application the user should refer to the applicable local and national standards and regulations The National Safety Council s Accident Prevention Manual nationally recognized in the United States of America also provides much useful information In some applications such as packaging machinery additional operator protection such as point of operation guarding must be provided This is necessary if the operator s hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch points or other hazardous areas and serious injury can occur Software products alone cannot protect an operator from injury For this reason the software cannot be substituted for or take the place of point of operation protection Ensure that appropriate safeties and mechanical electrical interlocks related to point of operation protection have been installed and are operational before placing the equipment into service All interlocks and safeties related to point of operation protection must be coordinated with the related automation equipment and software programming NOTE Coordination of safeties
34. 235 Equipment Control 8 8 DigAct Digital Actuator Overview This section describes the DigAct block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page DigAct Description 237 DigAct Representation as SCoD in UAG 246 DigAct Representation in the HMI 249 DigAct_St Derived Data Type 257 236 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control DigAct Description General The DigAct block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB DigAct Vijeo Citect Genie DigAct UAG SCoD DigAct Function Description The DigAct block is used to control pneumatic electrical electro pneumatic actuators without electric digital actuator having 2 defined positions This control is usually performed through auxiliary solenoid valves fed from an ACC Controlled actuators can be either of mono or bi stable type and input Typ is to be adjusted accordingly This block supports 2 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode By default the digital actuator will be in Auto mode The digital actuator is forced to Auto if the mode selection input pin AutoSe1 is HIGH If the mode selection input pin AutoSe1 is LOW operator changes the mode of digital actuator from the popup of digital actuator block When the digital actuator is under maintenance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup
35. BOOL BOOL t BOOL t BOOL m BOOL m BOOL Anlgln_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable Variable PLC PLC PLC Variable Variable Variable PLC_HMI El00000000886 07 2011 167 Equipment Control SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx APV HHH HE Configuration 1 Sets the format for display in HMI genie and popup Measurement unit Stx APV Configuration 7 Sets measurement unit Default value DV 0 0 Configuration 2 Sets the default value Lag filter delay sec Stx Lag 0 0 Configuration 8 Lag filter delay High raw value HRaw 100 Limits 7 Sets high raw value Low raw value LRaw 0 Limits 1 Sets low raw value High process value HPV 100 0 Limits 8 Sets high Pv value Low process value LPV 0 0 Limits 2 Sets low Pv value High cutoff value HCutoff 100 0 Limits 9 Sets high cut off Low cutoff value LCutOff 0 0 Limits 3 Sets low cut off High high limit value Stx HHSP Not available Limits 11 Sets high high limit for alarm High limit value Stx HSP Not available Limits 10 Sets high limit for alarm Low limit value Stx LSP Not available Limits Sets low limit for alarm Low low limit value Stx LLSP Not available Limits Sets low low limit for alarm Hystersis Stx Hyst Not available Limits
36. Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI LocalSel BOOL Local mode selection Selection of operation mode Local mode LocalSel 1 Block is forced to Local mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out LocalSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor GStart1 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Direction BOOL Direction Direction 1 Actuator position is opened Pos2 Direction 0 Actuator position is closed Pos1 Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the motor GStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group El00000000886 07 2011 265 Equipment Contro
37. Dummy2 BOOL Not used 554 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 4 RatioCtr1 Ratio Controller Overview This section describes the RatioCtrl block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page RatioCtrl Description 556 RatioCtrl Representation as SCoD in UAG 563 RatioCtrl Representation in the HMI 566 RatioCtrl_St Derived Data Type 572 E100000000886 07 2011 555 Generic Process RatioCtr1 Description General The RatioCtr1 block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB RatioCtrl Vijeo Citect Genie RatioCtrl UAG SCoD RatioCtrl Function Description This RatioCtr1 block is used to control the ratio of ingredients of a continuous process The main application example is recipe management of the mill feed This block can support up to 6 ingredients and their ratios This block generates 6 set points to individual actuators that indirectly maintains a ratio between 6 different ingredients This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e External mode The block goes to Default mode configured DMode during initialization The block will be forced to Auto or External mode if the respective mode selection input pin AutoSel or ExtSel is HIGH If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or ExtSe1 is LOW operator
38. E100000000886 07 2011 385 MMM Process BCnvyrid Description General The BCnvyrid is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB BCnvyrid Vijeo Citect Genie BCnvyrld UAG SCoD BCnvyrid Function Description This BCnvyridis a customised 1 direction 1 speed motor block specifically for belt conveyors that includes the inoperable conditions like belt sway pull chord inoperable In addition it also checks the process feedback such as Zero Speed switch belt running empty and so on This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Local mode By default the conveyor will be in Auto mode The conveyor is forced to Auto or Local mode if the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is HIGH Local pin always have the highest priority When the Local mode is selected the block functions in Local mode irrespective of other mode selections If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is LOW operator changes the mode of the conveyor from the popup of the conveyor block When the conveyor is under maintenance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the motor from Sleep mode A group start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtrl orGrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or from previous device in the group This sets the o
39. Motor electrically available olo NI OD oO AJOIN Motor overload i Emergency stop a Run feedback N Not used Process feedback A Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Auto mode active status 1 Manual mode active status 2 Local mode active status 234 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit Description 3 Out of Service mode active status 4 Output command active 5 Not used 6 Motor ready status 7 Motor running status 8 9 Not used 10 Conditional start active status 11 Not used 12 Interlock active status 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Motor locally stop 1 Safety interlock not available 2 Sequential interlock not available 3 Process interlock not available 4 Motor electrically not available 5 Motor overload 6 Motor emergency stop 7 Run feedback not active when motor is running 8 Run feedback active when motor is not running 9 10 Not used 11 Process feedback not active when motor is running 12 Process feedback active when motor is not running 13 Not used 14 Run hours maximum value reached 15 Active trip alarm EIO00000000886 07 2011
40. Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has a sub tabs Interlock STI SI SQI and PI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 El00000000886 07 2011 231 Equipment Control Trend Tab Hie Equip_Mot1DVs Runtime Trend Load Energy SP PV The sub section Runtime Trend displays the run time trend of the parameters in the control module Item Description Load Displays the run time trend of load Energy Displays the run time trend of energy SP Displays the run time trend of set point PV Displays the run time trend of process variable Symbol Meaning Displays the historical trend page Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 232 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Motidvs_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type Mot1dvs_St for the Mot 1dVSs block Element Type Description Load REAL Load of motor in A kW Energy REAL Energy
41. The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed below Sleeping Awake Ratio Ok Warning Alarm E100000000886 07 2011 505 Cement Process The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto1 The set point output is generated based on ratio auto set point entered by the operator from popup Auto2 The set point output is generated based on controller s priority based algorithm Manual The set point output is generated based on the value set by the operator from popup External The set point output is generated based on external set points The following table describes the sub section Total Item Description Auto Mode SP Displays the total set point entered by the operator SP Displays the total set point value PV Displays the total process value Update Ratio Updates the ratio used for calculation by the operator The table below describes the sub section Enable ratio numbers Item Description R1 R6 Displays the fuel ratio numbers Enable Displays the ratio output enable status Fuel Ratio Displays the final ratio in SP Heat Displays the heat set point in GJ hr SP Calc Displays the calculated set point SP Displays the final set point given as output PV Displays the process value Auto1 SP Displays Auto mode set point fuel ratio in which is configur
42. UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 268 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the MotAct block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the MotAct block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes the output paramet ers of the MotAct block Parameter Type Description Details
43. displays the value and status in the HMI EClient e enables device data to be written or read to from Ethernet technologies e enables select whether the parameter has read or write access e enables several consecutive registers to be read available only with ModBusEthernetClient and ModBusClientBasic monitors transaction errors identifying them on three levels in order to determine the source of the error e enables to define priorities for systems with multiple client accesses e obtains the transactions OK NOK status as well as their access times displays the value and status in the HMI EGtwMB e functions as a bridge between serial devices and Ethernet buses e enables read write requests to be issued to devices on a 485 bus through an Ethernet port available only for ModBusClientBasic and ModbusScanner e obtains the transactions OK NOK status as well as their access times e displays the value and status in the HMI EPortM enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on serial Modbus TCP IP with M340 PLC displays the value and status in the HMI EPortP e enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on serial Modbus TCP IP with Premium PLC e displays the value and status in the HMI EPortQ e enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on serial Modbus TCP IP with Quantum PLC displays the value and sta
44. 120 El00000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control delay Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display Format Stx RunHr HHH Configuration 1 Display format time Run fb delay sec Stx TRunFb 0 Configuration 2 Sets run feedback delay s Process feedback St TProcFb 0 Configuration 8 Sets process delay sec feedback delay s Loss of process fb St TLProcFb 0 Configuration 3 Sets loss of process feedback delay s ElO0000000886 07 2011 121 Equipment Control Motid Representation in the HMI Motor 1 Direction Genie The Mot1d block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Meaning Opens the Mot1d popup The instance name of the Mot1d block is visible by default Equi_MottD You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady light gray Fill color Steady light gray Motor is in Sleep mode Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady white e Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready e Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready after alarms are reset Line color Dark gray Fill color Light gray Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and not ready Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing g
45. 4 Data H PLC hi By default UAG Customization PLC HMI Communication is set for modnet communication protocol The OPC server for PLC HMI communication is activated by clicking Edit and then changing the Use OPC Server from False to True see the figure E100000000886 07 2011 93 Instantiation in UAG UAG Generator General The required physical model and topological model must be defined in the UAG The property pages of the control module are the supporting pages for Cement Library features The properties of a control module are used for configuring the following e initial values e additional data The properties of a control module can be configured and modified for each configured parameter A new control module from the Cement Library can be added by right clicking the control module container level Equipment level and selecting the appropriate control module from the Control Module Type For detailed information refer to the Unity Application Generator User Manuals RISK OF PROCESSING INCORRECT DATA Changes during runtime are not updated in the UAG project The control engineer must update changes in the environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage 94 E100000000886 07 2011 Instantiation in UAG Step 1 Adding a Control Module To add a control module in the Unity Application Generator Step Action 1 Select a New Con
46. 6 REAL Auto mode ratio set point x x 1 6 Ratiox X x 1 6 REAL Final ratio x x 1 6 ManSPx x 1 6 REAL Manual mode set to point x x 1 6 SPxcalcx x 1 6 REAL Calculated set point x x 1 6 SPx x 1 6 REAL Set point x x 1 6 SPxH x 1 6 REAL Set point x x 1 6 high limit SPxL x 1 6 REAL Set point x x 1 6 low limit PVx x 1 6 REAL Process value x x 1 6 MAXPVDev REAL Maximum process value deviation permissable TMAXPVDev INT Time delay for maximum process value deviation error TRatioError INT Time delay for ratio error TSPError INT Time delay for set point error Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy1 WORD Not used Dummy2 WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto 1 Manual 2 Not used 572 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Bit Description 3 External 4 Update ratio 5 External total set point enable 6 Manual total set point track enable 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alarm masking 15 Alert masking Bit description for the Stw1 element o Description Wake Auto mode selection External mode selection Output 1 enable Output 2 enable Output 3 enable Output 4 enable Output 5 enable Output 6
47. Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Motor operation is igroup based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands Start and Stop given by operator from HMI Local BOOL LocalManual Local 1 Local mode is selected mode Motor operation is based on commands LStart and LStop given from field ElO0000000886 07 2011 269 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Oos BOOL Out of Service Oos 1 Out of Service mode is mode selected Motor is not operated and OP 0 GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started in the group and is active in the group Start command pulse Start is obtained GActive 1 OP1 BOOL Output command OP1 1 Motor is given command to to run motor in close forward direction OP2 BOOL Output command oP2 1 Motor is given command to to run motor in open reverse direction SeqStart BOOL Start command Start command pulse is received to next motor in and outputs OP and Run 1 group sequential start command pulse is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command Stop orQStop 1 and OP and Run to next motor in 0 sequential stop command is group given to the next motor connected in the group ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational IL
48. BOOL Chute Jam switch cus 1 Conveyor condition is operational to run e CJs 0 Belt chute is jammed Conveyor condition is not operational to run OP 1 and CJS 0 Stop command is given to the motor OP 0 An alarm is generated Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Belt Chute Jam switch and mounted near the belt in field Load REAL motor Load value of the Load value of the motor is in A kW Energy REAL the motor Energy value of Energy value of the motor is in kWh 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the BCnvyr1d block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment d
49. Cement Process Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx SPlHeat Not available Configuration 3 Heat set point 1 in GJ hr SpecificHeat Low limit Stx TotalSPL 0 0 Configuration 4 Total set point low limit in Total SP GJ hr Deviation high Stx DevH 0 0 Configuration 5 Deviation high limit limit Default Mode DMode Not available Configuration 7 External mode selection Measurement Stx TotalSP Not available Configuration Total set point output in Unit Total SP GJ hr Measurement Stx SPlHeat Not available Configuration 9 Heat set point 1 in GJ hr Unit SpecificHeat High limit Stx TotalSPH 100 0 Configuration 10 Total set point high limit in Total SP GJ hr Deviation error Stx TDev Not available Configuration 11 Time delay for deviation delay min error Fuel 1 Name FuellDesc Not available Fuel 1 Fuel 1 description Fuel 3 Name Fuel3Dsec Not available Fuel 2 Fuel 3 description Fuel 5 Name Fuel5Dsec Not available Fuel 3 Fuel 5 description Fuel 2 Name Fuel2Dsec Not available Fuel 7 Fuel 2 description Fuel 4 Name Fuel4Dsec Not available Fuel 8 Fuel 4 description Fuel 6 Name Fuel6Dsec Not available Fuel 9 Fuel 6 description Fuel1 Calorific Stx CalVall Not available Fuel 4 Calorific value 1 Value Fuel3 Calorific Stx Calval13 Not available Fuel 5 Cal
50. DefaultPos is stop position which defines the position at which actuator must stop when Stop command is received The block sets an output group active GActive if the actuator is started in Auto mode If the block is group active and actuator has reached set point a pulse command SeqStart is given to the next actuator to start Group stop command Stop and group quick stop command QStop are received by the actuator from the GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RoutMgt or previous device in the group Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the actuator to stop position that is it changes the set point to stop position DefaultPos and actuator stops once the Pv reaches the set point If the block is group shut down an output command SeqStop is given to the next actuator to stop Manual Mode Operation The operator initiates the Run and Stop commands from the popup of the analog actuator block Run and position feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode The operator enters the position set point from popup Local Mode Operation Forward and reverse start commands LStart1 and LStart2 are given from field by push button These commands inturn sets OP1 and OP2 till the continuous input is received Safety consideration of FbPos1 and FbPos2 run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode E100000000886 07 2011 289 Equipment Control Interlock Types There are 4 types
51. E aa a eee 533 sPBool Description iere a he al Fi oe a EASE eed A 534 SPBool Representation as SCoD in UAG 0 eee 536 SPBool Representation inthe HMI 000 ee eee 537 SPBool St Derived Data Type 0 0000 00 02 eee 538 SPInt Set Point Integer 0 eee eee eee 539 SPint Descriptions s reia Fee a es ee ele a NE 540 SPInt Representation as SCoD in UAG ananassa sanana nana 542 SPInt Representation inthe HMI 0 0 e eee ee eee 543 SPInt St Derived Data Type s s scs sa ee ee 546 SPReal Set Point Real 0 0c cece eee ee 547 SPReal Description i saio epee a heey eaten hee bee ee ea a 548 SPReal Representation as SCoD in UAG 000 eee 550 SPReal Representation in the HMI 00 ee eee 551 SPReal_ St Derived Data Type 0 00 00 0000 000 554 E100000000886 07 2011 11 4 RatioCtrl Ratio Controller aasan aaaea aaea 555 RatioCtrl1 Description ores sunie hat eant graen Aa DF onae 556 RatioCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG 4 563 RatioCtr1 Representation in the HMI 2 55 566 RatioCtrl_ St Derived Data Type 2 00 000000 572 11 5 Totaliser Totaliser 0 0 ccc eee eee 575 Totaliser Description 2 0 cee ee 576 Totaliser Representation as SCoD in UAG
52. El00000000886 07 2011 139 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details QStop BOOL Group quick stop QStop 1 Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given Applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GOQStop pin of Grpctrl LStartl BOOL Local start in forward direction LStarti 1 Start command in forward direction to the motor OP 1 is given Applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of local IO panel LStart2 BOOL Local start in backward direction LStart2 0 1 Start command in backward direction to the motor OP 1 is given Applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of local IO panel LStop BOOL Local stop LStop 0 Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given Applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Stop push button of local IO panel StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 All the starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftylILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational Sft
53. Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Oos BOOL Out of Service mode Oos 1 Out of Service mode is selected Motor is not operated and oP 0 GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started in the group and is active in the group Start command pulse Start is obtained GActive 1 OP BOOL Output command to motor e op 1 Motor is given command to start e op 0 Motor is given command to stop The output switches on the contactor or circuit breaker controlling the motor in forward direction SeqStart BOOL Start commandto next motor in group Start command pulse is received and outputs OP and Run 1 sequential start command pulse is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command to next motor in group Stop orQStop 1 and OP and Run 0 sequential stop command is given to the next motor connected in the group ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational There is an active interlock present Ready BOOL Motor ready to start Ready 1 All the conditions to start the motor are operational Ready 0 The conditions to start the motor are not operational Motor will not be given Start command Run BOOL Motor running Motor is running This output is
54. Family DFB Name Comments Communication ASRTPBdg CANopen Gateway for Advantys Devices CClient CANopen Client CPortM CANopen Port M340 CPortP CANopen Port Premium CScanner CANopen Scanner EClient Ethernet Client EGtwMB Ethernet Gateway Modbus EPortM Ethernet Port M340 EPortP Ethernet Port Premium EPortQ Ethernet Port Quantum EScanner Ethernet Scanner MBClientBs Modbus Client Basic MBPortM Modbus Port M340 MBPortP Modbus Port Premium MBScanner Modbus Scanner Statistics Statistics El00000000886 07 2011 23 Basics of Cement Library 24 E100000000886 07 2011 Functional Description Functional Description Overview Equipment Control The Cement Library provides the basic and advanced functions to be used with Unity Application Generator UAG in terms of process automation The Unity Pro Libset includes the following 6 functional families Equipment Conirol Generic Process MMM Process Cement Process Devices Communication Each single function realizes the following parts e a derived function block for Unity Pro DFB e a HMI Genie and popup for Vijeo Citect e aSCoD in UAG Both PLC and HMI parts are bundled by the UAG which is realized as Smart Control Device SCoD All the functions are based on a common feature that enables easy handling of the library Thus all the functions share the same operating mode behavior and alarm hand
55. Popup Operator Tab The GrpCtr1 block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab Eqi_GRPC Interlocked Operation R Group Reset This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Operation e Reset The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Signal Starting Stopping E100000000886 07 2011 349 MMM Process Extended Tab Running Interlocked Warning Alarm The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Description Group Avail Wake up all devices in the group Group Start Starts all devices in the group Quick Stop Stops all devices in the group simultaneously Group Stop Stops all devices in the group sequentially The following table describes the sub section Reset Item Description Group Reset Resets the alarms of all devices in the group ia mmm_GrpCtrl GrpCtrl mmm Feedback C Warning Alarm Ready C Essential Device C Non Essential Device C Stop Device Mask Alarm Mask 2 Warning Mask This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask 350 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Warnin
56. ProclLck Variable IO_PLC BOOL Avail Variable IO_PLC BOOL OverLoad Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbRun Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI MotBasic_St j Stk _ Stx MotBasic_St Variable PLC_HMI 324 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format time Stx TRunFB HHH Configuration 1 Run feedback delay Run fb delay sec Stx TRunFB 0 Configuration 7 Run feedback delay Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID ElO0000000886 07 2011 325 Equipment Control MotBasic Representation in the HMI Motor Basic Genie The MotBasic block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Equi_MotBasic Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the MotBasic popup Equi_MotBasic template The instance name of the MotBasic block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady light gray Fill color Steady light gray Motor is in Sleep mode Line color Steady dark gray Fill color S
57. RxStart x 1 5 BOOL Start command to first motor of route x x 1 5 RxStart x 1 5 1 Start commmand pulse output is given to the first device of route x x 1 5 or GrpStrtMgt RxStart x 1 5 0 Start commmand is not given RxStop x 1 5 BOOL Stop command to first motor of route x x 1 5 RxStop x 1 5 1 Stop commmand pulse output is given to the first device of route x x 1 5 or GrpStpMgt RxStop x 1 5 0 Stop commmand is not given This output is connected to the last device in the stop sequence GrpStpMgt RRst BOOL Route reset RRst 1 Resets alarms and alerts of the device in the route RRst 0 No reset of alarms and alerts NOTE This output has to be connected to input AlmRst of each block of the route Route INT Route selected This gives the value of currently selected route SeqStart BOOL Start command to next motor in sequence SeqStart 1 Start commmand pulse output is given to the next device connected in the start sequence SeqStart 0 Start commmand pulse output is not given to the next device connected in the start sequence ElO0000000886 07 2011 425 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details SeqStop BOOL Stop command to next motor in sequence SeqStop 1 Stop commmand pulse output is given to the next device connected
58. Select and modify the clusters that each component will connect to on startup Component Priority Cluster Connections Client and Servers GrpBlocks Result The Security Setup Control Menu window appears Check the required options in the Citect control menu area Click Next Security Setup Control Menu These options allow you to change the menu items that appear on the control menu of Citect and whether the control menu and title bar are visible m Citect control menu IV Citect configuration environment on menu Shutdown on menu I Kernel on menu Result The Security Setup Keyboard window appears E100000000886 07 2011 85 Implementation Paradigms Step Action 3 Click Alt Space enabled in the Windows keyboard shortcut command area Click Next Security Setup Keyboard This option allows you to control which Windows task swapping shortcut commands will be available while Citect is running Windows keyboard shortcut command lt Back Cancel Help Result e The checked option allows the swapping shortcut commands while Vijeo Citect is running e The Security Setup Miscellaneous window appears Select the required check boxes to inhibit windows screen saver and to display Cancel button at startup Click Next Security Setup Miscellaneous These options allow you to inhibit the Windows screen saver and the cancell
59. SftyILck SeqILck ProcILck and all the feedbacks Lstop Avail OverLoad EStop are HIGH This sets the output OP1 or OP2 as HIGH when the input conditional start CondStart is HIGH and motor starts in the selected direction Forward direction has the highest priority Ready output Ready is set HIGH when all interlocks and conditions are HIGH Interlock output ILck is set HIGH when inputs starting interlock Start ILck safety interlock Sft yILck sequential interlock SeqILck and process interlock ProcILck are set HIGH 134 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control After the start command Start is issued and outputs OP1 and OP2 are set HIGH within the specified run feedback delay the electrical run feedback FbFwd or FbRev has to be obtained This electrical run feedback is continuously monitored by a motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued and motor is operational if run feedback FbFwd or FbRev is not available for 500 ms the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued and the output OP1 or OP2 is set HIGH within the specified process feedback delay the process feedback FbProc has to be obtained This process feedback is continuously monitored by the motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command
60. Simulation Value This tab has 2 sub sections e Status e Simulation Mode The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping e Hardware Failure e ON e OFF 204 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the sub section Simulation Mode Item Description ON Switch on the simulation Off Switch off the simulation Simulation Value Enter the simulation value or set point Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 205 Equipment Control DigOut_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type DigIn_St for the Digout block Element Type Description Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Simulation selection 1 Simulation value 6 Not used 7 Reset 8 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw element Bit Description Wake up Channel output Not used Set point Alarm inhibition OJJ AJIN 15
61. Start is issued output OP1 or OP2 is set HIGH and motor is operational If process feedback FbP roc is not available for specified loss of process feedback delay the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated NOTE The process feedback can be bypassed by selecting the Bypass Process f b button from the HMI Direction change of the motor demands stoppage of the motor and a time delay before restarting the motor in other direction A conditional start can be given to this block when the Conditional Start is enabled This input is used for connecting process logic to control the motor under normal conditions NOTE Conditional Start Group Active Sequential Start and Sequential Stop are applicable in Auto mode only The start command Start is issued and output OP1 or OP2 is set HIGH when the run feedback FbF wd or FbRev and process feedback FbP roc are obtained Run output Run is set HIGH and pulse command SeqStart is given to the next device to start Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the output OP1 or OP2 as LOW Group stop command Stop is received by the motor from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group quick stop command QStop is received by the motor from the GrpCtr1 block The stop command Stop is issued and output OP1 or OP2 is set LOW when the run feedback FbFwd or FbRev and process feedback FbProc are set LOW Ru
62. Stop is issued and output OP is set LOW when the run feedback FbRun is set LOW Run output Run is set LOW and command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop The quick stop command QStop is issued and output OP is set LOW and command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop Interlock Types There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The alert
63. Stx TotalSP Not available Configuration Total set point output in Unit Total SP GJ hr Measurement Stx SPlHeat Not available Configuration 9 Heat set point 1 in GJ hr Unit SpecificHeat High limit Stx TotalSPH 100 0 Configuration 10 Total set point high limit in Total SP GJ hr Deviation error Stx TDev Not available Configuration 11 Time delay for deviation delay min error Fuel 1 Name FuellDesc Not available Fuel 1 Fuel 1 description Fuel 3 Name Fuel3Dsec Not available Fuel 2 Fuel 3 description Fuel 5 Name Fuel5Dsec Not available Fuel 3 Fuel 5 description Fuel 2 Name Fuel2Dsec Not available Fuel 7 Fuel 2 description Fuel 4 Name Fuel4Dsec Not available Fuel 8 Fuel 4 description Fuel 6 Name Fuel6Dsec Not available Fuel 9 Fuel 6 description Fuel1 Calorific Stx Ccalvall Not available Fuel 4 Calorific value 1 Value Fuel3 Calorific Stx Ccalval3 Not available Fuel 5 Calorific value 3 Value Fuel5 Calorific Stx Calval5 Not available Fuel 6 Calorific value 5 Value Fuel2 Calorific Stx Calval2 Not available Fuel 10 Calorific value 2 Value Fuel4 Calorific Stx Ccalval4 Not available Fuel 11 Calorific value 4 Value Fuel6 Calorific Stx calval6 Not available Fuel 12 Calorific value 6 Value Fuel 1 Low Stx SP1L Not available Limit 1 Set point 1 low limit limit SP Fuel 2 Low Stx SP2L Not available Limit 2 Set point 2 low limit limit SP El00000000886 07 2011 499
64. Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady light gray Fill color Steady light gray Belt conveyor is in Sleep mode O Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady white e Belt conveyor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready e Belt conveyor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready after alarms are reset Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady white Belt conveyor is awake and not ready Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing green Belt conveyor is started and feedback is yet to be obtained or motor is stopping El00000000886 07 2011 403 MMM Process Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady green Belt conveyor is running Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady green Belt conveyor is running and an alert alarm is active Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady green Belt conveyor is running and an alert alarm is acknowledged Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing red Belt conveyor is tripped and a trip alarm is active Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady red Belt conveyor is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged Modes of operations On the top left corner of the Belt conveyor 1 direction genie the mode of operation is indicated Mode Meaning A
65. Variable PLC_HMI GasAnalyser_St GasAnalyser TYPE Wake ProbeRetract BOOL AnalyserType O2Raw 02 REAL CORaw co REAL NOxRaw REAL SOxRaw REAL MeasurementOn PurgingOn ScavengingOn ProbeRetractOn Prob1Inline Prob2Inline Probeln ProbeOut SamplePumpRunOk SampleGasTempOk SampleGasMoistOk SampleGasFlowOk TankAirPressOk FilterOk PanelOk MeasFail MeasDistrub CycDisturb Alminh BOOL AlmRst BOOL SCoD Interface Variable PLC PLC PLC PLC PLC Variable Variable Variable aa ON ana Variable Variable PLC Variable PLC Sx GasAnalyser_St Variable PLC_HMI 474 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Analyser type AnalyserType 1 02 Configuration 7 Analyser type measurement enable Display format Stx CO Not available Configuration 3 Processed value of CO CO Display format Stx NOx Not available Configuration 5 Processed value of NOx NOx Display format Stx 02 Not available Configuration 2 Processed value of O2 02 Display format Stx 02 Not available Configuration 4 Processed value of SOx SOx Display format Stx TRetract 0 Configuration 1 Time delay for time retraction error Measurement unit Stx Cco Not available Configuration 9 Processed valu
66. all scheduler interlock conditions are SCHI displayed with description Also individual interlock condition can be bypassed in this section 590 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 591 Generic Process EgySchE_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type the EgySchE block Element Type Description Dv2 REAL Default value 2 IN2 REAL Input 2 OP2 REAL Output 2 TSchedule INT Scheduled time THold INT Hold time TRemaining INT Remaining time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI DV1 BOOL Default value 1 IN1 BOOL Input 1 OP1 BOOL Output 1 Dummy BOOL Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Schedule on 1 6 Not used 7 Reset 8 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Event on in 1 Schedule interlock Schedule active Hold 4 15 Not used EgySchE St for 592 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Bit descri
67. blower conveyor and so on AnlgIn scales the raw input value from analog input card based on the scale range specified replaces the input signal with pre defined value when a hardware error is detected optional supervises high and low level alarm limits manually simulates the input signal from the HMI system displays the value and status in the HMI AnlgOut de scales the set point value to analog output card as per the hardware used or based on the scale range specified restricts output within pre defined high and low output limits replaces the input signal with pre defined value when any hardware error is detected optional manually replaces the output signal from the HMI system displays the value and status in the HMI DigIn evaluates the digital input signal from the digital input card supervises the alarm and normal state replaces the input signal with pre defined value when any hardware error is detected optional enables the selection of HMI symbols for display of genies with letters A Z replaces the input signal in simulation with simulation value from the HMI system displays the value and status in the HMI DigOut evaluates the digital output signal to the digital output card replaces the output signal in Manual mode from the HMI system replaces the input signal with pre defined value when any hardware error is detected optional displays the value and status in the HMI El
68. interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 The sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 The process interlock conditions are operational ProcILck 0 The process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual modes only 214 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details CondStart BOOL Conditional start CondStart 1 Start command to the motor OP 1 CondStart 0 Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in Auto mode only If GActive 1 CondStart is used to start or stop a motor based on process condition Avail BOOL Availability of motor Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motor is electrically not available Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is not in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is not in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active EStop BOOL E
69. mode and not ready Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing green Motor is started and feedback is yet to be obtained or motor is stopping Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady green Motor is running e 00O O Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is active 150 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is acknowledged Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is active Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged Modes On the top left corner of the motor 2 direction genie the mode of operation is indicated The following table describes the mode of operations Mode Meaning A Motor is operating in the Auto mode Motor is operating in the Manual mode Motor is operating in the Local mode M L O Motor is in Out of Service mode Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Direction Symbol Meaning Motor is in forward direction Motor is in reverse direction Al
70. see page 609 Status and control of ILCK block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI El00000000886 07 2011 607 Generic Process ILCK Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the ILCK block SCoD Interface TYPE ILck TYPE SCoD Interface Interlock BOOL Cond01 Result BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL Cond02 Interlock BOOL Cond03 Interlock BOOL Cond04 Interlock BOOL Cond05 Interlock BOOL Cond06 Interlock BOOL Cond07 Interlock BOOL Cond08 Variable PLC_HMI ILck_St Stx Stx ILck_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Condition1 LCK Cond01 Not available Configuration 1 Condition 1 Condition2 LCK Cond02 Not available Conf
71. 2011 MMM Process RouteMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI ElO0000000886 07 2011 427 MMM Process Input Output Diagram SCoD Interface Link Link Link Link Link Variable PLC Variable PLC Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Variable PLC_HMI The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the RouteMgt block TYPE INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL RouteMgt_St RouteMgt TYPE RouteSel GActive BOOL Wake R1Start BOOL Start R2Start BOOL Stop R3Start BOOL QStop R4Start BOOL DRoute R5Start BOOL RouteCount R1Stop BOOL R2Stop BOOL StartILck R3Stop BOOL SftylLck R4Stop BOOL SeqliLck R5Stop BOOL RRst BOOL
72. Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake 1 Auto selection mode 2 Manual selection mode 3 Cascade selection mode 4 External selection mode 5 Auto mode 6 Manual mode 7 Cascade mode 8 External mode 9 Default value enable 10 12 Not used 13 Alert 13 Alarm inhibition 15 Trip 630 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Bit description for the Alw element Bit Description 0 Detected error is high 1 2 Not used 3 More than 1 mode is selected in input pin 4 15 Not used ElO0000000886 07 2011 631 Generic Process 632 E100000000886 07 2011 Glossary Alm Alw Anlg APV ATV Auto Avail alarm alarm word analog analog processed value Altivar automatic available El00000000886 07 2011 633 Glossary BES BSS BTS Calv CAN Cas CFGW CHIN CHOUT belt empty sensor belt sway switch belt tension switch C calculation calculation value Controller Area Network cascade configuration word channel input calculated value of the output 634 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Glossary CJS chute jam switch Cond interlcok condition ConvK conversion constant Ctrl control Ctw control word Cyc cycle Deriv derivative Dev deviation DFB derived function block Dig digital DP differential pressure
73. Animation Description Local stop Steady green Motor locally stopped feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor locally not stopped feedback is obtained E100000000886 07 2011 125 Equipment Control Item Animation Description Conditional Start Steady green Motor is started Steady gray Motor is not started Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback is obtained Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback is not obtained Emergency shutdown Steady green Emergency stop feedback is obtained Steady gray Emergency stop feedback is not obtained Run Steady green Motor running feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor not running feedback is obtained Process Steady green Process feedback is obtained Steady gray Process feedback is not obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list The following table describes the sub section Bypass Item Description Process feedback Bypasses the process feedback 126 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Configuration
74. BOOL Variable PLC Dev REAL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SftylLck Ready BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqlLck Run BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL ProclLck Variable IO_PLC BOOL Avail Variable IO_PLC BOOL OverLoad Variable IO_PLC BOOL Torque Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbFwd Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbRev Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbPos1 Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbPos2 Link REAL ExtSP Link REAL PV Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI AnlgAct_St Stx Stx AnlgAct_St Variable PLC_HMI E100000000886 07 2011 301 Equipment Control SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format time Stx RunHr HHH Configuration 1 Running hours of motor Run fb delay sec Stx TRunFb 0 Configuration 2 Sets run feedback delay s Calculation time Stx TC 0 Configuration 3 Calculation time sec Min pulse length Stx MinPL 0 Configuration 4 Sets minimum pulse sec length Ramp delay sec Stx TRamp 0 Configuration 5 Ramp time Constant value Stx K 0 0 Configuration 6 Constant value Display format SP Stx
75. BagF1tr block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB BagFltr Vijeo Citect Genie BagFltr UAG SCoD BagFltr Function Description This is a custom built sequencer block for supervising and controlling the bag filter purging operation This block supports 18 bags 18 outputs to solenoid valves This block supports only Auto mode of operation Auto Mode Operation Interlock Types A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the block from Sleep mode A group start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group After the Start command the block is group active GAct ive and the cycle starts CycActive When the cycle is active a pulse of length PulWdthTime is given to bags OP1 OPx where x SVCount A time gap PulGapTime is maintained between the purging A time interval cycle gap time CycGapTime is maintained between the purging cycles If the block is group active then a pulse command SeqStart is given to the next motor to start The group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the output command OP as low Group stop command Stop is received by the block from the GrpCtr1 or GrpStptMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group quick stop command QStop is received by the block from the Grpctr1l block If the block is group
76. Based 594 11 8 ILCK Interlock 605 11 9 PIDB Proportional Integral and Derivative Controller Block 610 532 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 1 SPBool1 Set Point Bool Overview This section describes the SPBool block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page SPBool Description 534 SPBool Representation as SCoD in UAG 536 SPBool Representation in the HMI 537 SPBool_St Derived Data Type 538 E100000000886 07 2011 533 Generic Process SPBool Description General The SPBoo1 block is implemented as follows Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB SPBool Vijeo Citect Genie SPBool UAG SCoD SPBool Function Description The SPBoo1 block is used for the applications where the operator enters the set points of Bool format from the HMI This block accepts the input set point in the Bool format You can select 2 input types as described in the following table Input Type Description Latch Unlatch The block accepts input set point in Bool and latches the output If the output is unlatched the block receives the Bool input set point again Pulse The block accepts the set point in Bool and gives a pulse output of fixed length 500ms The input type whether Latch Unlatch or Pulse type can be configured during the instantiation of the block Representation in FB
77. Data Type 00 0 0 00000 436 BagF ltr Bag Filter Sequence Block 000 0c eee eee 439 BagFltr Description 00 0 cece eee eee 440 BagFltr Representation as SCoD in UAG 005 448 BagF ltr Representation in the HMI 20 eee 451 BagFltr St Derived Data Type 0 000000 000 458 Cement Process i ccsoe ee see ote se cae wees 461 GasAnalyser Gas Analyser 0 0 c cece eee 462 GasAnalyser Description 0 0 0 e eee eee es 463 GasAnalyser Representation as SCoD in UAG 473 GasAnalyser Representation inthe HMI 476 GasAnalyser St Derived Data Type 0 0 00 484 MultiFuelCtrl Multi Fuel Control 0 0 0 0 c eee eee 487 MultiFuelCtrl Description 0 cee eee 488 MultiFuelCtrl Representation as SCoD in UAG 497 MultiFuelCtrl Representation inthe HMI 503 MFuelCtrl1_ St Derived Data Type 0 000 509 GirthGearLubCtrl Girth Gear Lubrication Control 512 GirthGearLubCtrl Description 0 0 eee eee eee 513 GirthGearLubCtrl Representation as SCoD in UAG 519 GirthGearLubCtrl Representation inthe HMI 522 GirthGearLubCtrl_ St Derived Data Type 528 Generic Process 32 2 sete eiee eee eee eee 531 SPBool Set Point Bool 0 00
78. Description Hold Sequence Holds the sequence of a control module E100000000886 07 2011 381 MMM Process Extended Tab fie RM_GrpStpMet Feedback Time remaining Cl Motor 1 Cl Motor 2 C Motor 3 C Motor 4 Motor 5 C Motor 6 The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Feedback Steady green Device stopped feedback is obtained Steady gray Device stopped feedback is not obtained Time remaining Not available Displays the time remaining to the stop for device x x 01 12 This tab shows only the devices as per the device count DevCount configured 382 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Configuration Tab ite RM_GrpStpMet GrpStpMat RM Stop Delay Bypass Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 4 Motor 5 Motor 6 The following table describes the sub section Configuration Item Animation Description Stop Delay Not available Displays the stop delay for device x x 01 12 configurable from HMI Bypass Steady green Timer bypass feedback for device x x 01 12 is obtained Steady gray Timer bypass feedback for device x x 01 12 is not obtained This tab shows only the devices as per the device count DevCount configured Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 383 MMM Pro
79. Device 6 name Device 7 Name Dev07Desc Not available Device Names 4 Device 7 name Device 8 Name Dev08Desc Not available Device Names 10 Device 8 name 378 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Device 9 Name Dev09Desc Not available Device Names 5 Device 9 name Device 10 Name Devl0Desc Not available Device Names 11 Device 10 name Device 11 Name Dev11Desc Not available Device Names 6 Device 11 name Device 12 Name Dev12Desc Not available Device Names 12 Device 12 name ElO0000000886 07 2011 379 MMM Process GrpStpMgt Representation in the HMI Group Stop Management Genie The GrpStpMgt block is represented in the HMI by the following genie mrom_GrpStpMagt Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the GrpStpMgt popup The instance name of the GrpStpMgt block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Symbol Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The GrpStpMgt block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Information tab 380 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Operator Tab The following table describes the sub section Operation Item
80. Displays the low limit of total set point External Total Enable disable the external total set point SP Enable Manual Total SP Track Enable Enable disable the manual total set point tracking For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 508 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process MFuelCtrl1_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type MFuelCtrl St for the MultiFuelCtrl block Element Type Description ManTotalSP REAL Manual total set point in GJ hr TotalSP REAL Total set point output in GJ hr TotalSPCalc REAL Calculated total set point in GJ hr TotalPVv REAL Total process value in GJ hr AutoRatiol 6 x 1 6 REAL Auto mode ratio set point x x 1 6 Ratiol 6 x 1 6 REAL Final ratio x x 1 6 CalValx x 1 6 REAL Calorific Value x x 1 6 ManSPx x 1 6 REAL Manual mode set pioint x x 1 6 ExtSPx x 1 6 REAL External mode set pioint x x 1 6 SPxHeat x 1 6 REAL Heat set pioint x x 1 6 in GJ Hr SPxHeatH x 1 6 REAL Heat set pioint x x 1 6 high limit in GJ Hr SPxHeatL x 1 6 REAL Heat set pioint x x 1 6 low limit in GJ Hr SPxCalc x 1 6 REAL Calcul
81. E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process PIDB Description General The PIDB block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB PIDB Vijeo Citect Genie PIDB UAG SCoD PIDB Function Description General Operation This PIDB block is used to have a proportional integral and derivative control over an actuator in order to maintain a process value close to given target This block supports 4 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Cascade mode e External mode By default the block will be in the mode defined by the input pin DMode The block will be forced to any one of the modes Auto or Manual or Cascade or External modes if the corresponding mode selection input pin AutoSel or ManSel or CasSel or ExtSe1 is HIGH The block goes to Manual mode if more than 1 pin is selected If the mode selection input pins AutoSel or ManSel or CasSel or ExtSel is LOW then the mode of the PIDB block is changed by the operator from the popup of the block A wake up command Wake is given by the Grpctr1 block to wake up the block from sleep Auto Mode Operation In Auto mode the operator sets the target or set point to be maintained AutoSP Based on this target and the process value the detected error or deviation is derived The target is restricted within high and low limits SPH and SPL and if the operator enters the value beyond the
82. E100000000886 07 2011 457 MMM Process BagFltr_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type BagFltr_ St for the BagF1tr block Element Type Description SvCount INT Solenoid valve count OP INT Output number TPulWidth INT Pulse width time TPulGap INT Pulse gap time TCylGap INT Cycle gap time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stw WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alw WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Differential pressure inoperable condition monitoring bypass 1 Pressure inoperable condition monitoring bypass 2 Hopper level inoperable condition monitoring bypass 3 6 Not used 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake Start interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock Differential pressure ok O o AJOIN Pressure ok 458 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Bit Description 7 Hopper level ok 8 Group active 9 Cycle active 10 Interlock 11 Ready 12 Run 13 Alert 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Trip Bit description for the Alw1 element Description Safety interlock not available
83. ExtSP PV Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx Stx 292 El00000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the AnlgAct block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI LocalSel BOOL Local selection Selection of operation mode Local mode LocalSel 1 Block is forced to Local mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out LocalSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor GStart1 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the motor GStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or prev
84. ExtSel Wake DMode PV1 Pv2 PV3 PV4 PV5 PV6 ExtTotalSP ExtRatio1 ExtRatio2 ExtRatio3 ExtRatio4 ExtRatio5 ExtRatio6 OP1En OP2En OP3En OP4En OP5En OP6En Alminh AlmRst RatioCtrl Auto Manual External SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4 SP5 SP6 TotalSP TotalSPCalc TotalPV RatioOK Stx 558 El00000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the Rat ioCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Set points are generated based on the ratio fixed by operator from HMI NOTE Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out ExtSel BOOL External mode selection ExtSel 1 Block is forced to External mode ExtSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Set points are generated based on the ratio inputs that comes from other blocks or any other system for example Quality control systems NOTE Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out This will be connected from other blocks or systems Expert control systems Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output
85. GActive BOOL QStop OP BOOL _ LStart SP BOOL LStop SeqStart _ SeqStop BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL SftylLck Ready BOOL SeqlLck Run BOOL ProclLck BOOL CondStart BOOL Avail BOOL OverLoad BOOL EStop BOOL FbRun BOOL FbProc REAL Load REAL Energy REAL ExtSP REAL PV BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL AlmRst Trip Mot1dVS_St Stx Stx TYPE BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL BOOL REAL BOOL BOOL m BOOL m BOOL Mot1dVS_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI El00000000886 07 2011 221 Equipment Control SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx RunHr HEHEH Configuration 1 Run hours of motor time Run fb delay Sec Stx TRunFb 0 Configuration 2 Sets run feedback delay s Loss of process fb Stx TLProcFb 0 Configuration 3 Sets loss of process delay sec feedback delay s Load measurement Stx Load a Configuration 4 Load of motor
86. GWake of GrpCtr1 block DMode INT Default mode The block can be set to the default mode of operation during initialization Selection of Operation mode Dmode 1 Auto mode Dmode 2 Manual mode Dmode 3 External mode PVx x 1 6 REAL Process value feedback x x 1 6 If SPx PVx x 1 6 gt MaxDev for more than time TMaxDev then an alarm is generated ElO0000000886 07 2011 559 Generic Process Parameter Type Description Details ExtTotalSP REAL External total set point e Application is in External and Auto modes only if the ExtTotalSPEnable is selected from popup In External mode it is divided into individual set points based on the ratio input pins In Auto mode it is divided into individual set points based on the ratio entered by operator from HMI e Shall be connected from other blocks for example systems Expert control systems or PID Controller ExtRatiox X x 1 6 REAL External ratio for set points x x 1 6 Applicable in External modes only OPxEn x 1 6 BOOL Output x x 1 6 enable OPxEn 1 Set point x x 1 6 is generated OPxEn 0 Set point x x 1 6 is not generated A CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms
87. GirthGearLubCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake Group wake up and request for up availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtr1 block NozxAFbFill BOOL Fillfeedbackof NozxAFbFill x 1 4 1 It is x 1 4 nozzle xA x active 1 4 NozxAFbFill x 1 4 0 Itis not active NozxBFbFill BOOL Fillfeedbackof NozxBFbFill X 1 4 1 It is x 1 4 nozzle xB x active 1 4 NozxBFbFill x 1 4 0 Itis not active NozxAFbSpray BOOL Spray NozxAFbSpray x 1 4 1 Itis x 1 4 feedback of active nozzle xA x NozxAFbSpray X 1 4 0 It is 1 4 not active VallFbPos1 BOOL Position 1 VallFbPosi 1 Itis active feedback of VallFbPosi 0 Itis not active valve 1 Val2FbPos2 BOOL Position 2 Val2FbPos2 1 It is active feedback of Val2FbPos2 0 Itis not active valve 1 Val2FbPos1 BOOL Position 1 Val2FbPosi 1 Itis active feedback of Vval2FbPos1 0 Itis not active valve 2 Val2FbPos2 BOOL Position 2 val2FbPos2 1 It is active feedback of Val2FbPos2 0 Itis not active valve 2 PumpRun BOOL Pump run PumpRun 1 Pump run status is active PumpRun 0 Pump run status is not active TankLvlOK BOOL Tank level OK TankLv10k 1 Tank level condition is op
88. HMI Start command from HMI Start2 command from HMI Stop command from HMI Alarm reset from HMI Run hour reset from HMI olo NI aJa BR wl Py Bypass process feedback from HMI 10 13 Not used 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask 158 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description Auto mode selection from HMI Local mode selection from HMI Group wake Local stop Starting interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock Motor electrically available Motor overload OJo INI OO Oo AJOJN fo Emergency stop a Run feedback forward direction N Run feedback reverse direction Process feedback T Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element w Description Auto mode active status Manual mode active status Local mode active status Out of Service mode active status Output OP1 active Output OP2 active Motor ready status Motor running status INI aI BR OINI O Forward run o Reverse run fo Conditional start active status Er Not used N Interlock active status Group active status El00000000886 07 2011 159 Equipment Control
89. Item Description Auto Mode SP Displays the Auto mode set point value SP Displays the set point value PV Displays the process value Update Ratio Updates the ratio used for calculation of set points with the new values entered by the operator The following table describes the sub section R1 R6 ratio numbers Item Description Enable Displays the ratio output status e Steady green enabled e Steady red disabled Ratio Displays the final ratio SP Calc Displays the set point calculation value SP Displays the final set point PV Displays the process value Auto SP Enter the individual set point ratios for the Auto mode Manual SP Enter the individual set point ratios for the Manual mode ElO0000000886 07 2011 569 Generic Process Configuration Tab fil Generic_RatioCtrl RatioCtrl Generic Max Deviation Deviation Delay Ratio Error Delay SP Error Delay Set points High Limit 100 00 100 00 100 00 100 00 Low Limit 5 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Total SP High Total SP Low External Total SP Enable Manual Total SPTrack Enable This tab has 2 sub sections e Delay e Set points The following table describes the sub section Delay Item Description Maximum Displays the maximum deviation Deviation Deviation Delay Displays the deviation delay Ratio Error Delay Displays the ratio error time d
90. MotAct Motor Actuator Mot1DVS Motor 1 Direction Variable Speed MotBasic Motor Basic DigIn Digital Input DigOut Digital Output AnlgIn Analog Input AnlgOut Analog Output MMM Process GrpCtrl Group Control Mining Minerals and GrpStrtMgt Group Start Management Metals GrpStpMgt Group Stop Management RouteMgt Route Management BagFltr Bag Filter Sequence BCnvyrid Belt Conveyor 1 Direction Cement Process GirthGearLubCtrl Girth Gear Lubrication Control GasAnalyser Gas Analyser ElO0000000886 07 2011 21 Basics of Cement Library Unity Pro Family DFB Name Comments Devices CATV31M CANopen ATV31M CATV61M CANopen ATV61M CATV71M CANopen ATV71M CTesysT CANopen TesysT EATV71 Ethernet ATV71 MBATV31M Modbus ATV31 BATV61 Modbus ATV61 BATV71 Modbus ATV71 BEM6300 ti Modbus Energy Meter6300 Modbus Energy Meter7300 BPM710 Modbus Power Meter710 BPM800 Modbus Power Meter800 M M M MBEM7300 M M M BTesysT Modbus TeSys T Generic Process PIDB Proportional Integral and Derivative Controller Block Ilck Interlock Totaliser Totaliser EgySchE Energy Scheduler Event Based EgySchtT Energy Scheduler Time Based RatioCtrl Ratio Controller SPBool Set Point Bool SPInt Set Point Integer SPReal Set Point Real 22 E100000000886 07 2011 Basics of Cement Library Unity Pro
91. Name Route5Desc Not available Route Names 3 Route 5 name ElO0000000886 07 2011 429 MMM Process RouteMgt Representation in the HMI Route Management Genie The RouteMgt block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the RouteMgt popup The instance name of the RouteMgt block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Symbol Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie Animation Meaning Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm for the route management block is active Fill color Steady yellow Alert alarm for the route management block is acknowledged Line color Flashing red Trip alarm for the route management block is active Fill color Steady red Trip alarm for the route management block is acknowledged 430 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Alarm Masking Popup Operator Tab Meaning The trip or alert alarms in the route management are masked mmm _RtMgt The RouteMgt block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab Test RM500 Ares Route Selection Rou
92. Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is not in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active El00000000886 07 2011 141 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details EStop BOOL Emergency stop EStop 1 Plant process condition is operational for the motor to run EStop 0 Emergency situation Plant process condition is not operational for the motor to run Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Emergency Stop push button in the field FbFwd BOOL Forward Run feedback of motor Electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP1 its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP 1 and FbFwd 0 then Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbFwd 1 an alarm is generated after time delay FbRev BOOL Reverse Run feedback of motor Electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP2 its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP 1 and FbRev 0 then Stop command to the motor OP 0 is
93. Pos2 1 Stop command to the actuator OP2 0 is given If OP2 1 and FbPos2 0 for more than time delay TFbPos an alarm is generated ExtSP REAL External set point External set point PV REAL Process value Current position A CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 296 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the AnlgAct block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the AnlgAct block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets
94. Process Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Device 9 Name Dev09Desc Not available Device Names 5 Device 9 name Device 10 Name Devl0Desc Not available Device Names 11 Device 10 name Device 11 Name Dev11Desc Not available Device Names 6 Device 11 name Device 12 Name Dev12Desc Not available Device Names 12 Device 12 name El00000000886 07 2011 365 MMM Process GrpStrtMgt Representation in the HMI Group Start Management Genie The GrpStrtMgt block is represented in the HMI by the following genie mroam_Grp Strt Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the GrpStrtMgt popup C The instance name of the GrpStrtMgt block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Symbol Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The GrpStrtMgt block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Information tab 366 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Operator Tab ite RM_GrpStrtMet Operation Sequence Not Held The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Description Sequence Not Held Holds the sequence of a control module E100000000886 07 2011 367 MMM Process
95. RatioCtrl TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL ExtSel Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake External BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC INT DMode Link REAL PV1 SP1 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV2 SP2 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV3 SP3 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV4 SP4 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV5 SP5 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV6 SP6 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtTotalSP TotalSP REAL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtRatio1 TotalSPCalc REAL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtRatio2 TotalPV REAL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtRatio3 RatioOK BOOL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtRatio4 Link REAL ExtRatioS Link REAL ExtRatio6 Link BOOL OP1En Link BOOL OP2En Link BOOL OP3En Link BOOL OP4En Link BOOL OPSEn Link BOOL OP6En Link BOOL Alminh BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI RatioCtrl_St Sx _ __ __ RatioCtrl_St Variable PLC_HMI 564 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default Mode DMode 1 Auto Configuration 2 Default mode Display Format Stx TotalSP Not available Configuration 7 Display format SP SP Display format Stx TMaxPVDev 0 Configuration 1 Display format time time Max deviation Stx MaxPVDev 0 0 Configuration 3 Maximum
96. Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output paramet ers of the DigIn block Parameter Type Description Details DPV BOOL Digital processed Digital processed value value DPVFail BOOL Digital processed Digital processed value inoperable value inoperable HFail BOOL Hardware Digital input hardware inoperable inoperable This is a trip alarm based on the AlmType selected The following table describes the input output parameter of the DigIn block Parameter Type Description Stx DigIn_St Status and control of the DigIn block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 196 ElO0000000886 07 2011 189 Equipment Control DigIn Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This var
97. SPReal Representation in the HMI Set Point Real Genie The SPReal block is represented in the HMI by the following genie RM_SPReal Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Displays the real set point output of the block On clicking this text box the operator can enter the new integer set point value Opens the real set point block popup The instance name of the SPReal1 block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The SPReal block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Configuration tab e Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 551 Generic Process Operator Tab lie Generic_SpReal SetPoint Value Min value Max value 0 00 77 00 100 00 The following table describes the sub section Set point Value Symbol Description If the input type selected is free then the user can enter any real set 77 00 point If the input type selected is limited then the user can enter integer set point within maximum and minimum value If the input type selected is limited then the configured minimum Min value value is displayed 0 00 If the input type selected is limited then the configured maximum Max value value is displayed 100 552 E10000000088
98. SPx x 1 6 TotalSP AutoSPx x 1 6 100 e In Manual mode SPx ManSPx x 1 6 e Always SPLx lt SPx lt SPHx x 1 6 is maintained TotalSP REAL Total set point output This is the actual set point given to the ratio controller to generate outputs ExtTotalSPEnable 1 TotalSP ExtTotalSP ExtTotalSPEnable 0 TotalSP Stx ManTotalSP TotaSPcalc REAL Total set point Calculated the total set point TotalPVv REAL Total process value It is equal to the summation of generated process values PVx x 1 6 if the corresponding outputs are enabled RatioOK BOOL RatioOK RatioOK 1 The sum of ratios enabled outputs is 100 RatioOK 0 The sum of ratios enabled output is not 100 Warn BOOL Warning Warn 1 The block is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The block is operational with an active alert present Trip REAL Trip Trip 1 The block is operational with no active alarm present Trip 0 The block is operational with an active alarm is present ElO0000000886 07 2011 495 Cement Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the MultiFuelCtrl block Parameter Type Description Stx MultiFuelCtrl_ St Status and control of the MultiFuelCtr1 block Refer to the Structure to the Interface with the HMI see page 509 4
99. Sets hysteresis value Eng Max Stx APV 0 0 Range Sets the maximum Eng value Eng Min Stx APV 100 0 Range 1 Sets the minimum Eng value Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetiId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 168 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgIn Representation in the HMI Analog Input Genie The AnlgIn block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Displays the analog input processed value and opens the AnlgIn Er popup E2 The instance name of the An1lgIn block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Hardware inoperable in the anlaog input block is 0 00 Flashing purple active Text color Hardware inoperable in the anlaog input block is Steady purple acknowledged Text color High or low alert is active 30 00 deat Flashing yellow Text color High or low alert is acknowledged Steady yellow Text color High high or low low alarm is active pnan deg Flashing red Text color High high or low low alarm is acknowledged Steady red Item Meaning no S is displayed on the left top corner when the simulator is active Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operat
100. Status and control of the AnlgOut block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 184 178 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgOut Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the AnlgOut block SCoD Interface TYPE AnlgOut TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Wake CHOUT INT Variable IO_PLC Link REAL ASP Variable PLC INT HRaw Variable PLC INT LRaw Variable PLC REAL HSP Variable PLC REAL LSP Variable PLC REAL DV Link BOOL DVEn HFail BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL _ Alminh Link BOOL AlmRst Variable PLC_HMI AnlgOut_St Stx Stx AnlgOut_St Variable PLC_HMI E100000000886 07 2011 179 Equipment Control SCoD Properties
101. Stx SP1 Not available Configuration SP 1 Set point 1 format SP Fuel2 Display Stx SP2 Not available Configuration SP 2 Set point 2 format SP Fuel3 Display Stx SP3 Not available Configuration SP 3 Set point 3 format SP Fuel4 Display Stx SP4 Not available Configuration SP 4 Set point 4 format SP Fuel5 Display Stx SP5 Not available Configuration SP 5 Set point 5 format Fuel6 Display Stx SP6 Not available Configuration SP 6 Set point 6 format SP Fuelt Stx SP1 Not available Configuration SP 7 Set point 1 Measurement Unit SP Fuel2 Stx SP2 Not available Configuration SP 8 Set point 2 Measurement Unit SP Fuel3 Stx SP3 Not available Configuration SP 9 Set point 3 Measurement Unit SP E100000000886 07 2011 501 Cement Process Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Fuel4 Stx SP4 Not available Configuration SP 10 Set point 4 Measurement Unit SP Fuel5 Stx SP5 Not available Configuration SP 11 Set point 5 Measurement Unit SP Fuel6 Stx SP6 Not available Configuration SP 12 Set point 6 Measurement Unit SP Fuel1 CalVal Stx CalVall Not available Fuel2 1 Calorific value 1 Display format Fuel2 CalVal Stx CalvVal2 Not available Fuel2 2 Calorific value 2 Display format Fuel3 CalVal Stx CalVal3 Not available Fuel2 3 Calorific value 3 Display format Fuel4 CalVal Stx Calval4 Not available Fuel2 4 Calor
102. Stx TStart 0 Configuration 2 Sets start up delay s sec Group stop delay Stx TStop 0 Configuration 3 Sets shutdown delay sec s E100000000886 07 2011 345 MMM Process sleep sec Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Time duration for TSleep 0 Configuration 8 Sets sleep time s signal sec Time to return to TSign 0 Configuration 9 Sets sign time s 346 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process GrpCtr1 Representation in the HMI Group Control Genie The GrpCtr1 block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Equi_GrpCtri Genie Elements Meaning Opens the GrpCtr1 popup wo lt i fey ok The instance name of the Grpctr1 block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Animation Description of the Genie The following table describes the different animations for the AVAIL genie element Symbol Animation Meaning AVAIL Steady gray Group is in Sleep mode Flashing yellow Presence of an alert alarm in the group NOTE Absence of trip alarms or interlocks Steady yellow Alert alarm in the group is acknowledged AVAI Flashing red Presence of trip alarm or interlock Steady red Active trip alarm is acknowledged Steady white Group is available for start up or e Group is availabl
103. Tab F Equi_Mot1D Delay Run feedback Process feedback Loss of Process feeback Asset Management Run hours R 0 00hr This tab has 2 sub sections e Delay e Asset Management The following table describes the sub section Delay Item Description Run feedback Displays run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting motor if running feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Process feedback Displays process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting motor if process feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Loss of Process feedback Displays loss of process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After receiving process feedback if there is loss of feedback while motor running and is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped E100000000886 07 2011 127 Equipment Control The following table describes the sub section Asset Management Item Description Run hours Displays the run hours of the motor Resets the run hours value of the motor to 0 Interlock Tab H Equip_Mot1D Interlock J Starting Interlock I Safety Interlock J Sequential Interlock I Process Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described
104. UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the SPInt block SCoD Interface TYPE SPint TYPE SCoD Interface Variable PLC TIME TSP OP INT Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI SPint_St Stx Stx SPint_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx SP 0 Configuration 2 Display format Measurement unit Stx SP 0 Configuration 7 Measurement unit Set Point Stx SP 0 Configuration 1 Set point Output High Limit Stx SPH 100 Limit 7 Output high limit Output Low Limit Stx SPL 0 Limit 1 Output low limit 542 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process SPInt Representation in the HMI Set Point Integer Genie The SPInt block is represented in the HMI by the following genie 0 C RM_SPint Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Indicates the integer set point output of the block On selecting this text box the operator can enter the new real set point Opens the integer set point popup The instance name of the SPInt block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide
105. WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI 1 Manual mode selection from HMI 2 Not used 3 Out of Service mode selection from HMI 4 Close 5 Open 6 Stop 7 Alarm reset from HMI 8 13 Not used 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Description Auto mode selection from HMI Not used Group wake Type selection Start interlock a A OJ nM o Safety interlock El00000000886 07 2011 257 Equipment Control Bit Description 6 Sequential interlock 7 Process interlock 8 12 Not used 13 Position 1 feedback 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Position 2 feedback Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Auto mode active status 1 Manual mode active status 2 Not used 3 Out of Service mode active status 4 Output OP1 active 5 Output OP2 active 6 Motor ready status 7 Run 8 9 Not used 10 Position 1 reached 11 Position 2 reached 12 Interlock active status 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Not used 1 Safety interlock not available 2 Sequential interlock not availabl
106. Write _6 Integral _ Configure Trend Groups _6 Trend Name _9_ Configure Alarm Groups 10 Network page 11 Display Citect ini config file 12 Free Disk Space 13 Select _14 Time will be set on all computers to this computer s time 15 Invalid Category 16 Trend Duration AZ OnDateTime 18 Display page name 19 Number of Write Requests 20 Trend Selection 21 Previous page _22 Disabled Alarm 23 No of Report Connections _24 End Time 25 Select trend tag 26 Set Trend Span _27 Citect run time _268 Legend _29 Full Name _30 Active Alarm Filter 31 TrendStats 32 Display All Alarms 33 This page has been disabled _34 Trend Date Time LOCAL E100000000886 07 2011 67 Using the Cement Library Navigation to Trend and Alarm Window from the Popup Introduction When you click the Alarm button l in the Alarm tab of the popup the alarm page is opened Ka When you click the Historical Trend button aj in the Trend tab of the popup the trend popup is opened All trend tags of the instance are automatically passed to this trend popup 68 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Trend Assignment Default Method in Vijeo Citect To compare the trend tag of one instance block with trend tag of another instance block open the trend popup from the template see page 42 You have to manually assign the trend pens Easy Trend Assignment Feature of the Library The analog parame
107. and mechanical electrical interlocks for point of operation protection is outside the scope of the Function Block Library System User Guide or other implementation referenced in this documentation START UP AND TEST Before using electrical control and automation equipment for regular operation after installation the system should be given a start up test by qualified personnel to verify correct operation of the equipment It is important that arrangements for such a check be made and that enough time is allowed to perform complete and satisfactory testing CAUTION EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD e Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed e Before operational tests are performed remove all blocks or other temporary holding means used for shipment from all component devices e Remove tools meters and debris from equipment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage Follow all start up tests recommended in the equipment documentation Store all equipment documentation for future references Software testing must be done in both simulated and real environments E100000000886 07 2011 11 Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and grounds except those grounds installed according to local regulations according to the National Electrical Code in the U S A for instance If high potential voltage testing is necessary fo
108. are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms are shown in the popup of the conveyor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on the user configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The trip alarms can be reset by the input pin AlmRst which is connected from GrpCtr1l block or by the operator from popup Energy and Maintenance The load and energy values are inputs to the motor block these values are displayed in the popup of the motor block The run hours of the motor is displayed in the Configuration tab of the popup After the maintenance of the motor the run hours can be reset from the popup NOTE The parameters run feedback delay process feedback delay loss of process feedback delay inversion delay and run hours reset have the user restrictions from HMI ElO0000000886 07 2011 389 MMM Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the BCnvyr1d block BCnvyrid AutoSel Auto LocalSel Manual Wake Local Start Oos Stop GActive QStop OP LStart SeqStart LStop SeqStop StartiLck ILck SftylLck Ready SeqlLck Run ProclLck Avail OverLoad EStop FbRun FbProc BSS BES PCS PCN BTS CJS Load Energy Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx Stx 390 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameter
109. by PLC program through the input pin Start If the block is ready Start command is given to the devices either by daisy chain connection to first motor in the sequence or by using management blocks connected to GrpStrtMgt block Group blocks generates a signal for the hooter for a predefined time Tsign before giving the Start command to the group depending on the essential devices running feedback If the group does not receive run feedbacks for more than predefined time Stx TStart then an alert is generated Group stop e When the group has to be stopped a Stop command is given by operator from HMI popup or by PLC program through the input pin Stop e When the sequential interlock is not operational the group stop command is issued Stop command is given to the devices either by daisy chain connection to last motor in the sequence or by using management blocks connected to GrpStpMgt block If the group does not receive stop feedback for more than predefined time Stx TStop then an alert is generated 338 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Function Description Result Group quick stop When the group has to be stopped quickly a quick stop command is given by operator from HMI popup When the emergency or safety interlock is not operational a group quick stop command is issued Quick stop command is given to all the devices in the group If the group d
110. consumed by motor in kWh MWh ExtSP REAL External mode set point RPM MansSP REAL Manual mode set point RPM PV REAL Process value RPM SP REAL Set point RPM SPH REAL Set point high limit RPM SPL REAL Set point low limit RPM Ramp REAL Ramp value RunHr INT Run hours of motor TRunFb INT Run feedback delay TProcFb INT Process feedback delay TLProcFb INT Loss of process feedback delay TRamp INT Ramp delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI ExtSPEn BOOL External set point enable Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI 1 Manual mode selection from HMI 2 Local mode selection from HMI 3 Out of Service mode selection from HMI 4 Start command from HMI 5 Not used 6 Stop command from HMI El00000000886 07 2011 233 Equipment Control Bit Description 7 Alarm reset from HMI 8 Run hour reset from HMI 9 Bypass process feedback from HMI 10 Ramp up 11 Ramp down 12 Ramp maximum 13 Ramp minimum 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description Auto mode selection from HMI Local mode selection from HMI Group wake Local stop Starting interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock
111. development procedures and internal functionality details The Cement Library is intended for end users and system integrators Users of the Cement Library must have very good knowledge in the employment of Unity Application Generator V3 3 Unity Pro XL V4 1 and V5 0 Vijeo Citect V7 1 OPC Factory Server V3 3 This manual is valid for the listed versions of the following products Unity Application Generator V3 3 Unity Pro XL V4 1 and V5 0 Vijeo Citect V7 1 OPC Factory Server V3 3 Title of Documentation Reference Number Unity Application Generator Basic User Manual 33002830 Unity Application Generator Extended User Manual 33003669 Unity Application Generator SCoD Editor Manual 33002608 Unity Application Generator Quick Start Guide 33003222 El00000000886 07 2011 15 You can download these technical publications and other technical information from our website at www schneider electric com Product Related Information User Comments A WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Only persons with expertise in the design and programming of control systems should be allowed to program install alter and apply this product Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage A WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Before being used in an industrial application examples must be suitably adapted to the specific functions
112. device x x 01 12 360 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the GrpStrtMgt block Parameter Type Description Stx GrpStrtMgt_St Status and control of the GrpStrtMgt block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMi see page 370 E100000000886 07 2011 361 MMM Process GrpStrtMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 362 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the GrpStrtMgt block SCoD Interface TYPE GrpStrtMgt TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Wake GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start GStartDone BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop Link BOOL QStop Variable PLC INT DevCount Link BOOL Byp01 GStart01 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL 4 FbRun01 Link BOOL By
113. digital input block is active Line color Steady purple Hardware inoperable alarm in the digital input block is acknowledged Item Meaning S is displayed on the left top corner when the simulator is active Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The DigIn block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Alarm tab e Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 193 Equipment Control Operator Tab Eqi_Digl Simulation Mode m on Sleeping m off Simulation Value Alarms Alarms This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Simulation Mode e Alarms The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping OFF ON Alarm Warning Hardware Failure The following table describes the sub section Simulation Mode Item Description ON Switch on the simulation Off Switch off the simulation Simulation Value Enter the simulation value or set point 194 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Tab Information Tab The following table describes the sub section Alarms Item Description Alarms Select the check box to enable the alarms Click to clear the check box to disable the alarms For description about Alarm tab re
114. fed to the block through input pin Ext TotalSP or by the operator from HMI Stx ManTotalSP based on the external set point enable disable The operator enters the priority of the fuel and the set point limits from the popup of the MultiFuelCtrl block The controller calculates these inputs with the inbuilt algorithm and generates the heat set points in GJ hr When the ratio or the total set point is changed the heat set points are adjusted accordingly The final fuel set point to the respective actuators is calculated by SPx x 1 6 SPxHeat CalValx x 1 6 The generated set points are restricted to the limits Stx SPxH and Stx SPxL x 1 6 entered by the operator from HMI If the total ratio is not equal to 100 for more than pre defined time Stx TRatioError then an alert is generated Manual Mode Operation When the block is in Manual mode the manual set point Stx ManSPx x 1 6 is entered by the operator in the popup and is generated as the output set point SPx x 1 6 Manual set point entry from HMI is restricted to the limits Stx SPxH and Stx SPxL x 1 6 External Mode Operation When the block is in External mode the external set point is given as an input to the block and is generated as the final fuel set point SPx x 1 6 to the respective actuators E100000000886 07 2011 489 Cement Process Limits and Inoperable Conditions The block continuously monitors the process fe
115. feedback if there is loss of feedback while motor running and is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Inverse direction start Inverse direction starts delay of motor configurable from HMI When the time taken to switch on motor from forward to reverse direction or vice versa exceeds delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped The following table describes the sub section Asset Management Item Description Run hours Displays the run hours of the motor Resets the run hours value of the motor to 0 Interlock Tab ite Equip_Mot2D STI Interlock J Starting Interlock Safety Interlock J Sequential Interlock J Process Interlock SI SQI PI 156 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Inter
116. for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Schedule inoperable 1 Schedule wait 2 15 Not used 604 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 8 ILCK Interlock Overview This section describes the ILCK block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page ILCK Description 606 ILCK Representation as SCoD in UAG 608 ILCK_St Derived Data Type 609 El00000000886 07 2011 605 Generic Process ILCK Description General The ILCK block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB ILCK Vijeo Citect DFB ILCK UAG SCoD ILCK Function Description The ILCK block is used to provide a single interlock output for motors valves and other actuators that has multiple interlock conditions This block will be connected in series before motors and actuator blocks It represents any type of interlock starting interlock or safety interlock or sequential interlock or process interlock based on the application This block supports 8 interlock conditions If all the Interlocks are active the result of the interlock block is active Hence the connected interlock pin in the motor or actuator is active Individual bypassing of all the 8 interlock condition is available in the interlock block The detailed description of the individual interlock conditions with their
117. gear lubrication is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The girth gear lubrication is operational with no active alarm present Trip 0 The girth gear lubrication is operational with an active alarm present El00000000886 07 2011 517 Cement Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the GirthGear LubCtrl block Parameter Type Description Stx GirthGearLubCtrl_ St Status and control of the GirthGearLubCtrl block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 528 518 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process GirthGearLubCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI ElO0000000886 07 2011 519 Cement Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the GirthGearLubCtrl block SCoD Interface TYPE GirthGe
118. generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only 392 El00000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are operational ProcILck 0 All the process interlock conditions are not operational trips the device and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual operation modes only Avail BOOL Availability of motor Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motoris electrically not available This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is not in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active EStop BOOL Emergency stop EStop 1 Plant process condition is operational for the motor to run EStop 0 Emergency situation Plant process condition is not operational for the motor to run Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in all operation modes of operation Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Emergency Stop push button in the field ElO0000000886 07 2011 393 MMM Process Par
119. given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbRev 1 an alarm is generated after time delay 142 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details FbProc BOOL Run feedback of motor Process Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from Speed monitoring devices Zero Speed switch Proximity switches and so on If OP 1 and FbProc 0 then Stop command to the motor OP Ois given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbProc 1 an alarm is generated after time delay 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the Mot2d block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your
120. gray Process feedback is not obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list The following table describes the sub section Bypass Item Description Process feedback Bypasses the process feedback 154 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Configuration Tab i Equip_Mot2D Mot2D Equip Run feedback Process feedback Loss of Process feeback Inverse direction start Asset Management Run hours This tab has 2 sub sections e Delay e Asset Management The following table describes the sub section Delay Item Description Run feedback Displays run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting motor if running feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Process feedback Displays process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting motor if process feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped E100000000886 07 2011 155 Equipment Control Item Description Loss of Process feedback Displays loss of process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After receiving process
121. in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked 128 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Tab Information Tab Item Animation Description Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI SQI and PI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 ElO0000000886 07 2011 129 Equipment Control Mot1d_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the d
122. in the stop sequence SeqStop 0 Stop commmand pulse output is given to the next device connected in the stop sequence ILck BOOL Interlock status Ilck 1 All the interlocks are operable Ilck 0 Not all the interlocks are operable RReady BOOL Route is ready to start RReady 1 All the conditions to start the route are operable RReady 0 Not all the conditions to start the route are operable RRun BOOL Route is running RRun 1 All the devices in the selected route are running RRun 0 Not All the devices in the selected route are running RStop BOOL Route is stopped RStop 1 All the devices in the route are stopped RReady 0 Not All the devices in the route are stopped Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The route selection block is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The route selection block is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The route selection block is operational with no active alarm present Trip 0 The route selection block is operational with an active trip alarm present The following table describes the input output parameter of the RouteMgt block Parameter Type Description Stx RouteMgt St Status and control of the RouteMgt block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 436 426 EIO0000000886 07
123. is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 344 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the GrpCtrl block SCoD Interface TYPE GrpCtrl TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Start GWake BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop GActive BOOL Variable PLC GStart BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL StartlLck GStop BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SftylLck GQStop BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqlLck GRst BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbWarn ILck BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbTrip GReady BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbReady GRun BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL j FbEDevRun Signal BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbNEDevRun Link BOOL FbStop Variable PLC INT TSleep Variable PLC INT TSign Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI GrpCtrl_St Stx Stx GrpCtrl_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx Tstart HHHHH Configuration 1 Sets start up delay s time Group startup delay
124. is running at empty with no material on it Conveyor condition is not operational to run OP 1 and BES 0 Stop command is given to the motor OP 0 An alarm is generated Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the belt empty sensor mounted near the belt in field PCS BOOL Pull Cord switch e pcs 1 Conveyor condition is operational to run e pcs 0 A Pull Cord switch is pulled by somebody or remains inoperable Conveyor condition is not operational to run OP 1 and Pcs 0 Stop command is given to the motor OP 0 An alarm is generated Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Pull Cord switches sequentially and mounted near the belt in field PCN INT Pull Cord switch number This gives information on which pull cord is exactly inoperable BTS BOOL Belt Tension switch BTS 1 Conveyor condition is operational to run BTS 0 Belt tension is not ok Conveyor condition is not operational to run OP 1 and BTS 0 Stop command is given to the motor OP 0 An alarm is generated Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Belt Tension Ok switch and mounted near the belt in field ElO0000000886 07 2011 395 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details CJS
125. is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms The run hours of the motor is displayed in the Configuration tab of the popup After the maintenance of the motor the run hours can be reset from the popup NOTE The following parameters in the Configuration tab have user restriction from the HMI Run feedback delay Process feedback delay Loss of Process feedback delay Run hours R reset 110 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the Mot 1d block AutoSel LocalSel Wake Start Stop QStop LStart LStop StartlLck SftyILck SeqlLck ProciLck CondStart Avail OverLoad EStop FbRun FbProc Alminh AlmRst Stx Auto Manual Local Oos GActive OP SeqStart SeqStop ILck Ready Run E100000000886 07 2011 111 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the Mot1d block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode s
126. more tabs of the Properties Control Module dialog box E100000000886 07 2011 97 Instantiation in UAG The following figure shows an example of the Properties Control Module dialog box with Configuration tab Properties Control Module Parent Grp1 Equipment Module Basic Configuration Limits Device Data Display format Measurement Unit 399 99 n A Ampere X Run feedback delay jis Process feedback delay Loss of process feedback delay E w o This tab enables to configure the following fields e Display format e Measurement Unit e Run feedback delay e Process feedback delay e Loss of process feedback delay 98 E100000000886 07 2011 Instantiation in UAG Step 4 Properties of a Control Module Limits Tab Each control module contains a Limits tab to configure the information related to the control module as shown in the following figure Properties Control Module Parent Grp1 Equipment Module Basic Configuration Limits Device Data Set point Low limit Set point High limit 0 0 1400 0 This tab enables to configure the following fields e Set point Low limit e Set point High limit E100000000886 07 2011 99 Instantiation in UAG Step 5 Properties of a Control Module Device Data Tab Each control module contains a Device Data tab to configure the information related to the control module as displayed in the following figure Properties C
127. must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the RatioCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 560 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset all generated alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the RatioCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following table describes the output parameter of the Rat ioCtr1 block Output Data Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is activated selected and set points are generated based on the ratio fixed by operator from popup Auto 0 Auto mode i
128. of ratios is 100 then RatioOK 1 Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The block is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The block is operational with an active alert present Trip REAL Trip Trip 1 The block is operational with no active alarm present Trip 0 The block is operational with an active alarm present The following table describes the input output parameter of the RatioCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Stx RatioCtrl St Status and control of the RatioCtrl block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 572 562 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process RatioCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI ElO0000000886 07 2011 563 Generic Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the RatioCtrl block SCoD Interface TYPE
129. of the BCnvyr1id block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI LocalSel BOOL Local mode selection Selection of operation mode Local mode LocalSel 1 Block is forced to Local mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out LocalSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor Start 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the motor Stop 1 0P pinis notsetto 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group QStop BOOL Group quick stop Stop command to the motor QStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Auto mode only
130. of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the Totaliser block SCoD Interface TYPE Totaliser TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL 4 Init Total REAL Variable PLC Link REAL IN Done BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Hold Link BOOL TotRst Variable PLC_HMI Totaliser_St Stx Stx Totaliser_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx TScan HHH Configuration 1 Display format time time Measurement unit Stx SP 0 0 Configuration Sets measurement unit Time scan value Stx TScan Configuration 3 Sets time scan value s sec Display format SP Stx SP 0 0 Configuration 7 Display format set point Set point Stx SP 0 0 Configuration 8 Sets set point Divisor constant Stx K 0 0 Configuration 9 Divisor constant Eng Min Stx SP 0 0 Range 1 Sets minimum Eng value Eng Max Stx SP 0 0 Range 7 Sets maximum Eng value 578 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Totaliser Representation in the HMI Totaliser Genie The Totaliser block is represented in the HMI by the following genie cami Equi_Totaliser Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the Totaliser
131. popup Displays the total value of the totaliser The instance name of the Totaliser block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The Totaliser block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Alarm tab e Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 579 Generic Process Operator Tab fe Generic_Tot SetPoint Reached Totalisation Input ooun Total Scan Time Divisor constant sP This tab has 4 sub sections e Status e Totalisation The sub section Status displays the current status and the possible displays are listed as follows e Stopped e Initialize Totaliser e Hold e SetPoint Reached The following table describes the sub section Totalisation Item Meaning Reset Total Resets the total value to 0 Input Displays the input value to be totalised Total Displays the totalised value TSCAN Displays the scan time of the block to calculate Divisor Constant Displays the divisor constant used to calculate SETPOINT Displays the set point Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 580 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Use
132. position 2 feedback is high e A Run hours maximum value reached i oa Active trip alarm 286 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control 8 10 AnlgAct Analog Actuator Overview This section describes the AnlgAct block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page AnlgAct Description 288 AnlgAct Representation as SCoD in UAG 300 AnlgAct Representation in the HMI 303 AnlgAct_St Derived Data Type 313 E100000000886 07 2011 287 Equipment Control AnlgAct Description General The AnlgAct block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB AnlgAct Vijeo Citect Genie AnigAct UAG SCoD AnlgAct Function Description The AnlgAct block is used to control the position of equipment by a 2 way driven actuator that can be energised by an electric motor an electrical jack and hydraulic jack with solenoid valves The function of the block deals only with correct positioning of the actuator itself for a given set value rather than any kind of process related regulation In case process related positioning is required the block must be used together with a PIDB block This block is used for controlling analog actuators with 2 directions of rotation This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Local mode By default th
133. process value value deviation permissible Max deviation Stx TMaxPVDev 0 Configuration 9 Time delay for delay maximum process value deviation error Measurement Unit Stx TotalSP Not available Configuration Total setpoint output Ratio Error Delay Stx TRatioError Notavailable Configuration Time delay for ratio error Set point Error Stx TSPError 0 Configuration 10 Time delay for set point Delay error High limit for SP1 Stx SP1H 100 0 Limit 7 High limit for set point 1 High limit for SP2 Stx SP2H 100 0 Limit 8 High limit for set point 2 High limit for SP3 Stx SP3H 100 0 Limit 9 High limit for set point 3 High limit for SP4 Stx SP4H 100 0 Limit 10 High limit for set point 4 High limit for SP5 Stx SP5H 100 0 Limit 11 High limit for set point 5 High limit for SP6 Stx SP6H 100 0 Limit 12 High limit for Set point 6 Low limit for SP1 Stx SP1L 0 0 Limit 1 Low limit for set point 1 Low limit for SP2 Stx SP2L 0 0 Limit 2 Low limit for set point 2 Low limit for SP3 Stx SP3L 0 0 Limit 3 Low limit for set point 3 Low limit for SP4 Stx SP4L 0 0 Limit 4 Low limit for set point 4 Low limit for SP5 Stx SP5L 0 0 Limit 5 Low limit for set point 5 Low limit for SP6 Stx SP6L 0 0 Limit 6 Low limit for Set point 6 Ratio 1 Name RatiolDesc Not available Ratio Names 1 Ratio 1 description Ratio 2 Name Ratio2Desc Not available Ratio Names 7 Ratio 2 description Ratio 3 Name Ratio3Desc Not available Ratio Names 2 Ratio 3 description Ratio 4 Na
134. run hours value of the motor to 0 Interlock Tab iia mmm_Benvyr1D STI SI SQI PI Interlock C Starting Interlock C Safety Interlock C Sequential Interlock C Process Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked 410 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Alarm Tab Item Animation Description Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI SQI and PI For description about the Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 ElO0000000886 07 2011 411
135. status display and bypassing of the same will be made available in the Interlock tab of super genie of the corresponding motor or actuator NOTE The requirement to view the description of the interlocks is that it must be named in the format lt Motor Actuator name gt _ lt Interlock type gt For example if the name of the motor is KILN_FAN32 the interlock block name must be KILN FAN32 STI or KILN FAN32 SI OrKILN FAN32_ SQI or KILN FAN32_PI depending on its application 606 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the ILCK block Cond01 Cond02 Cond03 Cond04 Cond05 Cond06 Cond07 Cond08 Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameter of the TLCK block Parameter Type Description Cond01 BOOL Interlock condition 1 Cond02 BOOL Interlock condition 2 Cond03 BOOL Interlock condition 3 Cond04 BOOL Interlock condition 4 Cond05 BOOL Interlock condition 5 Cond06 BOOL Interlock condition 6 Cond07 BOOL Interlock condition 7 Cond08 BOOL Interlock condition 8 The following table describes the output parameter of the ILCK block Parameter Type Description Result BOOL Interlock is active The following table describes the input output parameter of the ILCK block Parameter Type Description Stx ILCK St
136. status in the HMI 30 E100000000886 07 2011 Functional Description Signal Type Single Functions GrpStpMgt manages the sequential stopping of the devices in the group plays an intermediate role between group control and device motors actuators blocks introduces delay between stopping of the devices in the group holds the stopping of devices in the group optional displays the value and status in the HMI RouteMgt manages the start and stop of sub groups comprising of functional elementary and composite blocks belonging to the same group supports upto 5 routes supports the operable and inoperable of all interlocks in the HMI monitors all devices alerts trip run feedback of the essential and all stop devices continuously displays the detailed active alarms in the alarm tab of the popup displays the value and status in the HMI BagFltr supervises and controls the bag filter purging operation supports only Auto mode of operation supports 18 purging outputs solenoid values displays the interlock status operable or inoperable in the popup displays the number of active alarms in the popup of the motor displays the value and status in the HMI BeltCnvyrid supports Auto Manual and Local operating modes supervises run feedback supervises process feedback can be bypassed supervises specific or unique feedbacks of Belt Cnvyrid BSS PCS and so on initiates Run and Stop
137. the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the actuator Start 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Direction BOOL Direction Direction 0 Actuator position is closed Pos1 Direction 1 Actuator position is opened Pos2 Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the actuator Stop 1 OP1 or OP2 is set to 1 depending on default position input DefaultPos Once feedback position is obtained FbPos1 or FbPos2 OP1 or OP2 is set to 0 This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group This is applicable in Auto mode only 240 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details QStop BOOL Group quick stop QStop command to the actuator QStop 1 OP1 or OP2 is set to 1 depending on default position input DefaultPos Once feedback position is obtained FbPos1 or FbPos2 OP1 or OP2 is set to 0 This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or
138. the motor LStart 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of local IO panel LStop BOOL Local stop Stop command to the motor LStop 0 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Stop push button of local IO panel StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 The starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 The starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftyILck 1 The safety interlock conditions are operational SftyILck 0 The safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 The sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 The sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only ElO0000000886 07 2011 113 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 The process in
139. very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the AlgIn block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output paramet ers of the AnlgIn block alarm Parameter Type Description Details APV REAL Analog Analog processed value processed value BadPV BOOL Bad process BadPV 1 The input signal value is value not good HFail BOOL Channel If DVEn 1 then HFail 1 hardware inoperable HHA1m BOOL High high level High high level alarm alarm Alarm is generated only if Wake is high HAlm BOOL High level alarm High level alarm Alarm is generated only if Wake is high LAlm BOOL Low level alarm Low level alarm Alarm is generated only if Wake is high LLAlm BOOL Low low level Low low level alarm Alarm is generated only if wake is high EIO00000000886 07 2011 165 Equipment Control The following table describes the inpu
140. 00000000886 07 2011 27 Functional Description Signal Type Single Functions DigAct controls pneumatic electrical electro pneumatic actuators without motor and with defined positions used for driving valves gates dampers and so on supports Auto and Manual operating modes switches to Out of Service mode when the motorized actuator is under maintenance mode supervises position feedback displays the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks in the popup displays the number of active alarms in the popup displays the value and status in the HMI enables the selection of HMI symbols for display example valves dampers divertors gates and so on MotAct controls electrical actuators and motor with defined positions used for driving valves gates dampers and so on supports Auto Manual and Local operating modes switches to Out of Service mode when the motorized actuator is under maintenance mode trips the actuator and generates alarm if the actuator is inoperable supervises the run feedback supervises the position feedback displays the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks in the popup enables the selection of HMI symbols for display for example valves dampers divertors gates and so on AnlgAct controls the position of equipment by a two way driven actuator supports Auto Manual and Local operating modes switches to Out of Service mode when the analog actuator is un
141. 0000886 07 2011 481 Cement Process Configuration Tab fe Cement_GasA Probe Retraction Time This tab has a sub section called as Delay which is described in the following table Item Description Probe Retraction Time Time delay to generate probe retraction inoperable alarm Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 482 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Trend Tab FF Test_GA500 Runtime Trend This tab has 2 sub sections e Trend Popup e Runtime Trend Item Description Displays the associated Trend window of the control module Runtime Trend Displays the gas value in 02 CO NOx and SOx Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 483 Cement Process GasAnalyser_ St Derived Data Type Structure Description GasAnalyser_ St for the GasAnalyser block Element Type Description 02 REAL Oxygen 02 co REAL Carbon monoxide CO NOx REAL Nitrous oxide NOx SOx INT Sulpher oxide SOx Analyser type INT Analyser type TRetract INT Time delay for retraction error Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stw WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alw WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description f
142. 0886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 3 Not used 4 Output OP active 5 Not used 6 Motor ready status 7 Motor running status 8 11 Not used 12 Interlock active status 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Not used 1 Safety interlock not available 2 Sequential interlock not available 3 Process interlock not available 4 Motor electrically not available 5 Motor overload 6 Not used 7 Run feedback not active when motor is running 8 Run feedback active when motor is not running 9 14 Not used 15 Active trip alarm ElO0000000886 07 2011 333 Equipment Control 334 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Overview The following chapter describes the MMM process objects A WARNING MISAPPLICATION OF MODULES The modules in this section do not reflect any specific installation Before adopting these modules for use in a specific application the engineer must e conduct a safety analysis for the application and equipment installed e verify that all modules are appropriate for the equipment or function in the installation supply appropriate parameters particularly for limits check that all sensors and actuators are compatible with the modules selected thoroughly t
143. 1 18 1 Purging OP to purging valve is given command to open valve x OPx x 01 18 0 Purging x 01 08 valve is given command to close OP INT Output This gives the output of current bag or solenoid valve that is getting purged GActive BOOL Group active e GActive 1 The bag filter is started in the group and is active in the group GActive 0 The bag filter is not started in the group and is not active in the group CycActive BOOL Cycle is active CycActive 1 Cycle is running CycActive 0 Cycle is not running SeqStart BOOL Start command SeqStart 1 Start commmand pulse output SeqStart 0 1 is given to the next device connected in start sequence SeqStart 0 Start commmand pulse output SeqStart 0 1 is not given to the next device connected in start sequence 446 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details SeqStop BOOL Stop command to next motor in sequence SeqStop 1 Stop commmand SeqStop 1 is given to the next device connected in stop sequence SeqStop 0 Stop commmand SeqStop 1 is not given to the next device connected in stop sequence ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are active ILck 0 Not all the interlocks are active There is an active interlock present Ready BOOL Bag filter is ready to start Ready 1 All the conditi
144. 1 455 MMM Process Interlock Tab mmm_BagF ltr STI SI SQI PI Interlock C Starting Interlock C Safety Interlock oO Sequential Interlock _ Process Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI SQI and PI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 456 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52
145. 434 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 435 MMM Process RouteMgt_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived datatype RouteMgt St forthe RouteMgt block Element Type Description RouteCount INT Route count Route INT Route selected TStart INT Route start up delay TStop INT Route stop delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Route 1 selected 1 Route 2 selected 2 Route 3 select 3 Route 4 selected 4 Route 5 selected 5 6 Not used 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake jak Route 1 feedback ready Route 2 feedback ready Route 3 feedback ready AJOJN Route 4 feedback ready 436 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Bit Description 5 Route 5 feedback ready 6 Route 1 feedback run 7 Route 2 Feedback run 8 Route 3 feedback run 9 Route 4 feedback run 10 Route 5 feedback run 11 Rout
146. 49 MMM Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Cycle interval sec Stx TCylGap 0 Configuration 3 Cycle interval sec Display format time Stx TPulWidth 0 Configuration 1 Display format time Purging Interval Stx TPulGap 0 Configuration 2 Purging interval sec sec Purging Time sec Stx TPulWidth 0 Configuration Puging time sec Solenoid Valve count SvCount 18 Configuration Solenoid valve count Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 450 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process BagFltr Representation in the HMI Bag Filter Genie The BagF1tr block is represented in the HMI by the following genie mmm _BagFltr Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Bag Filter Opens the BagFltr popup The instance name of the BagF1tr block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie Animation Meaning Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm for the bag filter block is active Fill color Steady yellow Alert alarm for the bag filter blo
147. 6 07 2011 Generic Process Configuration Tab fe Generic_SpReal SpReal Generic SetPoint Type Free Input Limited Input SetPoint Limits Maximum 100 00 Minimum The follwoing tab has two sub sections e SetPoint Type e SetPoint Limits The following table describes the sub section SetPoint Type Button Description Free Input On selecting this button the set point type is configured as Free Input A green background to this button is displayed indicating the selection selection Limited Input On selecting this button the set point type is configured as Limited Input A green background to this button is displayed indicating the The following table describes the sub section SePoint Limits Button Description Maximum User can configure the maximum set point value Minimum User can configure the minimum set point value Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 553 Generic Process SPReal_ St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type SPReal_ St for the SPReal block Element Type Description SP REAL Set point from HMI OP REAL Output SPH REAL Set point high limit SPL REAL Set point low limit Typ BOOL Selection of free or limited input mode Dummy1 BOOL Not used
148. 9 Measurement inoperable 10 Measurement disturbance 11 Cycle disturbance 12 15 Not used 486 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process 10 2 MultiFuelCtr1 Multi Fuel Control Overview This section describes the MultiFuelCtrl block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page MultiFuelCtrl Description 488 MultiFuelCtrl Representation as SCoD in UAG 497 MultiFuelCtrl Representation in the HMI 503 MFuelCtrl1_St Derived Data Type 509 E100000000886 07 2011 487 Cement Process MultiFuelCtr1 Description General The MultiFuelCtr1 block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB MultiFuelCtrl Vijeo Citect Genie MultiFuelctrl UAG SCoD MultiFuelCtrl Function Description This MultiFuelCtrl block is used to control the ratio of different fuels of different types The main application is managing Kiln Burner Fuel Ratio This block can support control upto 6 fuels This block generates 6 set points to individual actuators that indirectly maintains a ratio between 6 different fuels This block supports 4 modes of operation e Auto mode 1 e Auto mode 2 e Manual mode e External mode The block goes to Default mode configured Dmode during initialization The block is forced to Autol orAuto2 or External mode if the respective mode selection input pin A
149. 96 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process MultiFuelCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI El00000000886 07 2011 497 Cement Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the MultiFuelCtr1 block SCoD Interface TYPE MultiFuelCtrl TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Auto1Sel Auto1 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Auto2Sel Auto2 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL ExtSel Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake External BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC INT DMode Link REAL PV1 SP1 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV2 SP2 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL 4 PV3 SP3 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL PV4 SP4 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL 4 PV5 SP5 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL 4 Pv6 SP6 REAL Variable PLC Link REAL 4 ExtTotalSP TotalsP REA
150. A kW unit Display format SP Stx SP Hit HE Configuration 7 Set point RPM Process fb delay Stx TProcFb 0 Configuration Sets process Sec feedback delay s Ramp delay sec Stx TRamp 0 Configuration 9 Ramp delay Energy Stx Energy Not available Configuration 10 Energy of motor measurement unit kWh Low limit value Stx SPL 0 0 Limits 1 Set point low limit High limit value Stx SPH 100 0 Limits 8 Set point high limit Load Eng Min Stx Load 0 Range 1 Sets the minimum load Eng value Energy Eng Min Stx Energy 0 Range 2 Sets the minimum energy Eng value Eng Min Stx SP 0 0 Range 3 Sets the minimum Eng value Eng Max Stx Load 100 0 Range 9 Sets the maximum Eng value Load Eng Max Stx Load 100 0 Range 7 Sets the maximum load Eng value Energy Eng Max Stx Energy 100 0 Range 8 Sets the maximum energy Eng value Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetiId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 222 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Mot1dvs Representation in the HMI Motor 1 Direction Variable Speed Genie The Mot1dVs block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Equi_MotiDVS Genie Elements Meaning Opens the Mot 1dvSs popup Set point value of the motor 1 direction variable speed is displayed Process value of the motor 1 direction variable speed is displayed template The instance name of t
151. AG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the EgySche block SCoD Interface TYPE EgySchE TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Event OP1 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL SchlLck OP2 REAL Variable PLC Link BOOL IN1 SchActive BOOL Variable PLC Link REAL IN2 Variable PLC_HMI EgySchE_St Stx Stx EgySchE_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default Value 1 Stx DV1 0 Configuration 3 Default value 1 Default Value 2 Stx DV2 0 0 Configuration 9 Default value 2 Display format Stx OP2 Not available Configuration 1 Display format Hold delay min Stx THold 0 Configuration 8 Hold time Measurement Unit Stx OP2 Not available Configuration 7 Measurement unit Schedule delay min Stx TSchedule 0 Configuration 2 Scheduled time 586 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process EgyScheE Representation in the HMI Energy Scheduler Event Genie The EgySchE block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Oh omin Generic _EaySchE
152. All the safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 All the sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only 294 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProciILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are operational ProcILck 0 All the process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual modes only Avail BOOL Availability of motor Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motor is electrically not available Stop command to the motor OP 0 The signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is not in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 The signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active Torque BOOL Torque Torque signal
153. Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the digital actuator from sleep A start up pulse command Start to achieve position is given either from the GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group The actuator is configured as e monostable if Typ 0 e bistable if Typ 1 If Typ is 0 this sets the outputoP1 as high and once FbPos1 is received actuator starts to position If Typ is 1 and Directionis 0 this sets the output OP1 as HIGH and actuator starts to position If Typ and Direction are 1 this sets the output OP2 as HIGH and actuator starts to position2 ElO00000000886 07 2011 237 Equipment Control After the start command OP1 or OP2 is issued to the digital actuator within the specified position feedback delay the position feedback has to be obtained If the position feedback is not obtained the digital actuator is tripped and an alarm is generated If the position feedback is obtained the digital actuator stops Direction change of the digital actuator demands stoppage of the digital actuator Defaultpos is stop position which defines the position at which actuator must stop when Stop command is received If De faultPos is 1 stop position is positiontand if DefaultPos is 0 stop position is position 2 The block sets an output group active GActive if the motor is started in Auto mode If the block is group active and actuator has r
154. BD representation of the AnlgOut block Alminh AlmRst AnlgOut Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the An1lgOut block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is sleeping This input is connected from the GWake output of GrpCtrl ASP REAL Analog set point Analog set point HRaw INT High raw value High range of channel input value LRaw INT Low raw value Low range of channel input value HSP REAL High set point High range of set point value to be scaled to raw value LSP REAL Low set point Low range of set point value to be scaled to raw value 176 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control enable corresponding input signal Parameter Type Description Details DV REAL Default value Value that must be considered in engineering units CHOUT output signal when the channel is inoperable DVEn BOOL Default value Enabling or disabling of the 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the A
155. Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset all generated alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the PIDB block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm 616 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process The following table describes the output parameters of the PIDB block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode The block is in Auto mode Output Mv is generated based on SP SP ManSP and is set by the operator from HMI Manual BOOL Manual mode The block is in Manual mode MV ManSP and is set by the operator from HMI Cascade BOOL Cascade mode The block is in Cascade mode Output Mv is generated based on CasSP External BOOL External mode The block is in External mode MV ExtSP and input pin is connected from other blocks or systems MV REAL Manipulated value This is the final output that is sent as the set points to acuators for example Valve position Fan speed and so on
156. Belt conveyor is operating in the Auto mode M Belt conveyor is operating in the Manual mode L Belt conveyor is operating in the Local mode O Belt conveyor is operating in the Out of Service mode Alarm Masking Symbol Meaning e 2 Trip or alert alarms in the Belt conveyor 1 direction are masked Popup The BCnvyrid block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Extended tab e Configuration tab e Interlock tab 404 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Operator Tab e Alarm tab e Trend tab e Information tab fa mmm_Benvyr1D peration m Start E Inching Power amp Energy Load Energy This tab has 4 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation e Power and Energy The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Starting Stopping Running Interlocked E100000000886 07 2011 405 MMM Process e Warning e Trip The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto Motor runs in Auto mode controlled by the PLC program Manual Motor runs in Manual mode controlled by the HMI Local Motor runs in Local mode controlled by the local control box of the motor Oos Motor runs in Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object applicable in all modes The following table describes the sub section Operati
157. Bit Description 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description Motor locally stop e Safety interlock not available Sequential interlock not available Process interlock not available Motor electrically not available Motor overload Motor emergency stop Run feedback not active when motor is running Run feedback active when motor is not running OO OIN OD oO BR OIN Reverse feedback low when motor is running fo Reverse feedback high when motor is not running n Process feedback not active when motor is running e N Process feedback active when motor is not running Not used an A Run hours maximum value reached oa Active trip alarm 160 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control 8 3 AnlgIn Analog Input Overview This section describes the AnlgIn block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page AnlgIn Description 162 AnlgIn Representation as SCoD in UAG 167 AnlgIn Representation in the HMI 169 AnlgIn_St Derived Data Type 172 E100000000886 07 2011 161 Equipment Control AnlgIn Description General The AnlgIn block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB AnlgIn Vijeo Citect G
158. D The following figure shows the FBD representation of the SPBool block SPBool BoolType OP Stx Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameter of the SPBoo1 block Parameter Type Description Details BoolType BOOL Type BoolType 1 Pulse mode is selected BoolType 0 Latch Unlatch mode is selected 534 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process The following table describes the output parameter of the SPBoo1 block Parameter Type Description Details OP BOOL Output Boolean set point output The following table describes the input output parameter of the SPBoo1 block Parameter Type Description Stx SPBool_ St Status and control of the SPBoo1 set point block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 538 E100000000886 07 2011 535 Generic Process SPBool Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Inpu
159. DA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms The run hours of the motor is displayed in the Configuration tab of the popup After the maintenance of the motor the run hours can be reset from the popup NOTE The following parameters in the Configuration tab have user restriction from the HMI Run feedback delay Process feedback delay Loss of Process feedback delay Run hours R reset El00000000886 07 2011 137 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the Mot2d block Mot2d AutoSel Auto LocalSel Manual Wake Local Start Oos Direction GActive Stop OP1 QStop OP2 LStart1 SeqStart LStart2 SeqStop LStop StartlLck ILck SftylLck Ready SeqlLck Run ProclLck FwdRun CondStart RevRun Avail OverLoad EStop FbFwd FbRev FbProc Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx Stx 138 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input
160. E100000000886 00 Cement Library V1 1 User Manual Level 2 07 2011 Schneider Electric www schneider electric com The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication please notify us No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without express written permission of Schneider Electric All pertinent state regional and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and using this product For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system data only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements the relevant instruction
161. E100000000886 07 2011 635 Glossary DV default value E En enable Ess essential EStop emergency stop EU Engineering Unit You can select it from the available list configured as measurement unit groups in SCoD Ext external F Fb feedback Fwd forward G G Grp group 636 E100000000886 07 2011 Glossary HH HMI Hop Hr Hyst llck Inh Init high high high human machine interface hopper hours hysteresis interlock input inhibition initialize El00000000886 07 2011 637 Glossary Inv inverse K constant Kp proportional constant L low LL low low Lvl level Man manual Max maximum Meas measurement Min minimum 638 E100000000886 07 2011 Glossary MV Oos OP operator screen PCN PCS PID PL popup Pos manipulated value O out of service mode output The operator screen is a screen in Unity Pro P pull card switch number pull card switch proportional integral differential pulse length The popup window will be opened from genies position El00000000886 07 2011 639 Glossary Press Pr pressure Proc process Pul pulse gap time PV process value R Rev reverse rpm revolutions per minute Rst alarm reset S SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Sch schedule SCoD Smart Control Device A SCoD is a control module type defining the specific functionality of a control mo
162. FB GrpStpMgt Vijeo Citect Genie GrpStpMgt UAG SCoD GrpStpMgt The GrpStpMgt block is used to manage the sequential stopping of the devices in the group This block is used as an intermediate block between the GrpCtr1 and device motors actuators and can handle up to 12 devices If there are more than 12 devices the GrpStpMgt can be extended by connecting the GStopDone output of this block to the Stop pin of the next GrpStpMgt block The stop status of every device is available through the feedback device input FbRunx x 1 12 Time delay to stop the next device is configured from the popup through TStopx x 1 12 The popup also shows the remaining time to stop the next device TRStopx x 1 12 This configured time is bypassed and an immediate Stop command is provided by assigning specific conditions to the input Bypx x 1 12 After the elapsed time equals the configured time delay TStopx the output GStopx x 1 12 will give an output The GStopx output is connected to the Stop pin of the device block Hence the device block gets the Stop command from the GrpStpMgt block 372 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the GrpStpMgt block Wake Stop QStop Byp01 FbRun01 Byp02 FbRun02 Byp03 FbRun03 Byp04 FbRun04 Byp05 FbRun05 Byp06 FbRun06 Byp07 FbRun07 Byp08 FbRun08 Byp09 FbRun09 Byp10 FbRun10 Byp11 F
163. FB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the MotAct block 272 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control SCoD Interface Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable PLC Interlock Interlock Interlock Interlock Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Link Link Variable PLC_HMI TYPE BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL MotAct_St MotAct TYPE AutoSel Auto BOOL LocalSel Manual BOOL Wake Local BOOL Start Oos BOOL Direction GActive BOOL Stop OP1 BOOL QStop OP2 BOOL LStart1 SeqStart BOOL LStart2 SeqStop BOOL DefaultPos StartlLck ILck BOOL SftylLck Ready BOOL SeqlLck FwdRun BOOL ProclLck RevRun BOOL Pos1 BOOL Avail Pos2 BOOL OverLoad FbFwd FbRev FbPo
164. Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Omin Oh Omin Opens the EgySchE popup Gen rio_EgySohE The instance name of the EgySchE block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm for the energy scheduler event based block is active Line color Steady yellow Alert alarm for the energy scheduler event based block is acknowledged E100000000886 07 2011 587 Generic Process Popup Operator Tab Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Flashing red Trip alarm for the energy scheduler event based block is active Line color Steady red Trip alarm for the energy scheduler event based block is acknowledged The EgySchE block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab fs Generic_EE EE Generic Interlocked Schedule Output 1 Output 2 Time remaining Default Value 1 Default Value 2 Delay time Hold time 588 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process This tab has 2 sub sections e Status e Schedule The sub section Status displays the curre
165. HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the DigIn popup E F K I J L P Different digital indications are represented that is voltage flow current S T V W Xand hand power level pressure speed temperature vibration weight Z miscellaneous and limit switch respectively The instance name of the DigIn block is visible by default Bial You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Light gray Digital input block is in Sleep mode Fill color Light gray Line color Dark gray Digital indicator is awake and indicates 0 without Fill color Light gray alarms Line color Dark gray Digital indicator is awake and indicates 1 without Fill color Green alarms Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm in the digital input block is active Line color Steady yellow Alert alarm in the digital input block is Fill color Dark gray acknowledged Line color Dark gray Trip alarm in the digital input block is active Fill color Flashing red E g Fill color Dark gray E 192 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Dark gray Trip alarm in the digital input block is x Fill color Steady red acknowledged Line color Flashing purple Hardware inoperable alarm in the
166. L Feedback Available C Over Load C Forward direction Reverse direction Position 1 reached Position 2 reached Mask Alarm Mask 2 Warning Mask This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback is obtained Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback is not obtained E100000000886 07 2011 307 Equipment Control Item Animation Description Forward direction Steady green Motor running in forward direction feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor running in forward direction feedback is not obtained Reverse direction Steady green Motor running in reverse direction feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor running in reverse direction feedback is not obtained Position 1 reached Steady green Position 1 reached feedback is obtained Steady gray Position 1 reached feedback is not obtained Position 2 reached Steady green Position 2 reached feedback is obtained Steady gray Position 2 reached feedback is not obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in th
167. L Variable PLC Link REAL ExtSP1 TotalSPCalc REAL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtSP2 TotalPV REAL Variable PLC Link REAL 4 ExtSP3 RatioOK BOOL Variable PLC Link REAL ExtSP4 Link REAL ExtSP5 Link REAL ExtSP6 Link BOOL OP1En Link BOOL OP2En Link BOOL OP3En Link BOOL OP4En Link BOOL OP5En Link BOOL j OP6En Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI MultiFuelCtrl_St Stx Stx MultiFuelCtrl_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx TDev Not available Configuration 1 Time delay for deviation time error Display format Stx TotalSP Not available Configuration 2 Total set point output in Total SP GJ hr 498 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx SPlHeat Not available Configuration 3 Heat set point 1 in GJ hr SpecificHeat Low limit Stx TotalSPL 0 0 Configuration 4 Total set point low limit in Total SP GJ hr Deviation high Stx DevH 0 0 Configuration 5 Deviation high limit limit Default Mode DMode Not available Configuration External mode selection Measurement
168. LC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram SCoD Interface Link Link Link Link Link Variable PLC Link Link Link Variable PLC Link Link Link Variable PLC_HMI The following diagram shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the PIDB block TYPE BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL INT REAL REAL REAL REAL BOOL BOOL BOOL PIDB_St PIDB AutoSel ManSel CasSel ExtSel Wake DMode CasSP ExtSP PV DV DVEn Alminh AlmRst Stx Auto Manual Cascade External MV SP OPPV Error Warn Trip Stx TYPE BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL REAL REAL REAL REAL BOOL BOOL PIDB_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable Variable Variable PLC PLC Variable Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI El00000000886 07 2011 619 Generic Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx TInt HHH Configuration 1 Display format time time Display format MV Stx MV HHH Configuration 2 Display format Manipulating Variable Measurement Unit Stx MV Not available Config
169. Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link Link The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the GrpStpMgt block TYPE BOOL BOOL BOOL INT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Variable PLC_HMI GrpStpMgt_St GrpStpMgt Wake GActive Stop GStopDone QStop DevCount Byp01 GStop01 FbRun01 Byp02 GStop02 FbRun02 Byp03 GStop03 FbRun03 Byp04 GStop04 FbRun04 Byp05 GStop05 FbRun05 Byp06 GStop06 FbRun06 Byp07 GStop07 FbRun07 Byp08 GStop08 FbRun08 Byp09 GStop09 FbRun09 Byp10 GStop10 FbRun10 Byp11 GStop11 FbRun11 Byp12 GStop12 FbRun12 Stx TYPE BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL GrpStpMgt_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI ElO00000000886 07 2011 377 MMM Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Device Count DevCount 12 T
170. N Output Time remaining Default Value Scheduled Time Hold time E100000000886 07 2011 599 Generic Process This tab has 2 sub sections e Status e Schedule The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Schedule Active Schedule On Hold Interlocked Warning Alarm The following table describes the sub section Schedule Item Meaning Schedule ON The operator can select the schedule to turn on turn off Repeat schedule ON The operator can select the repeat on for the schedule Output The output condition either true or false is displayed Time remaining Time remaining for the schedule occurrence is displayed Default Value You can select the default condition that is true or false Scheduled Time You can configure the delay time Hold time You can configure the hold time 600 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Interlock Tab i Generic_ET Interlock C Schedule Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Schedule Interlock Steady green Schedule interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Schedule interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has 2 sub tabs which are described in the following table Sym
171. Not available Configuration 4 Load of motor A kW measurement Unit Display format Stx Load Not available Configuration 7 Load of motor A kW SP Process feedback Stx TProcFb 0 Configuration 8 Process feedback delay delay Energy Stx Energy Not available Configuration 10 Energy of motor kWh measurement Unit Load Eng Min Stx Load Not available Range 1 Sets the minimum load Eng value Energy Eng Min Stx Energy Not available Range 2 Sets the minimum energy Eng value Load Eng Max Stx Load Not available Range 7 Sets the maximum load Eng value Energy Eng Max Stx Energy Not available Range 8 Sets the maximum energy Eng value Area Information AreaInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 402 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process BCnvyri1d Representation in the HMI Belt Conveyor 1 Direction Genie The BCnvyr1d block is represented in the HMI by the following genie O mmm_Bonvyr 1D Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the BCnvyrid popup mmm_Bonvyr 1D template The instance name of the BCnvyr1d block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie
172. OL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SftyILck Ready BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqliLck Pos1 BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL ProciLck Pos2 BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbPos1 Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbPos2 Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI DigAct_St Stx Stx DigAct_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display Format Stx TPosFb HHHHH Configuration 1 Sets display format Position fb delay sec Stx TPosFb 0 Configuration 2 Sets position feedback delay Type Selection Typ 0 monostable Configuration 7 Type selection Default Position DefaultPos 0 close Configuration Default position El00000000886 07 2011 247 Equipment Control Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 248 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control DigAct Representation in the HMI Digital Actuator Genie The DigAct block is represented in the HMI by the following genie i Genie Elements oO Pr Symbol Meaning Opens the DigAct popup Eqi_DA template The instance name of the DigAct block is visible by default You
173. OOL LocalSel Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake Local BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start Oos BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL QStop OP BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStart SeqStart BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStop SeqStop BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SftylLck Ready BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqlLck Run BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL ProclLck Variable IO_PLC BOOL Avail Variable IO_PLC BOOL OverLoad Variable IO_PLC BOOL EStop Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbRun Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbProc Variable IO_PLC BOOL BSS Variable IO_PLC BOOL BES Variable IO_PLC BOOL PCS Variable PLC INT PCN Variable IO_PLC BOOL BTS Variable IO_PLC BOOL CJS Link REAL Load Link REAL Energy Link BOOL Alminh BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI BCnvyr1d_St BCnvyrid_St Variable PLC_HMI E100000000886 07 2011 401 MMM Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display Format Stx RunHr Not available Configuration 1 Run hours of motor time Run fb delay sec Stx TRunFb Configuration 2 Run feedback delay Loss of process Stx TLProcFb Configuration Loss of process feedback feedback delay delay Load Stx Load
174. OP FbRun and FbProc 1 then GActive 1 ElO0000000886 07 2011 397 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details OP BOOL Output command OP to motor e opP 1 Motor is giving command to stop e oP 0 Motor is giving command to run The output switches on the contactor or circuit breaker is controls the motor in forward direction SeqStart BOOL Start command to next motor in the group op 1 fGRun 1 Start command pulse output SeqStart 0 1 is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command to next motor in the group f SeqStop 1 Stop command SeqStop 1 is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop 0 ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational There is an active interlock present Ready BOOL Motor ready to start Ready 1 All the conditions to start the motor are operational Ready 0 All the conditions to start the motor are not operational Motor will stop giving Start command Run BOOL Motor running Motor is running This output is given if the motor is running in forward direction and run forward feedback is received Applicable in all the operation modes Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert pres
175. OP is set HIGH within the specified process feedback delay the process feedback FbProc has to be obtained This process feedback is continuously monitored by the motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued output OP is set HIGH and motor is operational If process feedback FbProc is not available for specified loss of process feedback delay the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated NOTE The process feedback can be bypassed by selecting the Bypass Process f b button from the HMI A conditional start can be given to this block when the Conditional Start is enabled This input is used for connecting process logic to control the motor under normal conditions NOTE Conditional Start Group Active Sequential Start and Sequential Stop are applicable in Auto mode only The start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH when run feedback FbRun and process feedback FbP roc are obtained Run output Run is set HIGH and pulse sequential stop command SeqStart is given to the next device to start Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the output command OP as LOW Group stop command Stop is received by the motor from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group quick stop command QStop is received by the motor from the GrpCtr1 block The stop command Stop is issue
176. OS and so on 8 Cema_configure 5 To configure devices like PIDs E100000000886 07 2011 61 Using the Cement Library Enable Use of Double Monitor Introduction Multi monitors can be implemented by e using the extended monitor property available on inserting a graphic card in the system Desktop PC or e adding an additional monitor with the notebook monitor Default cicodes are defined in the library which make it possible to use the process library for the double monitor feature Step Action 1 Insert a graphics card in the desktop PC or connect the additional monitor to the notebook Right click the desktop and select the Graphic output Output To gt Extended Desktop display Arrange Icons By gt Refresh Undo Move Ctrl Z Graphics Properties Monitor OutputTo gt Notebook PanelFit gt Intel R Dual Display Clone gt HotKeys gt v Extended Desktop g v Notebook Monitor Monitor Notebook 62 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Step Action In Vijeo Citect Computer Setup Editor set the multiple monitor parameters defining the number of monitors to be used and the resolution of each monitor A maximum of 6 monitors can be configured 4 lt C Computer Setup Editor c windows citect ini File Tools Help E c windows citect ini Alarm
177. P1 0 Motor is given command to stop e oP1 1 Motor is given command to start The output switches on the contactor or circuit breaker controlling the motor in forward direction 144 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details OP2 BOOL Output command OP2 0 Motor is given to motor command to stop oOpP2 1 Motor is given command to start The output switches on the contactor or circuit breaker controlling the motor in forward direction SeqStart BOOL Startcommandto Start command pulse is received next motor in and outputs OP and Run 1 group sequential start command pulse is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop commandto Stop or QStop 1 and oP and Run next motor in 0 sequential stop command is group given to the next motor connected in the group ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational There is an active interlock present ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational Ready BOOL Motor ready to Ready 0 The conditions to start start the motor are not operational Motor will not be given Start command Ready 1 All the conditions to start the motor are operational Run BOOL Motor running Motor is running This output is given if the motor is running and run feedback FbF wd or FbRev is received Applicable in a
178. R1FbReady Route INT R2FbReady SeqStart BOOL R3FbReady SeqStop BOOL R4FbReady R5FbReady ILck BOOL R1FbRun RReady BOOL R2FbRun RRun BOOL R3FbRun RStop BOOL R4FbRun R5FbRun R1FbStop R2FbStop R3FbStop R4FbStop R5FbStop Alminh Warn BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Stx Stx RouteMgt_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI 428 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process SCoD Properties Name Name Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default Route DRoute 0 Configuration 8 Default route Display format time Stx TStart 0 Configuration 1 Display format time Route Count RouteCount 2 Route 2 Configuration 9 Route count Route Startup Delay Stx TStart 0 Configuration 2 Route start up delay Route Stop Delay Stx TStop 0 Configuration 3 Route stop delay Route 1 Name RoutelDesc Not available Route Names 1 Route 1 name Route 2 Name Route2Desc Not available Route Names 7 Route 2 name Route 3 Name Route3Desc Not available Route Names 2 Route 3 name Route 4 Name Route4Desc Not available Route Names 8 Route 4 name Route 5
179. ROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset all generated alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 516 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process The following table describes the input parameter of the GirthGearLubCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following table describes the output parameters of the GirthGearLubCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details CycleOK BOOL Cycle OK status CycleOK 1 Girth gear lubrication cycle is OK CycleOK 0 Girth gear lubrication cycle is not OK NozxAOK x 1 4 BOOL Noz xA x 1 4 OK status NozxAOK x 1 4 1 Nozzle xA x 1 4 is OK NozxAOK x 1 4 0 Nozzle XA x 1 4 is not OK NozxBOK BOOL Noz xB x 1 4 OK status NozxBOK x 1 4 1 Nozzle xB x 1 4 is OK Noz1BOK x 1 4 0 Nozzle xB x 1 4 is not OK Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The girth gear lubrication is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The girth
180. SP Hi HH Configuration 7 Set point RPM Inverse direction Stx TInv 0 Configuration 8 Sets inverse direction delay sec start delay s Movement time sec Stx TMov Configuration 9 Movement time Maximum deviation Stx TMaxDev Configuration 10 Sets maximum time sec deviation time s Measurement unit Stx SP 0 Configuration 11 Sets measurement unit Default Position DefaultPos 0 0 Configuration1 1 Default position Minimum deviation Stx MinDev 0 0 Configuration1 2 Sets minimum deviation Divisor constant Stx K 0 0 Configuration1 Constant value Ramp Stx Ramp 0 0 Configuration1 Ramp value Maximum deviation Stx MaxDev 0 0 Configuration1 Sets maximum deviation High limit value Stx SPH 100 0 Limit 7 Speed set point high limit RPM Low limit value Stx SPL 0 0 Limit 1 Speed set point low limit RPM Eng Min Stx SP 0 Range 1 Sets minimum Eng value Eng Max Stx SP 0 Range 7 Sets maximum Eng value Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 302 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgAct Representation in the HMI Analog Actuator Genie The AnlgAct block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Equi_AnigAct Genie Elements o ymbol Meaning Opens the AnlgAct popup Displays the set point value of the analog actuator Displays the processed value of the analog actuator
181. SeqStart SeqStop ILck Ready Run 212 El00000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameter of the Mot 1dVs block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI LocalSel BOOL Local mode selection Selection of operation mode Local mode LocalSel 1 Block is forced to Local mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out LocalSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor When Start1 1 0P pinis set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the motor When Stop 1 OP pin is set to 0 Applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtrl or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous
182. Set Point Bool 533 SPInt Set Point Integer 539 SPReal Set Point Real 547 Totaliser Totaliser 575 MMM Process BagFltr Bag Filter Sequence Block 439 BCnvyrid Belt Conveyor 1 Direction 385 GrpCtrl Group Control 336 GrpStpMgt Group Stop Management El00000000886 07 2011 643 Index 371 GrpStrtMgt Group Start Management 357 RouteMgt Route Management 478 O Object Description 103 Cement Process 461 Equipment Control 105 Generic Process 531 MMM Process 335 U Using the Cement Library Access Level Support 60 Acknowledge Alarms 65 Alarm Logging and Alarm Summary 57 Alarms in the Popup 59 Color Customization 70 Dim Unavailable Buttons 58 Enable Use of Double Monitor 62 Information Popup 74 Local Language Support 66 Navigation Buttons 73 Navigation to Trend and Alarm Window from the Popup 68 Operator Logging 56 Out of Service Mode 75 Trend Assignment 69 644 EIO0000000886 07 2011
183. Setup The minimum role of this computer is determined by matching its IP address with the server addresses configured in your project Select the role of this computer C Se di I Multi Process Control Client P Full License View only Client Note If no servers match this computer then this computer must be a client Result The Network Setup window appears Select the primary networking model for the machine Click Next Network Setup Select the primary networking model for this machine Result The Alarm Server Properties Setup window appears 80 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Step Action Enter the alarm related values to control the Alarm Server and specify the path to save the primary alarms Click Next Alarm Server Properties Setup These options allow you to control the way all Alarms Servers on this computer operate Consult the help for a detailed description on what these options do Alarms scan time milliseconds Alarms save 600 seconds Summary length 1000 entries Summary timeout 60 minutes Primary Alarms Server save path C Documents and Settings All Users 4pp lt Back Cancel Help Result The Trend Server Properties Setup window appears Check the Inhibit triggered trends on startup check box Click Next Trend Server Properties Setup 2 This option allows you to control the way all Trends Se
184. SftyILck 0 Not all the sequential interlock conditions are active Trips the bag filter and generates an alarm ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are active ProcILck 0 Not all the process interlock conditions are active Trips the bag filter and generates an alarm SVCount INT Total bags count in the bag filter This input is to configure the total no of bags present in the bag filter The purging cycle starts from OP1 and ends with SVCount PressOK BOOL Pressure ok PressOK 1 The bag filter is not tripped and alarm is not generated Pressure is ok PressOK 0 The bag filter is tripped and an alarm is generated Pressure is not ok 444 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details Differential pressure ok DPressOK BOOL DPressOK 1 The purging time interval and cycle time interval are not halved and alert is not generated Differential pressure is ok DPressOK 0 The purging time interval and cycle time interval are halved and an alert is generated Differential pressure is not ok HopLvIOK BOOL Hopper levelok HopLvIOK 1 Alert is not generated Hopper level is ok HopLvIOK 0 An alert is generated Hopper level is not ok 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of securit
185. Start commandis not given to the bag filter sequencer This input is connected from the output pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or previous device in the group Stop BOOL Stop Stop 1 Stop command is given to the bag filter sequencer Stop 0 Stop command is not given to the bag filter sequencer This input is connected from the output pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt block or previous device in sequence Qstop BOOL Quick stop QStop 1 Quick stop command QStop is given to the bag filter sequencer QStop 0 Quick stop command QStop is not given to the bag filter sequencer This input is connected from the output pin of GrpCtr1 block StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are active StartILck 0 Not all the starting interlock conditions are active Applicable only before starting of the bag filter sequencer After bag filter sequencer is started StartILck is not considered El00000000886 07 2011 443 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftyILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are active SftyILck 0 Not all the safety interlock conditions are active Trips the bag filter and generates an alarm SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are active
186. Steady green Right fill color White Top color Steady green Motor actuator is running and valve or gate is opened Line color Dark gray Left fill color Steady green Right fill color Light gray Top color Light gray Motor actuator is not ready and valve or gate is opened Line color Dark gray Left fill color Steady green Right fill color White Top color White Motor actuator is ready and valve or gate is opened Line color Flashing yellow Motor actuator is running valve or gate is in closed position and an alert alarm is active Line color Steady yellow Motor actuator is running valve or gate is in closed position and an alert alarm is acknowledged Line color Dark gray Fill color Flashing red Top color Flashing red Motor actuator is tripped and a trip alarm is active PP 3 DW W W DO WM YW Line color Dark gray Fill color Steady red Top color Steady red Motor actuator is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged 276 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Modes On the top left corner of the motor actuator genie the mode of operation is indicated Mode Meaning A Motor actuator is operating in the Auto mode M Motor actuator is operating in the Manual mode L Motor actuator is operating in the Local mode O Motor actuator is operating in the Out of Service mode Item Meaning Exclamation mar
187. Steady green Motor is running in forward direction direction Steady gray Motor is not running in forward direction 100000000886 07 2011 407 MMM Process Item Animation Description Process Steady green Process feedback is obtained Steady gray Process feedback is not obtained Belt sway Steady green Belt sway feedback of belt conveyor is obtained Steady gray Belt sway feedback of belt conveyor is not obtained Belt empty Steady green Belt empty feedback of belt conveyor obtained Steady gray Belt empty feedback of belt conveyor not obtained Belt Tension Steady green Belt tension feedback of belt conveyor obtained Steady gray Belt tension feedback of belt conveyor not obtained Chute Jam Steady green Chute jam feedback of belt conveyor obtained Steady gray Chute jam feedback of belt conveyor not obtained Pull cord Steady green Pull cord feedback of belt conveyor obtained Steady gray Pull cord feedback of belt conveyor not obtained The following table describes the Pull cord swich number PCN Symbol Description Displays the PCN that is pulled out If Pull cord feedback of belt conveyor is obtained then 0 is displayed The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current Trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in th
188. Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the PIDB block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode Selection of mode of operation Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode Selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI ManSel BOOL Manual mode Selection of mode of operation Manual mode ManSel 1 Block is forced to Manual mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out ManSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI 614 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Parameter Type Description Details CasSel BOOL Cascade mode Selection of mode of operation Cascade mode CasSel 1 Block is forced to Cascade mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out CasSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI ExtSel BOOL External mode Selection of mode of operation External mode ExtSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out ExtSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availibility check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is sleeping This inp
189. Tank air pressure condition is active TankAirPressOk 0 Tank air pressure condition is not active and an alarm is generated 464 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Interlock Name Parameter Description Filter status FilterOk FilterOk 1 Filter status is active FilterOk 0 Filter status is not active and an alarm is generated Panel status PanelOk PanelOk 1 Panel status is active PanelOk 0 Panel status is not active and an alarm is generated Measurement inoperable MeasFail MeasFail 1 Measurement is operable MeasFail 0 Measurement is inoperable and an alarm is generated Measurement disturbance MeasDisturb MeasDisturb 1 Measurement disturbance condition is operable MeasDisturb 0 Measurement disturbance condition is inoperable and an alert is generated Cycle disturbance CycDisturb CycDisturb 1 Cycle disturbance condition is operable CycDisturb 0 Cycle disturbance condition is inoperable and an alert is generated Alarm generated if probe retraction command is giv signal has not come even after a delay time Stx T en and probe out feedback Retract ElO0000000886 07 2011 465 Cement Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the GasAnalyser block GasAnalyser Wake ProbeRetract AnalyserType O2Raw 02 CORaw co NOxRaw NO
190. The following table describes the sub section Bypass Item Description Process feedback Bypasses the process feedback 228 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Configuration Tab FF Equip_Mot1DVs MotiDVs Equip Run feedback Process feedback Loss of Process feeback Ramp Ramp Step Asset Management Run hours Set Point External SP Enable SP High Limit SP Low Limit This tab has 3 sub sections e Delay e Ramp e Asset Management e Set Point Bj oh 100 00 rpm The following table describes the sub section Delay Item Description Run feedback Displays run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting motor if running feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Process feedback Displays process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting motor if process feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Loss of Process feedback Displays loss of process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After receiving process feedback if there is loss of feedback while motor is running and is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped E100000000886 07 2011 229 Equipment Control The following table describes the sub section Ramp I
191. These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes 262 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Interlock Name Parameter Description Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode Feedback The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated An emergency stop signal EStop comes from MCC panel emergency shut down push button and is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on
192. This input is connected from the GQStop pin of Grpctrl El00000000886 07 2011 391 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details LStart BOOL Local start Start command to the motor LStart 1 0P pinis set to 0 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of local IO panel LStop BOOL Local stop Stop command to the motor LStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Stop push button of local IO panel StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 All the starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftylILck 1 The safety interlock conditions are operational SftylILck 0 The safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 All the sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the device and
193. Unity Pro DFB Totaliser Vijeo Citect Genie Totaliser UAG SCoD Totaliser Function Description The Totaliser block is used for applications where totalise of value is required An example is totalising production per day Initialise totalising command is given as input to the block and it starts totalising the input value given as an input pin IN The divisor constant is given during initialisation This constant is used to calculate the values that are related to time for example t h m s It must be time value of IN TScan For example if t h is the input value TScan 1 s then K 3600 This constant will be used for parameters like tonnes hour where hour is the divisor constant Hold command is given as an input to the block If it is high then calculation will be hold and the last value will be retained Reset command is given as an input to the block If it is high then the output value Total will be reset to 0 A set point is given to the block If the total value is higher than the set point the block gives an output Done This will be used in places where it has to trigger an event Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the Totaliser block Totaliser Init IN Hold TotRst Stx 576 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the Totaliser block
194. _RatioEn Ratio enabled status indication in the popup of ratio controller 29 Cemc_RatioDis Ratio disabled status indication in the popup of ratio controller 30 Cemc_RatioDis Ratio disabled status indication in the popup of ratio controller 31 Cemc_RunWOFb Genie equipment is running without feedback 32 Cemc_OP1noFb Genie actuator is running without feedback 33 Cemc_HFailAck Hardware inoperable acknowledged indication in genie 34 Cemc_HFailUnAck Hardware inoperable unacknowledged indication in genie ElO0000000886 07 2011 71 Using the Cement Library There are 1 million colors available in Vijeo Citect HMI SCADA However the color palette in Vijeo Citect is limited to 256 colors which is shown in the following figure Citect Project Editor CementLib1 pO UNCOMPILED File Edit m PRFZEREFEBSA aC APD eI Text Properties Ejiabeu cementlibipo Folica Appearance Movement Scaling Fill Input Slider Access Ceme_Run j Type Array expression On off Ceme_Run 2 multi state x Comment G Array Threshold Replace Delete Help Gradient Record 2 Array colors Clear Property Cancel App Hep NOTE Standard labels defining the color code will be used Example The label name Cemc_Run is defined in the properties where the color customization for Run command is required For example the la
195. _St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type GrpCtr1_ St for the GrpCtrl block Element Type Description TStart INT Group start up monitoring time TStop INT Group stop monitoring time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Group availability check 1 Group start up command 2 Group stop command 3 Group quick stop command 4 Group reset command 5 6 Not used 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Description Start Stop Starting interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Feedback alert Ol AJ OIN oO Feedback trip alarm El00000000886 07 2011 355 MMM Process Bit Description 7 Feedback ready Run feedback essential devices 9 Run feedback non essential devices 10 Feedback stop 11 13 Not used 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Group wake up 1 Group active 2 Group start 3 Group stop 4 Group quick s
196. about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 283 Equipment Control MotAct_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type MotAct_St for the MotAct block Element Type Description RunHr INT Run hours of motor TRunFb INT Run feedback delay TPosFb INT Position feedback delay TInv INT Inverse direction delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI 1 Manual mode selection from HMI 2 Local mode selection from HMI 3 Out of Service mode selection from HMI 4 Start 1 command from HMI 5 Start 2 command from HMI 6 Stop command from HMI 7 Alarm reset from HMI 8 Run hour reset from HMI 9 13 Not used 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI 1 Local mode selection from HMI 2 Group wake 284 E1l00000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control a E Description Not used Starting interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock Motor electrically availabl
197. ached _ Position2 Reached This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Position 1 Reached Steady green Feedback is obtained Steady gray Feedback is not obtained Position 2 Reached Steady green Feedback is obtained Steady gray Feedback is not obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list E100000000886 07 2011 253 Equipment Control Configuration Tab fe Group1_IDF1 This tab has a sub section called as Delay which is described in the following table Item Description Position f b delay Displays the position feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if position feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and actuator is tripped 254 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Interlock Tab Equip_DAct STI SI SQI PI Interlock C Starting Interlock C Safety Interlock oO Sequential Interlock C Process Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocke
198. ack Nozzle 2A is active Steady gray Nozzle 2A is not active Nozzle3A Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 3A is active Steady gray Nozzle 3A is not active Nozzle4A Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 4A is active Steady gray Nozzle 4A is not active Nozzle 1B Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 1B is active Steady gray Nozzle 1B is not active Nozzle 2B Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 2B is active Steady gray Nozzle 2B is not active Nozzle 3B Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 3B is active Steady gray Nozzle 3B is not active Nozzle 4B Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 4B is active Steady gray Nozzle 4B is not active The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Pump Run Steady green Pump run status is active Steady gray Pump run status is not active 524 El00000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Extended Tab Item Animation Description Tank Level OK Steady green Tank level pressure condition is operable Steady gray Tank level pressure condition is inoperable Control Air Steady green Control air pressure condition is operable Pressure OK Steady gray Control air pressure condition is inoperable Grease Fl
199. afety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Alarm Tab This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI and SQI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 E100000000886 07 2011 311 Equipment Control Trend Tab H Equip_AlgAct Runtime Trend The sub section Runtime Trend displays the run time trend of the parameters in the control module Item Description SP Displays the run time trend of set point PV Displays the run time trend of process variable Symbol Meaning Displays the historical trend page Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 312 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgAct_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type AnlgAct St forthe AnlgAct block
200. alSP based on the external set point enable or disable The individual set point ratios are connected through the input pins ExtRatiox x 1 6 If OPxEn x 1 6 is enabled then the ratio is updated to the final ratio of the outputs Ratiox x 1 6 Set point SPx x 1 6 is calculated by the formuale SPx TotalSP Ratiox 100 When the ratio or the total set point is changed the set point outputs are adjusted accordingly to maintain the ratio The generated set points are restricted to the limits SPxH and SPxL x 1 6 entered by the operator from HMI If the total ratio is not equal to 100 for more than pre defined time Stx TRatioError then an alert is generated Limits and Conditions The RatioCtr1 block continuously monitors the process feedback value PVx x 1 6 The value of the PVx x 1 6 and total process values are displayed in the popup PV Total PV of the RatioCtr1 block If the total process value deviates from TotalSP beyond limit Dev for a longer time TDev then an alert is generated In the Cascade External mode or Auto mode if the input and output set points are not equal then an alarm is generated The alert and alarms are indicated in the SCADA The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup ElO0000000886 07 2011 557 Generic Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the RatioCtr1 block AutoSel
201. aled in Unity Pro DFB from raw count values depending on the type of the IO module to Eng values by using scaling blocks For example inthe AnlgIn see page 161 block the output Pv is calculated in the Auto mode from the input value by using scaling values The scaling values are based on the following PAR Type values e The value PAR Type defines the different conversion types and scaling values or the conversion to a REAL type only 16 FF e f conversion and scaling are activated Pv is calculated by using PAR Min and PAR Max PAR RawMin and PAR RawMax are used for generic devices 16 01 The input v is converted into a real value and given to the output Pv for conversion into a REAL type 16 FF If the operation mode is changed from Auto to Manual mode the value HMI Mv that is entered in the HMI automatically replaces the value PV When changing from Manual mode the value PV is calculated again Additionally the input RV replaces the value PV if an error is detected output Error TRUE The parameter PAR EnRV must activate the usage of the value RV 88 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Eng Min Eng Max Property of the Control Module Overview The Eng Min and Eng Max property fields of the Range tab in the Properties Control Module window are used for defining the minimum and maximum values for the control module The minimum and maximum values are inherited in th
202. all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes the output paramet ers of the AnlgAct block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Motor operation is group based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands Start and Stop given by operator from HMI Local BOOL LocalManual Local 1 Local mode is selected mode Motor operation is based on commands LStart and LStop given from field ElO0000000886 07 2011 297 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Oos BOOL Out of Service Oos 1 Out of Service mode is mode selected Motor is not operated and OP 0 GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started and is active in the group Start command pulse Start is obtained GActive 1 OP1 BOOL Output OP1 1 Motor is given command to command to run close motor in forward direction OP2 BOOL Output OP2 1 Motor is given command to command to run open motor in reverse direction SP REAL Final set point In Auto mode SP ASP In Manual mode SP MSP SeqStart BOOL Start command Start command pulse is received to next motor in and outp
203. alue is tracked to the current target SP AutoSP SP This is mainly done to maintain bump less transfer during mode change from Cascade to Auto mode If manual set point tracking is enabled then manual set point value is tracked to the current output MV ManSP MV This is mainly done to maintain bump less transfer during mode change from modes Auto or Cascade or External to Manual mode If process value tracking is enabled then process value is tracked to the current output MV PV Mv This is mainly done to hold mv at the same value when the block is in Auto or Cascade mode If the default value is enabled and given as an input to the block it is moved to the output during initialisation The alert and trip is indicated in the SCADA The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on user configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The trip alarms can be reset by the input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or by the operator from popup ElO0000000886 07 2011 613 Generic Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the PIDB block PIDB AutoSel Auto Mansel Manual CasSel Cascade ExtSel External Wake DMode CasSP MV ExtSP SP Pv OPPV DV Error DVEn Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx
204. amage 396 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The following table describes the input parameters of the BCnvyr1d block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output paramet ers of the BCnvyr1d block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Auto 0 Auto mode is not selected Motor operation starts in the group based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Manual 0 Manual mode is not selected Motor operation is based on commands given by the operator from HMI Local BOOL Local mode Local 1 Local mode is selected Manual 0 Local mode is not selected Motor operation is based on commands LStart and LStop given from field Oos BOOL Out of Service Oos 1 Out of Service mode is selected Oos 0 Out of Service mode is not selected GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started in the group and is active in the group IfoP FbRun and FbProc 1 then GActive 1 If
205. ameter Type Description Details FbRun BOOL Run feedback of motor Electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit OP 1 and FbRun 0 an alarm is generated e OP 0 and FbRun 1 an alarm is generated FbProc BOOL Run feedback of motor Process Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from speed monitoring devices Zero Speed switch proximity switches and so on OP 1 and FbProc 0 Stop command is given to the motor OP 0 is given an alarm is generated after time delay OP 0 and FbProc 1 an alarm is generated after time delay BSS BOOL Belt Sway switch BSS 1 Conveyor condition is operational to run e BSS 0 Belt sway is occurred Conveyor is not operational to run OP 1 and BSS 0 Stop command is given to the motor OP 0 An alarm is generated Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Belt Sway switch mounted near the belt in field 394 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details BES BOOL Belt Empty Sensor switch BES 1 Conveyor condition is operational to run BES 0 Conveyor
206. ameter Type Description Details Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the motor Stop 1 OP pin is set to 0 This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group QStop BOOL Group quick stop Stop command to the motor QStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 This input is connected from the GQStop pin of Grpctrl StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 All the starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftylILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational SftylILck 0 All the safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 All the sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are operational ProcILck 0 All the process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm 320 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipm
207. and Local This input is connected from the Emergency Stop push button in the field FbRun BOOL Run feedback of motor Electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP 1 and FbRun 0 then Stop command to the motor OP Ois given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbRun 1 an alarm is generated after time delay FbProc BOOL Run feedback of motor Process Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from Speed monitoring devices Zero Speed switch Proximity switches and so on If OP 1 and FbProc 0 then Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbProc 1 an alarm is generated after time delay CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage El00000000886 07 2011 115 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the Mot 1d block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Ala
208. and safety requirements of the application concerned All examples in this manual are given for information only Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage We welcome your comments about this document You can reach us by e mail at techcomm schneider electric com E100000000886 07 2011 General Information Introduction What s in this Part This part provides general information on the Cement Library for Vijeo Citect V7 1 This part contains the following chapters Chapter Chapter Name Page 1 Basics of Cement Library 19 2 Functional Description 25 3 Function Blocks 37 4 Representation in the HMI 41 5 Using the Cement Library 55 6 Implementation Paradigms 77 7 Instantiation in UAG 91 E100000000886 07 2011 17 General Information 18 E100000000886 07 2011 Basics of Cement Library Basics of Cement Library General The Cement Library is an open software engineering tool based on Unity PLCs Unity Pro UAG and Vijeo Citect SCADA A set of standardized objects for SCADA symbols and PLC DFBs provides a rapid application development All the information related to the objects actuators sensors measurements loops PLCs and so on are stored in a single data structure Due to an open interface extensions and modifications are easily done This enables you to adapt certain functions fo
209. and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms 318 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the MotBasic block MotBasic Wake GActive Start OP Stop SeqStart QStop SeqStop StartILck ILck SftylLck Ready SeqlLck Run ProclLck Avail OverLoad FbRun Alminh AlmRst Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the MotBasic block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor Start 1 OP pin is set to 1 This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group E100000000886 07 2011 319 Equipment Control Par
210. arLubCtrl TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Wake CycleOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz1AFbFill Noz1AOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz2AFbFill Noz2AOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz3AFbFill Noz3AOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz4AFbFill Noz4AOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz1BFbFill Noz1BOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz2BFbFill Noz2BOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz3BFbFill Noz3BOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz4BFbFill Noz4BOK BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz1AFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz2AFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz3AFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz4AFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL NoziBFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz2BFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz3BFbSpray Variable IO_PLC BOOL Noz4BFbSpray Link BOOL Val1FbPos1 Link BOOL Val1FbPos2 Link BOOL Val2FbPos1 Link BOOL Val2FbPos2 Link BOOL PumpRun Link BOOL TankLvlOK Link BOOL CtrlAirPressOK Link BOOL GreaseFlowOK Link BOOL LineDPOK Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI GirthGearLubCtrl_St Stx Stx GirthGearLubCtrl_St Variable PLC_HMI 520 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Descript
211. ariable Speed 207 8 8 DigAct Digital Actuator 236 8 9 MotAct Motor Actuator 260 8 10 AnlgAct Analog Actuator 287 8 11 MotBasic Motor Basic 316 El00000000886 07 2011 105 Equipment Control 8 1 Moti1d Motor 1 Direction Overview This section describes the Mot1d block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Mot1d Description 107 Motid Representation as SCoD in UAG 119 Mot1d Representation in the HMI 122 Mot1d_St Derived Data Type 130 106 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Motid Description General The Mot1d block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB Motid Vijeo Citect Genie Motid UAG SCoD Motid Function Description The Motid block is used to control electrical motors with 1 direction of rotation This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Local mode By default the motor will be in Auto mode The motor will be forced to Auto or Local mode if the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSel1 is HIGH Local pin has the highest priority When the Local mode is selected the block functions in Local mode irrespective of other mode selections If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LocalSe1 is LOW operator changes the mode of motor from the popup of motor block When the motor is under mainte
212. ariable speed genie the mode of operation is indicated The following table describes the mode of operations Mode Meaning A Motor is operating in the Auto mode Motor is operating in the Manual mode L Motor is operating in the Local mode O Motor is in Out of Service mode Symbol Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Symbol Meaning Trip or alert alarms in the motor 1 direction variable speed is masked 224 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Popup Operator Tab The Mot1avs block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Trend tab Information tab FF Equip_Mot1DVs MotiDVs Equip SW Interlocked Modes Auto 3 Janua lt Local gt oos peration Start m Stop Power amp Energy Load E Energy ooo kwh SP amp PV se 44 4 oom gt PV _0 00rpm This tab has 5 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation e Power amp Energy e SP amp PV The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping e Group Active e Ready e Not Ready E100000000886 07 2011 225 Equipment Control Starting Stopping Running Interlocked Warning Trip The following table des
213. arm Masking Meaning Trip or alert alarms in the motor 2 direction are masked El00000000886 07 2011 151 Equipment Control Popup Operator Tab The Mot 2D block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab Interlocked oO Auto 3 Manual gt lt Local gt oos Operation Forward Reverse E Stop This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Starting Forward Starting Reverse Stopping Running Forward Running Reverse 152 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Extended Tab e Interlocked e Warning e Trip The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto Switches to Auto operation mode controlled by the PLC program Manual Switches to Manual operation mode controlled by the HMI Local Switches to Local operation mode controlled by the local control box of the motor oos Switches to Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object applicable in all modes The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Description Forward Motor runs in forward direction in Manual mode only Reverse Motor runs in reverse direct
214. as the input and moved to APV The alert and trip is indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the AnlgIn block The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on the configured conditions for very high high low and very low inhibition pins the alarms for this block can be inhibited The alert and trip alarms can be reset Bad processed value potential hardware alarms and indications are obtained 162 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the AnlgIn block Wake CHIN HRaw LRaw HPV LPV HCutOff LCutOff DV HHInh Hinh Linh LLInh AlmRst Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the AnlgIn block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode Wake 1 Group is active This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl CHIN INT Channel input Analog input signal Normally corresponds to a value in raw data coming from the input output peripherals HRaw INT High raw value High range of channel input signal El00000000886 07 2011 163 Equipment Control Paramete
215. ated set pioint x x 1 6 SPx x 1 6 REAL Set pioint x x 1 6 SPxH x 1 6 REAL Set pioint x x 1 6 high limit SPxL x 1 6 REAL Set pioint x x 1 6 low limit PVx x 1 6 REAL Process value x x 1 6 TotalSPH REAL Total set point high limit in GJ hr TotalSPL REAL Total set point low limit in GJ hr DevH REAL Deviation high limit TDev INT Time delay for deviation error TRatioError INT Time delay for ratio error TSPError INT Time delay for set point error OPxPriority x 1 6 INT Output x x 1 6 priority of usage Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stw WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alw WORD Alarm word to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used E100000000886 07 2011 509 Cement Process Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto1 1 Auto2 2 Manual 3 External 4 Update ratio 5 External total set point enable 6 Manual total setpoint track enable 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description Wake Auto1 selection Auto2 selection Extrenal selection Output 1 enable Output 2 enable Output 3 enable Output 4 enable Output 5 enable BPR HR BR oO BR OJIN Output 6 enable 10 13 Not used 14 Alarm inhibition
216. ation 2 Sets run feedback sec delay s Process feedback Stx TProcFb 0 Configuration 3 Sets process delay sec feedback delay s Loss of process fb Stx TLProcFb 0 Configuration 3 Sets loss of process delay sec feedback delay s Inv direction start Stx TInv 0 Configuration 9 Sets inverse delay sec direction start delay s Display format time Stx RunHr HHHH Configuration 1 Sets the format for display in HMI genie and popup Area Information AraeInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID ElO0000000886 07 2011 149 Equipment Control Mot2D Representation in the HMI Motor 2 Direction Genie The Mot 2D block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Equip_Met20 Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Meaning Opens the Mot 2D popup B The instance name of the Mot2D block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady light gray Fill color Steady light gray Motor is in Sleep mode Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady white e Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready e Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready after alarms are reset Line color Dark gray Fill color Light gray Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual
217. ation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the DigOut block DigOut Wake CHOUT DSP DV DVEn HFail Alminh AlmRst Stx Stx El00000000886 07 2011 199 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the DigOut block Value for example inoperable channel Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode Wake 1 Group is active This input is connected from output Wake of GrpCtrl or RouteMgt DSP BOOL Digital set point Digital set point DV BOOL Default value Default value DVEn BOOL Enable the default Enable the default value for example inoperable channel 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the DigOut block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms a
218. ator CLOSE indication in genie 14 Cemc_ON Digital ON indication in genie 15 Cemc_OFF Digital OFF indication in genie 16 Cemc_Mode Mode text that is A M L O and S indication in genie 17 Cemc_PV Color of the process value text indicated in the PID AnlgIn MBATV EATV CATV Mot1ldVS Mot2dvs genie and popup 18 Cemc_SP Color of the set point text indicated in the PID AnlgOut MBATV EATV CATV Motldvs Mot2dvs genie and popup 19 Cemc_Editbox Edit box where you can enter the data 20 Cemc_NonEditBox Non editable box where the data is displayed 70 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Serial Color Customizable Description Number Objects Label 21 Cemc_FeedBackSt Feedback status indication in the popup for example run forward or run backward or pressure switch feedback and so on 22 Cemc_InterlockSt Interlock status indication in the popup for example starting interlock or safety interlock or sequential interlock or process interlock 23 Cemc_BypassSt Bypass status of group start stop management indication in the popup 24 Cemc_DigIn Digital input indication in the genie 25 Cemc_DigOut Digital output indication in the genie 26 Cemc_HHLL The text color indication in genie of analog input block when HighHigh LowLow value is reached 27 Cemc_HL The text color indication in genie of analog input block when High Low value is reached 28 Cemc
219. bRun11 Byp12 FbRun12 Stx DevCount GActive GStopDone GStop01 GStop02 GStop03 GStop04 GStop05 GStop06 GStop07 GStop08 GStop09 GStop10 GStop11 GStop12 E100000000886 07 2011 373 MMM Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the GrpStpMgt block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Start command Start command starts all the devices in the group sequentially Stop BOOL Stop command Stop 0 1 The block initiates the Stop command and GActive 1 QStop BOOL Quick stop command QStop 0 1 The block QStop deactivates the Stop command and GActive 0 DevCount INT Device count The number of devices are present in the group Bypx BOOL Bypass of timer Tx Bypx x 01 12 1 Bypass x 01 12 x 01 12 the timer and stop the device x x 01 12 immediately FbRunx BOOL Run feedback device x Device x x 01 12 are not x 01 12 x 01 12 active or stopped The following table describes the output parameters of the GrpStpMgt block Parameter Type Description Details GActive BOOL Group active The GrpStpMgt is stopped in the group and is active in
220. bel name for motor run color indication Cemc_Run is given in the Array expression The label Cemc_Run has an expression 2 Hence in normal conditions the motor run color is green The Array colors 2 green in the above shown color palette If there is a need to change this motor run color from green to blue you have to change the label Cemc_Run expression from 2 to 3 The Array colors 3 blue in the above shown color palette 72 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Navigation Buttons Introduction Navigation buttons with the names of group defined in UAG will be displayed in Vijeo Citect at runtime Upto 10 groups are supported in this library When you click the button pages under the corresponding group will be displayed You can navigate to those pages by selecting the page from the list MMM Cement Te j Equip Generic o The following table describes the different animations for the navigation buttons Animation Meaning Flashing yellow There is an active alert in the group Steady yellow There is an active and acknowledged alert in the group Flashing red There is an active trip in the group Steady red There is an active and acknowledged trip in the group El00000000886 07 2011 73 Using the Cement Library Information Popup Introduction When an operator enters a value beyond the limits defined HIGH scale and LOW scale the foll
221. bol Meaning Navigates to main interlock page n If SCHI tab is selected all scheduler interlock conditions are SCHI displayed with description Also individual interlock condition can be bypassed in this section E100000000886 07 2011 601 Generic Process Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 602 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process EgySchT_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type EgySchT St for the EgySchtT block Element Type Description TSchedule INT Scheduled time THold INT Hold time TRemaining INT Remaining time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI DV BOOL Default value IN BOOL Input OP BOOL Output Dummy BOOL Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Schedule on 1 6 Not used 7 Reset 8 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description Event on in Schedule interlock Hold 15 Not used 0 1 2 Schedule active 3 4 E100000000886 07 2011 603 Generic Process Bit description
222. button in the template Genie for MotAct as damper Rees S 3 Genie for MotAct as valve Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Light gray Motor actuator is in Auto mode and sleeping Fill color Light gray Top color Light gray Line color Dark gray Motor actuator is awake or in Local or Manual Q mode Line color Dark gray Motor actuator has been started and valve or amp Left fill color White gate close command is given feedback yet to Right fill color Flashing green be received Top color Flashing green E100000000886 07 2011 275 Equipment Control Animation Meaning Line color Dark gray Left fill color White Right fill color Steady green Top color Steady green Motor actuator is running and valve or gate is closed Line color Dark gray Left fill color Light gray Right fill color Steady green Top color Light gray Motor actuator is not ready and valve or gate is closed Line color Dark gray Left fill color White Right fill color Steady green Top color White Motor actuator is ready and valve or gate is closed Line color Dark gray Left fill color Flashing green Right fill color White Top color Flashing green Motor actuator has been started and valve or gate open command is given feedback yet to be received Line color Dark gray Left fill color
223. button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The SPInt block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Configuration tab e Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 543 Generic Process Operator Tab fe Generic_Splnt SetPoint Value Min value Max value os wos The following table describes the sub section SetPoint Value Symbol Description If the input type selected is free then you can enter any integer set point If the input type selected is limited then you can enter integer set point within maximum and minimum value Displays the configured minimum value Min value 0 Displays the configured maximum value Max value 100 544 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Configuration Tab ie Generic_Splint SetPoint Type Free Input Limited Input SetPoint Limits Maximum Minimum The following tab has two sub sections e SetPoint Type e SetPoint Limits The following table describes the sub section SetPoint Type Button Description Free Input On clicking this button the set point type is configured as Free Input A green background to this button is displayed indicating the selection Limited Input On clicking this button the set point type is configured as Limited Input A green background to this button is d
224. can change mode of the RatioCtr1 block from the popup of the block Auto Mode Operation The total set point is fed to the block through input pin Ext TotalSP or by the operator from HMI Stx ManTotalSP based on the external set point enable disable The individual set point ratios ARatiox x 1 6 are entered in percentage by the operator from the popup When the command UpdateRatio is given by the operator from HMI and OPxEn x 1 6 is enabled then the ratio is updated to the final ratio of the outputs Rat iox x 1 6 Set point SPx x 1 6 is calculated by the formulae SPx TotalSP Ratiox 100 When the ratio or the total set point is changed the set point outputs are adjusted accordingly to maintain the ratio The generated set points are restricted to the limits SPxH and SPxL x 1 6 entered by the operator from HMI If the total ratio is not equal to 100 for more than pre defined time Stx TRatioError then an alert is generated 556 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Manual Mode Operation When the block is in Manual mode the manual set point Stx ManSPx x 1 6 is entered by the operator in the popup and is generated as the output set point SPx x 1 6 Manual set point entry from HMI is restricted to the limits SPxH and SPxL x 1 6 Cascade External Mode Operation The total set point is fed to the block through input pin Ext TotalSP or by the operator from HMI Stx ManTot
225. can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the Genie for DigAct as damper vp A Genie for DigAct as valve Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Light gray Fill color Light gray Top color Light gray Digital actuator is in Auto mode and sleeping Line color Dark gray Digital actuator is awake or in Manual mode E100000000886 07 2011 249 Equipment Control Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Dark gray Left fill color White Right fill color Flashing green Top color Flashing green Digital actuator has been started valve or gate close command is given and feedback yet to be received Line color Dark gray Left fill color White Right fill color Steady green Top color Steady green Digital actuator is running and valve or gate is closed Line color Dark gray Left fill color Light gray Right fill color Steady green Top color Light gray Digital actuator is not ready and valve or gate is closed Line color Dark gray Left fill color White Right fill color Steady green Top color White Digital actuator is ready and valve or gate is closed Line color Dark gray Left fill color Flashing green Right fill color White Top color Flashing green Digital actuator has been started valve or gate open command is given and feedback yet to be recei
226. ce EATV31 61 71 e manages Altivar variable speed drives ATV31M 61M 71M in an Ethernet communication based manner e enables the speed set point of the device e selects the direction of the rotation forward reverse monitors the errors occurred in the device e enables the owner user to select the control system operator or program that is responsible for setting the control e enables device reset by monitoring unit HMI MBATV31 61 71 e manages Altivar variable speed drives ATV31M 61M 71Mina Modbus communication based manner e selects the direction of rotation forward and reverse e enables the speed set point of the device monitors the errors occured in the device e enables the device resets by monitoring unit HMI enables the user to use either the controller or the wired speed driver inputs or outputs to control either the direction of rotation or the speed set point e enables the owner user to select the control system operator or program that is responsible for setting the control MBEM6 400 manages the energy meter MBEM6400 in a Modbus communication based manner e enables to reset the device e allows the most important device parameters to be monitored e displays the value and status in the HMI El00000000886 07 2011 33 Functional Description Communication Signal Type Single Functions MBEM7300 manages the energy meter ION7300 in a Modbus communication based manner enables to
227. cess 530 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 Overview The following chapter describes the generic process objects A WARNING MISAPPLICATION OF MODULES The modules in this section do not reflect any specific installation Before adopting these modules for use in a specific application the engineer must e conduct a safety analysis for the application and equipment installed e verify that all modules are appropriate for the equipment or function in the installation supply appropriate parameters particularly for limits check that all sensors and actuators are compatible with the modules selected thoroughly test all functions during verification and commissioning provide independent paths for critical control functions emergency stop over limit conditions etc according to the safety analysis and applicable codes and regulations Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 11 1 SPBoolL Set Point Bool 533 11 2 SPInt Set Point Integer 539 11 3 SPReal Set Point Real 547 11 4 RatioCtrl Ratio Controller 555 11 5 Totaliser Totaliser 575 11 6 EgyScheE Energy Scheduler Event Based 583 El00000000886 07 2011 531 Generic Process Section Topic Page 11 7 EgySchtT Energy Scheduler Time
228. cess GrpStpMgt_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type GrpStpMgt_ St for the GrpStpMgt block Element Type Description TStopx x 01 12 INT Time delay to stop device x x 01 12 TRStopx x 01 12 INT Time remaining to stop device x x 01 12 DevCount INT Device count Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Bit Description Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Holds the group stop command GStop 1 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 11 Stop run feedback device x x 01 12 12 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 11 Bypass of timer x x 01 12 12 Group active 13 Group stop done 14 15 Not used 384 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process 9 4 BCnvyrid Belt Conveyor 1 Direction Overview This section describes the BCnvyrid block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page BCnvyrid Description 386 BCnvyrld Representation as SCoD in UAG 400 BCnvyrid Representation in the HMI 403 BCnvyrid_St Derived Data Type 414
229. cess1p0 SCoD 19 04 2011 16 25 54 OK E CemLibCommunication pO SCoD 01 06 2010 16 47 44 OK CemLibDevices1p0 SCoD 18 04 2011 16 03 12 OK CemLibE quipmentControl p0 SCoD 19 04 2011 16 27 04 OK CemLibGenericProcess1p0 SCoD 19 04 2011 16 27 29 OK CemLibMMMProcess1p0 SCoD 19 04 2011 16 27 49 OK O DPLCommunication p2 SCoD 01 06 2010 16 47 44 OK O DPLDevicestp2 SCoD 11 10 2010 10 29 12 OK OeEps SCoD 13 10 2010 12 37 10 OK Oemeso0 SCoD 11 10 2010 11 52 47 OK EnergyDashboard1 pO SCoD 09 04 2011 14 27 37 OK DIE quipmentContral SCoD 25 01 2011 17 36 05 OK O GenericProcess SCoD 24 01 2011 19 38 55 OK DIIATBasic OGenertic SCoD 13 12 2007 18 00 00 OK DAT Basict OiFixActivex SCoD 13 12 2007 18 00 00 Vijeo Citect Legacy Gen is not supported DIIATBasic1 OFixD ynamo SCoD 13 12 2007 18 00 00 Vijeo Citect Legacy Gen is not supported DIIATBasict Monitor SCoD 13 12 2007 18 00 00 Vijeo Citect Legacy Gen is not supported DOMMMProcess SCoD 23 01 2011 12 16 44 OK DI UsGBasic_Citect SCoD 09 01 2007 11 13 18 OK O UaAGBasic_MPro SCoD 05 12 2006 15 48 45 Vijeo Citect Legacy Gen is not supported 92 E100000000886 07 2011 Instantiation in UAG 2 UAG Customization CementLib1p0 File View Customization List Help Osh Sk BO Customization File General m Vijeo Citect Legacy Gen Hele I Create unlocated PLC_HMI variables rat Fomat None A ae ik _ ea TEn rte tasea 2 Name Creation Rules
230. ck Element Type Description TStartx x 01 12 INT Delay to start devices x x 01 12 TRStartx x 01 12 INT Time remaining to start devices x x 01 12 DevCount INT Device count Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Bit Description Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Hold 1 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 11 Feed back run x x 01 12 12 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 11 Bypass of timer x x 01 12 12 Group active 13 Group start done 14 15 Not used 370 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process 9 3 GrpStpMgt Group Stop Management Overview This section describes the GrpStpMgt block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page GrpStpMgt Description 372 GrpStpMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG 376 GrpStpMgt Representation in the HMI 380 GrpStpMgt_ St Derived Data Type 384 El00000000886 07 2011 371 MMM Process GrpStpMgt Description General Function Description The GrpStpMgt block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro D
231. ck 0 All the interlocks are not operational There is an active interlock present Ready BOOL Motor ready to Ready 1 All the conditions to start start the motor are operational Ready 0 The conditions to start the motor are not operational Motor will not be given Start command FwdRun BOOL Forward run Motor is running in forward direction RevRun BOOL Reverse run Motor is running in reverse direction Posl BOOL Actuator in Actuator has reached position1 position1 Applicable in all the modes of operation Pos2 BOOL Actuator in Actuator has reached position2 position2 Applicable in all the modes of operation 270 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor has tripped with an active trip alarm present The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the MotAct block Parameter Type Description Stx MotAct_St Status and control of the motor actuator Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 284 ElO0000000886 07 2011 271 Equipment Control MotAct Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of D
232. ck 0 Not all the safety interlock conditions are operational Trips the route and generates an alarm Stop command is given to all the devices in the route SeqILck BOOL Sequential Interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational e sftyILck 0 Notall the sequential interlock conditions are not operational Trips the route and generates an alarm Stop command is given to all the devices in the route RxFbReady x 1 5 BOOL Route x x 1 5 feedback ready RxFbReady x 1 5 1 All devices in the route x x 1 5 are ready RxFbReady x 1 5 0 Not all devices in the route x x 1 5 are ready RxFbRun x 1 5 BOOL Route x x 1 5 feedback all devices RxFbRun x 1 5 1 All devices in the route x x 1 5 are running RxFbRun x 1 5 0 Not all devices in the route x x 1 5 are running RxFbStop x 1 5 BOOL Route x x 1 5 feedback stop RxFbStop x 1 5 1 All devices in the route x are stopped RxFbStop x 1 5 0 Not all devices in the route x x 1 5 are stopped ElO0000000886 07 2011 423 MMM Process A CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow
233. ck is acknowledged Bag Filter Line color Flashing red Trip alarm for the bag filter block is active HHH Bag Filter Fill color Steady red Trip alarm for the bag filter block is acknowledged ElO00000000886 07 2011 451 MMM Process Alarm Masking Popup Operator Tab Symbol Meaning Bag Filter The trip or alert alarms in the bag filter are masked The BagF ltr block popup has the following tabs Alarm tab ite mmm_BagF ltr Purging SV Sequence Number a No of Solenoid Valve Es Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Information tab This tab has 2 sub sections e Status e Purging The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping e Group Active 452 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Ready Not Ready Cycle Active Running Interlocked Warning Alarm The following table describes the sub section Purging Item Meaning SV Sequence Number Displays the solenoid valve that is purged currently No of Solenoid Valve Displays the total number of solenoid valves present in the filter Extended Tab ia mmm_BagF ltr Feedback Pressure DP Switch C Hopper Level E Hopper Level Switch This tab has 3 sub sections e Feedback e Mask e Bypass E100000000886 07 2011 453 MMM Pr
234. command Start is issued and the output OP is set HIGH within the specified process feedback delay the process feedback FbProc has to be obtained This process feedback is continuously monitored by the motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued output OP is set HIGH and motor is operational If process feedback FbProc is not available for specified loss of process feedback delay the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated NOTE The process feedback can be bypassed by selecting the Bypass Process f b button from the HMI A conditional start can be given to this block when the Conditional Start is enabled This input is used for connecting process logic to control the motor under normal conditions NOTE Conditional Start Group Active Sequential Start and Sequential Stop are applicable in Auto mode only The start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH when the run feedback FbRun and process feedback FbProc are obtained Run output Run is set HIGH and pulse command SeqStart is given to the next device to start Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the output command OP as LOW Group stop command Stop is received by the motor from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group quick stop command QStop is received by the motor from the GrpCtr1 block The
235. command pulse is received and outputs OP and Run 1 sequential start command pulse is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command to next motor in group Stop or QStop 1 and OP and Run 0 sequential stop command is given to the next motor connected in the group ILck REAL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational There is an active interlock present Ready BOOL Motor ready to start Ready 1 All the conditions to start the motor are operational Ready 0 The conditions to start the motor are not operational Motor will not be given Start command Run BOOL Motor running Motor is running This output is given if the motor is running and run feedback FbRun is received Applicable in all the operation modes 218 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor has tripped with an active trip alarm present The following table describes the input output parameter of the Mot 1dvs bloc
236. commands from the popup monitors Pull Cord switch feedback belt tension feedback belt chute and empty run of conveyor feedback continuously displays input values of load and energy in the popup generates alarms and alerts displays the value and status in the HMI Cement Process The family Cement Process is used to control the ratio of different fuels interface of the gas analyser and girth gear lubrication operation El00000000886 07 2011 31 Functional Description Devices The following table describes the functions equipped according to the library Signal Type Single Functions MultiFuelCtrl controls the ratios of different fuels of different types gas or liquid or solid calculates the percentage set point of each parameter continuously monitors the process value feedback of individual fuel controls the fuels output according to the operation modes Auo 1 Auto 2 Manual and External generates alarms and alerts displays the value and status in the HMI GasAnalyser supervises and controls the gas analyser operation configures the gas parameters for reading defines the gas parameters which the analyser measures displays the process value as output pin in the popup generates alarms and alerts displays the value and status in the HMI GirthGearLubCtrl supervises and controls the girth gear lubrication operation supports only Auto mode operation generates alerts and alar
237. configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms Configuration The run hours of the motor is displayed in the Configuration tab of the popup After the maintenance of the motor the run hours can be reset from the popup NOTE The following parameters in the Configuration tab have user restriction from the HMI e Run feedback delay e Position feedback delay e Inverse direction start delay E100000000886 07 2011 263 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the MotAct block MotAct AutoSel Auto LocalSel Manual Wake Local Start Oos Direction GActive Stop OP1 QStop OP2 LStart1 SeqStart LStart2 SeqStop DefaultPos StartlLck ILck SftylLck Ready SeqlLck FwdRun ProclLck RevRun Pos1 Avail Pos2 OverLoad FbFwd FbRev FbPos1 FbPos2 Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx Stx 264 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the MotAct block Parameter Type Description
238. cribes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto Switches to Auto mode controlled by the PLC program Manual Switches to Manual operation mode controlled by the HMI Local Switches to Local operation mode controlled by the local control box of the motor oos Switches to Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object applicable in all modes The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Description Start Start command is given to motor in Manual mode only Stop Stop command is given to motor in Manual mode only The following table describes the sub section Power amp Energy Item Description Load Displays load of motor in A kW Energy Displays energy consumed by motor in kWh MWh The following table describes the sub section SP amp PV Item Description SP Displays set point value SP of motor in RPM PV Displays process value PV of motor in RPM Symbol Description ca Set point value is ramped down by 1 step e Set point value is ramped down to low limit 226 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Extended Tab Symbol Description T Set point value is ramped up by 1 step Db Set point value is ramped up to high limit ie Equip_Mot1DVs MotiDVs Equip Feedback _ Local Stop C Conditional Start Available C Over Load C Emergency Shutdown
239. ction block either by the Grpctr1 block or previous device in sequence or GrpStrtMgt block If Start command is received route start command RStart pulse output RxStart x 1 5 is given to devices of selected route either by daisy chain connection to first motor in the sequence or by using management blocks connection to GrpStrtMgt block If Stop command is received route stop command RStop output RxStop x 1 5 is given to the devices of selected route either by daisy chain connection to first motor in the sequence or by using management blocks connection to GrpStrtMgt block If a route selection is changed when the route is running Start command is given to the new route and after the run feedback is received Stop command is given to the old route If the new route is inoperable to start run feedback is not received then an alert is generated and old route is restored El00000000886 07 2011 419 MMM Process Interlock Types There are 3 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to the following interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration Ready run stop feedbacks of re
240. d Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI and SQI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 E100000000886 07 2011 255 Equipment Control Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 256 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control DigAct_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type DigAct_St for the DigAct block Element Type Description TPosFb INT Position feedback delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl
241. d The inoperable conditions HopLv10K PressOK DPressOK can be bypassed from HMI popup The alert and trip is indicated in the SCADA The details of the active alarms are shown in the alarm tab of the popup Based on user configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The trip alarms can be reset by the input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or by the operator from popup El00000000886 07 2011 441 MMM Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the BagF1tr block BagFltr Wake OP01 Start OP02 Stop OP03 QStop OP04 OP05 StartlLck OPO06 SftylLck OP07 SeqlLck OP08 ProclLck OP09 OP10 SVCount OP11 PressOK OP12 DPressOK OP13 HopLvlOK OP14 OP15 OP16 OP17 OP18 OP GActive CycActive SeqStart SeqStop ILck Ready Run Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx __ Stx 442 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the BagF1tr block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Wake up Group wake up and request for availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtr1 block Start BOOL Start Start 1 Start command is given to the bag filter sequencer Start 0
242. d Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 581 Generic Process Totaliser St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type Totaliser St forthe Totaliser block Element Type Description K REAL Divisor constant SP REAL Set point IN REAL Input Total REAL Totalised value TScan INT Time scan value Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 6 Not used 7 Reset 8 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Initialize totalising 1 Hold totalising Set point reached 3 15 Not used Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 13 Not used 14 Total reached maximum value 15 Not used 582 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 6 EgyScheE Energy Scheduler Event Based Overview This section describes the EgySchE block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page EgySchk Description 584 EgyScheE Representation as SCoD in UAG 586 EgyScheE Representation in the HMI 587 EgySchE_St Derived Data Type 592 E100000000886 07 2011 583 Generic Process EgySche Description General
243. d and output OP is set LOW when the run feedback FbRun and process feedback FbProc are set LOW Run output Run is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop The quick stop command QStop is issued and output OP is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop Manual Mode Operation Run and Stop commands are issued by the operator from the popup of the motor block Run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode NOTE Sequential interlock is not applicable in Manual mode 108 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Local Mode Operation Stage Description 1 Start up pulse command LStart comes from the local control panel of the motor that sets the output OP HIGH and motor starts in the selected direction 2 Stop command LStop also comes from the local control panel of the motor This input always must be HIGH for the motor to be started and is applicable in all the modes of operation NOTE This serves as an emergency stop command Run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode Interlock Types There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Inte
244. der maintenance mode supervises actuator run feedback supervises actuator position feedback displays the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks in the popup Generic Process The group Generic Process is used to control the ratio of ingredients calculate the control variable value based on the deviation derived and provide information on ratio controller set points of bool real integer and so on 28 E100000000886 07 2011 Functional Description The following table describes the functions equipped according to the library Signal Type Single Functions PIDB supports Auto Manual Cascade and External modes goes to default mode during initialization tracks Auto mode set point Manaul mode set point and process value optional calculates the manipulated variable value based on the deviation derived generates alarms and alerts displays the value and status in the HMI Ilek processes different interlock conditions into single interlock output that shall be used by motors actuators and so on supports 8 interlock conditions displays the value and status in the HMI Totaliser initializes the Totalising command as input to the block displays the totalized value starts totalising the input value given as an input pin displays the value and status in the HMI EgySchE schedules the application action based events supports the Bool type and Real type output displays the remai
245. describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the current alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list E100000000886 07 2011 625 Generic Process Configuration Tab Generic_PIDB Tracking m ASP Tracking Disabled m MSP Tracking Disabled m PV Tracking Disabled Deviation Error Max 0 00 min 0 00 Error Time PID Parameters Proportional Constant Kp Integral Time Ti Derivative Time Td Slope Scan Time Derivative Lag Time This tab has 3 sub sections e Tracking e Deviation e PID Parameters 0 00 The following table describes the sub section Tracking Item Description ASP Tracking Disabled Enables the auto set point tracking when in Cascade mode MSP Tracking Disabled Enables the manual set point tracking when in Auto Cascade External mode PV Tracking Disabled Enables the process value tracking in all the modes thereby making the process value equal to the SP 626 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Alarm Tab The following table describes the sub section Deviation Item Description Max Error Displays the maximum deviation permissible to be configured Min Error Displays the minimum deviation permissible to be configured Max Error Time Displays the maximum error time after which an alarm is ge
246. device in the group QStop BOOL Group quick stop Stop command to the motor When GQStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 Applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GQStop pin of GrpCtrl El00000000886 07 2011 213 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details LStart BOOL Local start Start command to the motor When LStart 1 OP pin is set to 1 Applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of local IO panel LStop BOOL Local stop Stop command to the motor When LStop 0 OP pin is set to 0 Applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Stop push button of local IO panel StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 The starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 The starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock e SftylILck 1 The safety interlock conditions are operational SftylILck 0 The safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 The sequential
247. dications are represented that is voltage flow T V W X and Z current hand power level pressure speed temperature vibration weight miscellaneous and limit switch respectively Equi_DigOut The instance name of the DigOut block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the Animation Description of the Genie 5 X Line color Flashing purple Hardware inoperable alarm in the digital output block is active template Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Light gray Digital output block is in Sleep mode B Fill color Light gray Line color Dark gray Digital output awake and given value 0 without amp Fill color Light gray alarms Line color Dark gray Digital output awake and given value 1 without g Fill color Green alarms x Line color Steady purple Hardware inoperable alarm in the digital output block is acknowledged E100000000886 07 2011 203 Equipment Control Popup Operator Tab Symbol Meaning S S is displayed on the left top corner when the simulator is active Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup The DigOut block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Alarm tab e Information tab lie Equip_DOut DOut Equip Sleeping Simulation Mode m ON m Jom
248. dule 640 E100000000886 07 2011 Glossary Sel selection Seq sequential Sfty safety Sim simulation SP set point Stw status word Sw switch T T time t h tons per hour template Template is a background screen in Vijeo Citect where genies and their popups get open E100000000886 07 2011 641 Glossary UAG Val Wake Warn Unity Application Generator V value W wake up warning 642 E100000000886 07 2011 Index Cement Process GasAnalyser Gas Analyser 462 GirthGearLubCtrl Girth Gear Lubrication Control 512 MultiFuelCtrl Multi Fuel Control 487 Equipment Control AnlgAct Analog Actuator 287 Anlgin Analog Input 167 AnlgOut Analog Output 174 DigAct Digital Actuator 236 DigIn Digital Input 185 DigOut Digital Output 798 Motid Motor 1 Direction 106 Mot1dVS Motor 1 Direction Variable Speed 207 Mot2d Motor 2 Direction 133 MotAct Motor Actuator 260 MotBasic Motor Basic 316 General Information 17 Basics of Cement Library 19 Function Blocks 37 Functional Description 25 Implementation Paradigms 77 Instantiation in UAG 97 Representation in the HMI 47 Using the Cement Library 55 Generic Process EgySchE Energy Scheduler Event Based 583 EgySchT Energy Scheduler Time Based 594 ILCK Interlock 605 PIDB Proportional Integral and Deriva tive Controller Block 610 RatioCtrl Ratio Controller 555 SPBool
249. e Motor overload OJ oI NI OIA AJO fo Not used ar Run feedback forward direction M Run feedback reverse direction wo Position 1 feedback p Alarm inhibition 15 Position 2 feedback Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Auto mode active status 1 Manual mode active status 2 Local mode active status 3 Out of Service mode active status 4 Output command OP1 active 5 Output command OP2 active 6 Motor ready status 7 Run 8 Forward run 9 Reverse run 10 Position 1 reached 11 Position 2 reached 12 Interlock active status 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status El00000000886 07 2011 285 Equipment Control Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description Not used Safety interlock not available Sequential interlock not available Process interlock not available Motor electrically not available Motor overload Not used Run feedback not active when motor is running Run feedback active when motor is not running OO O NI IO a AJOIN Reverse feedback is not active when motor is running s oO Reverse feedback is active when motor is not running en Position 1 feedback is not active N Position 2 feedback is not active i Position1 and
250. e 3 Proces interlock not available 4 10 Not used 11 Position 1 feedback is not active 12 Position 2 feedback is not active 258 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit Description 13 Position and position 2 feedback are active 14 Not used 15 Active trip alarm ElO0000000886 07 2011 259 Equipment Control 8 9 MotAct Motor Actuator Overview This section describes the MotAct block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page MotAct Description 261 MotAct Representation as SCoD in UAG 272 MotAct Representation in the HMI 275 MotAct_St Derived Data Type 284 260 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control MotAct Description General The MotAct block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB MotAct Vijeo Citect Genie MotAct UAG SCoD MotAct Function Description The MotAct block is used to control electrical actuators with defined positions used for driving valves gates dampers and so on This block supports 3 modes of operation e Auto mode e Manual mode e Local mode By default the motor will be in Auto mode The motor is forced to Auto or Local mode if the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LOC is HIGH The Local pin always has highest priority When the Local mode is selected the bloc
251. e if motor is operational and any interlocks or feedback are inoperable trip alarm is generated All HMI data are transferred from the PLC to the HMI system in a most compact way This means that a single bit of information is put on a 16 bit word each for status alarm and control The analog values of the process like limit delay set point and so on are bundled in a structure and transferred to the HMI system Due to this concept only one pins of the block is necessary to interact with the HMI system For example Stx xx PLC HMI input output pin which consist of analog values status alarm and control word All element of the structure except status word and alarm word can be written from the HMI Communication can be done by the OPC server or the Modbus TCP driver for Vijeo Citect El00000000886 07 2011 39 Function Blocks 40 E100000000886 07 2011 Representation in the HMI What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Cement Library Template 42 HMI Object List 44 Popup Representation 47 Commonly Used Tabs 51 El00000000886 07 2011 41 HMI Representation Cement Library Template Description The Cement Library template consists of objects to display the status of a detected alarm and an alert It also displays the graphic details for Vijeo Citect HMI genie and popup pages You can view the details about the opera
252. e 1 feedback stop devices 12 Route 2 feedback stop devices 13 Route 3 Feedback stop devices 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element a Es Description Route 4 feedback stop devices Route 5 feedback stop devices Start interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Not used Group active Interlock Route ready Route run Route forced OJo lN Ioa A OINI o ae Route stop N 13 Not used a A Alert 15 Trip Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Safety Interlock not available 1 Sequential Interlock not available El00000000886 07 2011 437 MMM Process Bit Description 2 Start time exceeded 3 Stop time exceeded 4 Route change not available 5 Route selected pin error 6 14 Not used 15 Route trip 438 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process 9 6 BagFltr Bag Filter Sequence Block Overview This section describes the BagF ltr block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page BagFltr Description 440 BagFltr Representation as SCoD in UAG 448 BagFltr Representation in the HMI 451 BagFltr_St Derived Data Type 458 E100000000886 07 2011 439 MMM Process BagFl1tr Description General The
253. e 52 E100000000886 07 2011 183 Equipment Control AnlgOut_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type AnlgOut_St for the AnlgOut block Element Type Description Simv REAL Simulation value SPH REAL Set point high limit SPL REAL Set point low limit CHOUT INT Channel output Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Simulation selection 1 6 Not used Alarm reset 8 15 Not used Bit description for the stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake up 1 15 Not used Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Hardware inoperable 1 15 Not used 184 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control 8 5 DigIn Digital Input Overview This section describes the DigIn block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page DigIn Description 186 DigIn Representation as SCoD in UAG 190 DigIn Representation in the HMI 192 DigIn_St Derived Data Type 196 E100000000886 07 2011 185 Equipment Control DigIn Description General The DigIn block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Imple
254. e SCoD as scaling boundaries for all configured variables These values are entered as scaling minimum and maximum limits inside the Vijeo Citect They are used for limiting user entries in the HMI in trends and in bar graphs The following figure shows an example of the Range tab for the Mot 1dvs block Properties Control Module Parent MotValve Equipment Module Basic Configuration J Device Data Limits Range Eng Min Eng Max 0 100 OK Cancel Apply In this example Eng Min and Eng Max are preconfigured as 0 and 100 These values are inherited in SCoD as an Eng Min and Eng Max for the variables HMI LoLim HMI HiLim HMI NSpd and HMI Aspd This ensures that the user must not enter values beyond the preconfigured values lt Eng Min 0 and gt Eng Max 100 El00000000886 07 2011 89 Implementation Paradigms The following figure shows the example of a Trend graph for the Mot 1dVs block having predefined scaling minimum and scaling maximum values as 0 and 100 respectively 05 08 38PM ae 05 3835 PM May 19 2008 EI Display istry mode 0 AGE al n May 19 2008 Trend o e Scale Range E S83 HMIsp1 130508 Mot MOTIDYS_HMI ASpd 70 0 100 l E Hras 1 130508 Mot MOTIDYS HMI NSpd 70 100 fe Hts 130508 Mot MOTIDVS HMI Lokim 0 0 100 T F Hritsp4_190508 Mot_ MOTIDVS_HMI HLin 80 o 100 ig If these analog variables are not preconfigured with the values 0 and 100 the default value
255. e ae ie ee ee Seems 643 El100000000886 07 2011 7 E100000000886 07 2011 Safety Information A Important Information NOTICE Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install operate or maintain it The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure The addition of this symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not followed personal injury hazards Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death A DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury A WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in death or serious injury This is the safety alert symbol It is used to alert you to potential El00000000886 07 2011 9 PLEASE NOTE A CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor or moderate injury CAUTION CAUTION used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in equipment damage
256. e alarm list The following table describes the sub section Bypass Item Description Bypass Bypasses the process feedback 408 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Configuration Tab mmm_Benyyr1D Delay Run feedback Process feedback Loss of Process feeback Asset Management Run hours o oonr This tab has 2 sub sections e Delay e Asset Management The following table describes the sub section Delay Item Description Run feedback Displays run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if running feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Process feedback Displays process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if process feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped Loss of Process feedback Displays loss of process feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After receiving the process feedback if a loss of feedback is occurred while the motor is running and is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and the motor is tripped E100000000886 07 2011 409 MMM Process The following table describes the sub section Asset Management Item Description Run hours Displays the run hours of the motor R Resets the
257. e alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list 308 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Configuration Tab is Equip_AlgAct AlgAct Equip Run feedback Inverse direction start Calculation Time Movement Time Minimum Pulse Length Deviation Dev min Ramp Step Time L__400__i _2s Asset Management Run hous or Set Point External SP Enable SP High Limit 100 00 This tab has 4 sub sections Delay Deviation Ramp Asset Management Set Point The following table shows the sub section Delay Item Description Run feedback Displays run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if run feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and motor is tripped Inverse direction start Inverse direction start delay of motor configurable from HMI Time taken to switch on motor from forward to reverse direction or vice versa exceeds delay time an alarm is generated and motor is tripped Calculation Time Displays the calculation time E100000000886 07 2011 309 Equipment Control Item Description Movement Time Displays the movement time Minimum Pulse Length Displays the minimum pulse length The following table shows the sub section Deviation Item Description Max Dev Displays the maximum d
258. e for restart after resetting the trip alarm or interlock E100000000886 07 2011 347 MMM Process The following table describes the different animations for the RUN genie element Symbol Animation Meaning Steady gray Group is in Sleep mode Steady white Group is in Awake mode Upper half flashing green Group is starting without essential device feedback Lower half flashing green Group is starting without non essential device feedback Flashing green Group is starting without essential and non essential device feedback BB le E Steady green Group is running The following tab le describes the different animations for the STOP genie element Symbol Animation Meaning Steady gray Group is in Sleep mode Flashing white Group is in Stop mode Steady white Group stop is complete or group is wake and active Flashing red a a ww v vu v Group is stopping in Quick Stop mode The following table describes the animations for the genie when the alarms are masked Symbol Animation Meaning Steady gray The trip alarms or alerts in the GrpCtr1 block are masked AlmInh 1 Symbol Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup 348 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process
259. e motor will be in Auto mode The analog actuator is forced to Auto or Local mode if the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LOC is HIGH The Local pin always has highest priority When the Local mode is selected the block functions in Local mode irrespective of other mode selections If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LOC is LOW operator changes mode of the analog actuator from the popup of analog actuator block When the analog actuator is under maintenance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCt r1 block to wake up the actuator from sleep A start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group This sets the output OP1 or OP2 as HIGH depending on deviation that is if deviation is less than SP start OP2 and if deviation is more than SP start OP1 For device safety OP1 is not set if FoPos1 is HIGH and OP2 is not set if FbPos2 is HIGH 288 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control After the start command OP1 or OP2 is issued to the actuator the forward or reverse run feedback has to be obtained If the run feedback is not obtained within the specified run feedback delay the actuator is tripped and an alarm is generated Direction change of the actuator demands stoppage of the actuator and a time delay before restarting the actuator in other direction
260. e of CO CO Measurement unit Stx NOx Not available Configuration 11 Processed value of NOx NOx Measurement unit Stx 02 Not available Configuration 8 Processed value of O2 02 Measurement unit Stx SOx Not available Configuration 10 Processed value of SOx SOx Retraction error Stx TRetract 0 Configuration 6 Time delay for delay retraction error CO Eng Min Stx CO Not available Range Processed value of CO CO Eng Max Stx Co Not available Range 8 Processed value of CO NOx Eng Max Stx NOx Not available Range 10 Processed value of NOx NOx Eng Min Stx NOx Not available Range 5 Processed value of NOx O2 Eng Max Stx 02 Not available Range 7 Processed value of O2 O2 Eng Min Stx 02 Not available Range 1 Processed value of O2 SOx Eng Max Stx SOx Not available Range 9 Processed value of SOx SOx Eng Min Stx SOx Not available Range 3 Processed value of SOx Area Information AreaInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area Information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID El00000000886 07 2011 475 Cement Process GasAnalyser Representation in the HMI Gas Analyser Genie The GasAnalyser block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Symbol Meaning selected Opens the GasAnalyser popup According to the gas to be analyzed different genies can be template The instance name of the GasAnalyser block
261. eached desired position a pulse command SeqStart is given to the next motor to start Group stop command Stop is received by the digital actuator from the GrpCtr1 or GrpStrt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the actuator to stop position that is it starts the digital actuator in the stop position DefaultPOS direction and then stops Group quick stop command QStop is received by the digital actuator from the GrpCtr1 block If the block is group shut down an output command SeqStop is given to the next digital actuator to stop Manual Mode Operation Interlock Types The operator initiates the Position1 and Position2 commands from the popup of the digital actuator block Position feedback monitoring is applicable as in Auto mode There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Aut
262. ection contains the following topics Topic Page RouteMgt Description 419 RouteMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG 427 RouteMgt Representation in the HMI 430 RouteMgt_St Derived Data Type 436 418 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process RouteMgt Description General The RouteMgt block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB RouteMgt Vijeo Citect Genie RouteMgt UAG SCoD RouteMgt Function Description Different sets of devices that are belonging to same operational group performing similar functionality and are mutually exclusive are called as routes for example transportation of different grade cement to respective silo involving different sets of actuators This block Is used to make selection between routes and to control the start and stop of devices of a selected route Block supports upto 5 routes The total number of active routes need to be configured RouteCount During initialization pre defined default route DRoute is selected Later the route can be selected by the operator from HMI popup or by PLC program pin RouteSel Block wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block The route slection block is ready to start if the interlocks StrtILck Sft yILck SeqILck are ok there are no active trip alarms and ready feedback of selected route is active Start Stop command is given to the route sele
263. ed Bit description for the Stw2 element Description Auto mode active status Manual mode active status Local mode active status Out of Service mode active status Output OP active Not used Motor ready status Motor running status DOI NI O a AJ wo N olo 3 O Not used 10 Conditional start active status 11 Not used 12 Interlock active status 13 Group active status 14 Alert active status 15 Trip active status E100000000886 07 2011 131 Equipment Control Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description Motor locally stop Safety interlock not available Sequential interlock not available Process interlock not available Motor electrically not available Motor overload Motor emergency stop Run feedback not active when motor is running Run feedback active when motor is not running o la nN oa a A vin Not used wk aan Process feedback not active when motor is running N Process feedback active when motor is not running Not used A Run hours maximum value reached oa Active trip alarm 132 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control 8 2 Mot2d Motor 2 Direction Overview This section describes the Mot 2d block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics
264. ed It is displayed as Full Control Module Name with the format that has been set in UAG OPACTION Log message about the action OLD VALUE Value before it is changed NEW VALUE Value after it is changed Old value and new value will be present only when there is a change in the analog parameters For the command operations message is logged as Auto Mode Initiated Manual Mode Initiated and so on Those buttons having multiple functions like OOS message is logged as OOS Active whenever OOS is enabled and OOS Inactive whenever OOS is disabled in the OPACTION field The following figure shows the operator log file O a l B E D EE z F G 1 DATE TIME USERNAME LOCATION OP ACTION OLDVALUE NEWVALUE 2 2 2 2009 10 50 01 AM a eq2_mul MY Changed o 25 3 2 2 2009 10 50 06 AM a Eq4_Add4 MYV Changed 2 24 4 2 2 2009 10 50 09 AM a Eq4_Add4 MY Changed 24 36 5 2 2 2009 01 40 49PM a eq2_mul MV Changed 25 55 6 2 2 2009 02 25 26 PM a Eq3_Anain MV Changed D 24 7 2 2 2009 02 38 22 PM a Eq3_Anain MYV Changed 24 77 8 2 2 2009 02 38 32 PM_a eq2_mul MV Changed 55 9 9 2 2 2009 02 38 54 PM a eq2_mul MV Changed E 21 10 2 2009 02 47 06 PM a Eq4_Add4 MYV Changed 6 66 11 2 2 2009 03 42 54 PM a Eq4_Add4 MV Changed 66 8 12 2 2 2009 03 47 25 PM_a Eq3_Anain MY Changed 77 29 56 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Alarm Logging and Alarm Summary Introduction Alarm log file a
265. ed from popup Manual SP Displays Manual mode set point which is configured from popup 506 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Configuration Tab fe Cement_MFC MFC Cement Deviation Maximum Deviation Deviation Delay Ratio Error Delay SP Error Delay Set points Priority High Limit Low Limi Caloric Value 000 oon 0 00 oon oma 0 00 moimi I a a EE TT owim a a ae TE TE Total SP High om Total SP Low cmx External Total SP Enable LON Manual Total SP Track Enable This tab has 2 sub sections e Deviation e Set points The table below describes the sub section Deviation Item Description Maximum Displays the maximum deviation Deviation Deviation Delay Displays the deviation delay Ratio Error Displays the ratio error delay Delay SP Error Delay Displays the set point error delay E100000000886 07 2011 507 Cement Process Alarm Tab Information Tab The table below describes the sub section F1 F6 Item Description Priority Displays the priority of the fuel High Limit Displays the high limit of the set point Low Limit Displays the low limit of the set point Calorific Value Displays the calorific value of the fuel High Limit Displays the high limit of heat set point Low Limit Displays the low limit of heat set point Total SP High Displays the high limit of total set point Total SP Low
266. ed and is active in the group OP1 BOOL Output command OP1 1 Actuator is given command to achieve to close position1 OP2 BOOL Output command OP2 1 Actuator is given command to achieve to open position 2 SeqStart BOOL Start command Start command pulse output to next device in SeqStart 0 1 is given to the group next device connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command If Stop 1 Stop command to next device in SeqStop 1 is given to the next group device connected in the group ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational Ready BOOL Actuator ready to Ready 1 All the conditions to start start the actuator are operational Ready 0 All the conditions to start the actuator are not operational Actuator will not be given Start command Posl BOOL Actuator in Actuator has reached position1 position1 Applicable in all the modes of operation Pos2 BOOL Actuator in Actuator has reached position2 position2 Applicable in all the modes of operation Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The actuator is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The actuator is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The actuator is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The actuator has tripped with an active trip alarm present 244 E100000000886 07 2011 Eq
267. edback value PVx x 1 6 The value of the PVx x 1 6 and total process values are displayed in the popup PV Total PV of the block If the process value PVx x 1 6 deviates from SPx x 1 6 beyond limit STx DevH for a longer time TDev then an alert is generated In the External mode or Auto 1 mode or Auto 2 mode if the input and output set points are not equal then an alarm is generated The alert and alarms are indicated in the SCADA The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup 490 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the MultiFuelCtrl block MultiFuelCtrl Auto1Sel Auto1 Auto2Sel Auto2 ExtSel Manual Wake External DMode Pv1 SP1 Pv2 SP2 Pv3 SP3 PV4 SP4 Pv5 SP5 PV6 SP6 ExtTotalSP TotalSP ExtSP1 TotalSPCalc ExtSP2 TotalPV ExtSP3 RatioOK ExtSP4 ExtSP5 ExtSP6 OP1En OP2En OP3En OP4En OP5En OP6En Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx Stx E100000000886 07 2011 491 Cement Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the Multi FuelCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details AutolSelx
268. el Control 487 10 3 GirthGearLubCtrl Girth Gear Lubrication Control 512 E100000000886 07 2011 461 Cement Process 10 1 GasAnalyser Gas Analyser Overview This section describes the GasAnalyser block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page GasAnalyser Description 463 GasAnalyser Representation as SCoD in UAG 473 GasAnalyser Representation in the HMI 476 GasAnalyser_ St Derived Data Type 484 462 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process GasAnalyser Description General The GasAnalyser block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB GasAnalyser Vijeo Citect Genie GasAnalyser UAG SCoD GasAnalyser Function Description This is a custom built block that supervises and controls the Gas Analyser operation This block supports 4 inputs CO 02 NOx SOx and 8 types of analyser Operation The GasAnalyser block is configured for reading the gas parameters CO 02 NOx SOx based on the type of anaylser configured through the input pin AnalyserType This GasAnalyser block reads the following status of the gas analyser operation Measurement operation on MeasOn Purging operation on PurgingOn Probe retraction ProbeRetractOn Scavenging cycle operation on ScavengingOn Probe inline status ProbelInline Probe2Inline Probe in status ProbeIn Probe out stat
269. elay SP Error Delay Displays the set point error time delay The following table describes the sub section Set points ratio numbers Item Description High Limit Displays the high limit of the set point Low Limit Displays the low limit of the set point Total SP High Displays the total set point high value 570 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Item Description Total SP Low Displays the total set point low value External Total SP Enable Disable the external total set Enable point Manual Total Enable Disable the manual total set SPTrack Enable point track Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 571 Generic Process RatioCtrl_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived datatype RatioCtrl St for the RatioCtr1 block Element Type Description ManTotalISP REAL Manual total set point TotalSP REAL Total set point output TotalSPH REAL Total set point high limit TotalSPL REAL Total set point low limit TotalSPcalc REAL Calculated total set point output TotalPV REAL Total process value AutoRatiox x 1
270. election option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI LocalSel BOOL Local mode selection Selection of operation mode Local mode LocalSel 1 Block is forced to Local mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out LocalSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor Start 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Stop BOOL Group stop Stop command to the motor Stop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group QStop BOOL Group quick stop Stop command to the motor QStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GOQStop pin of Grpctrl 112 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details LStart BOOL Local start Start command to
271. enable Auto fo External Olo NI oIa AJ WwW M o Manual N Ratio ok wo Alert p Alarm inhibition 15 Trip Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Set point 1 limit error 1 Set point 2 limit error 2 Set point 3 limit error 3 Set point 4 limit error El00000000886 07 2011 573 Generic Process Bit Description 4 Set point 5 limit error 5 Set point 6 limit error 6 Maximum process value 1 deviation 7 Maximum process value 2 deviation 8 Maximum process value 3 deviation 9 Maximum process value 4 deviation 10 Maximum process value 5 deviation 11 Maximum process value 6 deviation 12 Ratio error 13 More than one mode is selected in input pin 14 not used 15 Not used 574 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 5 Totaliser Totaliser Overview This section describes the Totaliser block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Totaliser Description 576 Totaliser Representation as SCoD in UAG 578 Totaliser Representation in the HMI 579 Totaliser_ St Derived Data Type 582 E100000000886 07 2011 575 Generic Process Totaliser Description General The Totaliser block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as
272. enie AnigIn UAG SCoD AnigIn Function Description The AnlgIn block is used to read analog inputs from the analog input modules This block can be used for any type of input 4 20 mA as well as PT100 inputs It can also be used to trigger alarms from calculated signals which are not coming from input modules A wake up command is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the analog input block from Sleep mode The analog input signal comes from the analog input module and this value is a raw data The high and low range of this raw value can be configured The output of this block is the analog processed value The high and low range of analog processed value can be configured The cut off ranges that is high cut off and low cut off values resulting from the scaling calculation can be configured High cut off and above which the value entered into the HPV input must be considered as the measurement value APV output Low cut off and below which the value entered into the LPV input must be considered as the measurement value APV output Very high High High SP high High SP low Low SP very low Low Low SP limits for alarms and hysteresis for alarm limits check can be configured A default value can be configured which would be considered when the input channel is inoperable if the default value is enabled When the simulation is switched on the simulation value is set from the popup Set Point which is considered
273. ent Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor is tripped with an active trip alarm present 398 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the BCnvyr1d block Parameter Type Description Stx BCnvyrid St Status and control of belt conveyor 1 direction Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 414 El00000000886 07 2011 399 MMM Process BCnvyrid Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 400 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the BCnvyr1d block SCoD Interface TYPE BCnvyrid TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL Variable PLC Link B
274. ent Control Parameter Type Description Details Avail BOOL Availability of motor e Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motor is electrically not available Stop command to the motor OP 0 The signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is not in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 The signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active FbRun BOOL Run feedback of motor electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP 1 and FbRun 0 then Stop command to the motor OP Ois given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbRun 1 an alarm is generated after time delay 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage El00000000886 07 2011 321 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the M
275. erable TankLv1OK 0 Tank level condition is inoperable and an alarm is generated El00000000886 07 2011 515 Cement Process Parameter Type Description Details CtrlAirPressOK BOOL Control air CtrlAirPressOK 1 Control air pressure OK pressure condition is operable CtrlAirPressOK 0 Control air pressure condition is inoperable and an alarm is generated GreaseFlowOK BOOL Grease flow GreaseFlowOK 1 Grease flow OK condition is operable GreaseFlowOK 0 Grease flow condition is inoperable and an alarm is generated LineDPOK BOOL Line LineDPOK 1 Line differential differential pressure condition is operable pressure OK LineDPOK 0 Line differential pressure condition is inoperable and an alarm is generated 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the GirthGearLubCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details AlmiInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR P
276. erational NOTE Applicable only before starting of the group After the motor is started StartILck is not considered This is used to interlock the group start up with any other group or with any event SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftylILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational sSftylILck 0 Notall the safety interlock conditions are operational Generates the Stop command GOStop 1 SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 Not all the sequential interlock conditions are operational Generates the Stop command GQStop 1 FbWarn BOOL Feedback alert FbWarn 1 Presence of an active alert in the group FbTrip BOOL Feedback trip alarm FbTrip 1 Presence of an active trip alarm in the group FbReady BOOL Feedback ready FbReady 1 The devices in the group are ready to start 340 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details FbEDevRun BOOL Run feedback FbEDevRun 1 All essential essential devices devices in the group are running FbEDevRun 0 Notall essential devices in the group are running FbNEDevRun BOOL Run feedback FbNEDevRun 1 All non non essential essential devices in the group devices are running FbNEDevRun 0 Not all non essential de
277. eric_PIDB Genie Elements Symbol Meaning SI 100 00 MV 69 00 PV 0 00 Opens the PIDB popup Displays the set point value of the PIDB block The SP 100 00 operator can enter the value through genie Displays the manipulating value of the PIDB block MV 0 00 Displays the process value of the PIDB block PV 0 00 The instance name of the PIDB block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Generic _PIDB Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup E100000000886 07 2011 621 Generic Process Animation Description of the Genie Popup Symbol Animation Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm for the energy PIDB block is Line color Alert alarm for the PIDB block is paee Steady yellow acknowledged 100 00 M 69 00 PV 0 00 Generic_PIDB Line color Alarm for the energy PIDB block is active Flashing red MV 26 00 PV 0 00 Generic_PIDB Line color Alarm for the PIDB block is acknowledged Steady red The PIDB block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Alarm tab Trend tab Information tab Configuration tab 622 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Operator Tab Generic_PIDB PIDB Generic
278. erived data type Mot1d_St for the Mot1d block Element Type Description RunHr INT Run hours of motor TRunFb INT Run feedback delay TProcFb INT Process feedback delay TLProcFb INT Loss of process feedback delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word1 to interact with HMI Bit description fo r the ctw element Bit Description Auto mode selection from HMI Manual mode selection from HMI Local mode selection from HMI Out of Service mode selection from HMI Start command from HMI Not used Stop command from HMI Alarm reset from HMI Run hour reset from HMI ol OI NI D O AJ OJN Bypass process feedback from HMI 10 13 Not used 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI 1 Local mode selection from HMI 130 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit Description 2 Group wake 3 Local stop 4 Starting interlock 5 Safety interlock 6 Sequential interlock 7 Process interlock 8 Motor electrically available 9 Motor overload 10 Emergency stop 11 Run feedback 12 Not used 13 Process feedback 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Not us
279. erlock STI SI and SQI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 330 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 331 Equipment Control MotBasic_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type MotBasic St for the MotBasic block Element Type Description TRunFb INT Run feedback delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 6 Not used 7 Alarm reset 8 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw1 element w Description An Not used Group wake Not used Starting interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock Motor electrically available ojo nio a al olni o Motor overload e fo Not used zk Run feedback A N 13 Not used A Alarm inhibition an oa Not used 332 El0000000
280. escribes the sub section Operation Item Animation Description Emergency Probe retract ON Line color Steady green Emergency probe retraction command is given to the analyser during emergency situations Measurement On Line color Steady green Analyser is in Measurement mode Probe measurement operation is on Line color Steady gray Analyser is not in Measurement mode 478 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Item Animation Description Purging On Line color Steady green Analyser is in Purging mode Line color Steady gray Analyser is not in Purging mode Scavenging On Line color Steady green Analyser is in Scavenging mode Line color Steady gray Analyser is not in Scavenging mode Probe Retraction On Line color Steady green Probe is retracted and analyser is not measuring Line color Steady gray Probe is not retracted Probe 1 Inline Line color Steady green Probe 1 is inline Line color Steady gray Probe 1 is not inline Probe 2 Inline Line color Steady green Probe 2 is inline Line color Steady gray Probe 2 is not inline Probe In Line color Steady green Probe in status is active Line color Steady gray Probe in status is not active Probe Out Line color Steady green Probe out status is active Line color Steady gray Probe out status i
281. escription Control Air Pressure Ok Steady green Control air pressure is within normal operating range Steady gray Control air pressure is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated Tank Air Pressure Ok Steady green Tank air pressure is within normal operating range Steady gray Tank air pressure is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated Filter Ok Steady green Filter status is active Steady gray Filter status is not active and an alarm is generated Panel Ok Steady green Panel status is active Steady gray Panel status is not active and an alarm is generated Measurement Fail Steady green Measurement is inoperable Steady gray Measurement is inoperable and an alarm is generated Measurement Steady green Measurement disturbance condition is operable Disturb Steady gray Measurement disturbance condition is inoperable and an alert is generated Cycle Disturb Steady green Cycle disturbance condition is operable Steady gray Cycle disturbance condition is inoperable and an alert is generated The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Trip alarms are generated in the alarm list but color animation is not displayed Warning Mask Alert alarms are generated in the alarm list but color animation is not displayed ElO000
282. est all functions during verification and commissioning provide independent paths for critical control functions emergency stop over limit conditions and so on according to the safety analysis and applicable codes and regulations Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 9 1 GrpCtr1l Group Control 336 9 2 GrpStrtMgt Group Start Management 357 9 3 GrpStpMgt Group Stop Management 371 9 4 BCnvyrid Belt Conveyor 1 Direction 385 9 5 RouteMgt Route Management 418 9 6 BagF ltr Bag Filter Sequence Block 439 El00000000886 07 2011 335 MMM Process 9 1 GrpCtr1 Group Control Overview This section describes the GrpCtr1 block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page GrpCtrl Description 337 GrpCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG 344 GrpCtrl Representation in the HMI 347 GrpCtrl1_St Derived Data Type 355 336 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process GrpCtr1 Description General The GrpCtr1 block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB GrpCtrl Vijeo Citect Genie GrpCtrl UAG SCoD Grpctrl Function Description The GrpCtr1 block is used to start stop the device
283. eviation value configurable from HMI Max Time Displays the maximum time value configurable from HMI Min Dev Displays the minimum deviation value configurable from HMI The following table shows the sub section Ramp Item Description Ramp Step Displays the ramp step value Ramp Time Displays the ramp time value The following table shows the sub section Asset Management Item Description Run hours Displays the run hours of motor R Resets the run hours value of motor to 0 The following table shows the sub section Set Point Item Description External SP Enable Enables the external set point SP High Limit Displays the set point high limit SP Low Limit Displays the set point low limit 310 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Interlock Tab F Equip_AlgAct AlgAct Equip Lle STI SI SQI PI Interlock C Starting Interlock J Safety Interlock C Sequential Interlock J Process Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray S
284. f CemLib_GenericProcess_v1p0 5 ff Cemli MMMProcess vipo Lib EquipmentContiolvipoMatdvS Help on Type Comment CemLibCommunication p0 Control Module Name M141 Documents M180SQI M180PI Control Module Description M180 Mil Classified M180ATV31 M141STI PLC MISI M14501 CemPle X MI41PI M141 HMI Symbol VjeoCitect Genie cem_equipment Moti DVS x MI41ATV31 M170STI M17051 M170501 M170PI M170 MI70ATVEI PXI71 PXI41 DT170 Physical Model M180S1 m K Topological Model Site A Network Segments T Routing Paths amp B Data Servers aB HMis H H PLCs HQ Network Nodes 96 E100000000886 07 2011 Instantiation in UAG Step 2 Properties of a Control Module Basic Tab The following figure displays the Basic tab for setting the control module name description and PLC Properties Control Module Parent Grp1 Equipment Module Basic Configuraition Limit Device Data Control Module Type Lib _EquipmentCor vipl Motid v Help on Type Comment Control Module Name M141 Documents Control Module Description Mill Classified PLC CemPle X HMI Symbol VieoCitect Genie cem_eguipment Mot1 DYS X This enables you to set the following fields e Control Module Name e Control Module Description e PLC Step 3 Properties of a Control Module Configuration Tab All the SCoD properties defined for a control module can be set and modified from 1 or
285. f individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode Feedback The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup Local stop signal LStop is connected from stop push button of local panel and is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated in Auto and Manual modes only The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated An emergency stop signal EStop comes from MCC panel emergency shut down push button and is continuously monitored If motor i
286. fer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 ElO0000000886 07 2011 195 Equipment Control DigIn_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type DigIn_St for the DigIn block Element Type Description Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description Simulation selection k Simulation value Alarm enable Not used Reset o nl oln 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw element Bit Description Wake up Channel input Alarm state Alarm type Digital processed value Alarm inhibition Digital processed value fail NI OQ Oo AJ OJN 15 Not used 196 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit description for the Alw element Bit Description 0 Hardware inoperable 1 Digital alarm 2 Digital alert 3 15 Not used ElO0000000886 07 2011 197 Equipment Control 8 6 DigOut Digital Output Overview This section describes the DigOut block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics
287. fi es 6 Animator ckup Bashy a he 2 VijEO Citect CtDraw RSC eu Home gt CSV Include Referennce gt MultiMonitors Parameters gt BER MultiMonitors Monitors 4 Event E pen 7 P y LAN MultiMonitors Monitors MultiMonitors tatupPaget CSV St a Satu Grp Pi tb Indicates the number of monitors the project will be Bla tupPage1 _Start Set to PicctGrp1_Process1 by displayed on RI e i Set to PictGrp1_Process1 by sgb0345 eport n SPC Allowable Values 1 and above Time Trend i aio m j gt I Note The CSV_Include project has only been gt CJ tested on a system with up to three monitors Search existing parameters System performance on more than three monitors Parameter Details has not been confirmed Sections MultiMonitors Default Value 1 7 Baas a Monitors Copyright 2007 Schneider Electric SA WWW schneider wri 2 Tome electric com All rights reserved Set to by sgb0345 on 2 3 2009 9 54 03 AM w a 1 E100000000886 07 2011 63 Using the Cement Library Step Action 3 When you run the Vijeo Citect application 2 runtime start windows are shown Right click the Start Windows and select the Cascade to display both the runtime windows Vijeo Citect Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically M af inimize Group z Ze oroup Close Group NOTE You can also define different start pictures for different monitors NOTE Diffe
288. for the ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI Manual mode selection from HMI Local mode selection from HMI Out of Service mode selection from HMI Start command from HMI Not used Stop command from HMI Alarm reset from HMI Run hour reset from HMI OO OIN I oIa AJ OJN Bypass process feedback from HMI n fo Inching 18 Not used er 414 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Bit Description 14 Alert mask 15 Alarm mask Bit description for the Stw1 element a Description Auto mode selection from HMI Local mode selection from HMI Group wake Local stop Starting interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock lN I ODO a BR wo nm o Motor electrically available o Motor Overload 10 Emergency stop 11 Run feedback 12 Not used 13 Process feedback 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description Auto mode active status Manual mode active status Local mode active status Out of Service mode active status Output command OP active Not used Motor ready status Motor running status Not used Interlock active status El00000000886 07 2011 415 MMM Process
289. ftyILck SeqILck ProcILck and all the feedbacks Lstop Avail OverLoad EStop are HIGH This sets the output OP as HIGH Ready output Ready is set HIGH when all interlocks and conditions are HIGH Interlock output ILck is set HIGH when inputs starting interlock Start ILck safety interlock SftyILck sequential interlock SeqILck and process interlock ProcILck are set HIGH After the start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH within the specified run feedback delay the electrical run feedback FbRun has to be obtained This electrical run feedback is continuously monitored by the motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued and motor is operational if run feedback FbRun is not available for 500 ms the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH when the run feedback FbRun is obtained Run output Run is set HIGH and pulse command SeqStart is given to the next device to start Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the output command OP as LOW Group stop command Stop is received by the motor from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group quick stop command QStop is received by the motor from the GrpCtr1 block ElO0000000886 07 2011 317 Equipment Control The stop command
290. g Steady green Alert feedback of group devices is obtained Steady gray Alert feedback of group devices is not obtained Alarm Steady green Alarm feedback of group devices is obtained Steady gray Alarm feedback of group devices is not obtained Ready Steady green Ready feedback of group devices is obtained Steady gray Ready feedback of group devices is not obtained Essential Device Steady green Run feedback of essential devices is obtained Steady gray Run feedback of essential devices is not obtained Non Essential Steady green Run feedback of non essential devices is Device obtained Steady gray Run feedback of non essential devices is not obtained Stop Device Steady green Stop feedback of group devices is obtained Steady gray Stop feedback of group devices is not obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list ElO0000000886 07 2011 351 MMM Process Configuration Tab He Equi_GrpCtrl Delay Group start up Group shutdown This tab has a sub section called as Delay which is described in the following table Item Description Group start up Displays the group start up delay configurable from HMI Devices start in the group within the defined delay time Group shutdo
291. given if the motor is running and run feedback FbRun is received Applicable in all the operation modes ElO0000000886 07 2011 117 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor has tripped with an active trip alarm present The following table describes the input output parameter of the Mot 1d block Parameter Type Description Stx Motld St Status and control of the motor in 1 direction Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 130 118 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Mot1d Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI E100000000886 07 2011 119 Equipment Control Inpu
292. he Ctw element Bit Description Simulation selection Not used High high alarm enable High alarm enable Low alarm enable Low low alarm enable Hysteresis enable Reset olnilol a a ojn Not used 172 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake up 1 15 Not used Bit description for the Alw1 element ey Description Hardware inoperable Not used Bad process value High high alarm High alarm Low alarm Low low alarm a N oa a aAlw ajo Not used ElO0000000886 07 2011 173 Equipment Control 8 4 AnlgOut Analog Output Overview This section describes the AnlgOut block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page AnlgOut Description 175 AnlgOut Representation as SCoD in UAG 179 AnlgOut Representation in the HMI 181 AnlgOut_St Derived Data Type 184 174 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgOut Description General The AnlgOut block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB AnlgOut Vijeo Citect Genie AnlgOut UAG SCoD AnlgoOut Function Description This AnlgOut block reads analog inputs from the set point coming from a PIDB Propo
293. he Mot 1dVvs block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady light gray Fill color Steady light gray Motor is in Sleep mode Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady white O e Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready e Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready after alarms are reset Line color Dark gray Fill color Light gray O Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and not ready Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing green Motor is started and feedback is yet to be obtained or motor is stopping E100000000886 07 2011 223 Equipment Control Modes Alarm Masking Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady green Motor is running Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is active Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is acknowledged Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is active Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged On the top left corner of the motor 1 direction v
294. he RTP response zone e enables access to the I O parameters and to the Advantys header status registers while the island is running e displays the value and status in the HMI CClient e enables select whether the parameter has read or write access monitors transaction errors identifying them on three levels in order to determine the source of the error e enables to define priorities for systems with multiple client accesses e obtains the transactions OK NOK status as well as their access times e displays the value and status in the HMI 34 E100000000886 07 2011 Functional Description Signal Type Single Functions CPortM e enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on serial Modbus e defines the timeout value to be used in the DFB to activate the inoperable output variable e serializes CANopen requests to the controller physical port displays the value and status in the HMI CPortP e enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on CANopen e enables the input rests output variable e defines the timeout value to be used in the DFB to activate the inoperable output variable e defines the slot in which the CPU is located on the rack displays the value and status in the HMI CScanner e enables the internal client to generate several sequential requests to different memory positions in the remote device
295. he active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Inoperable hardware alarms and indications are obtained The alarms for digital input block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from the popup resets the trip alarm 186 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the DigIn block DigIn Wake CHIN AlmState AlmType Dv DVEn TON TOFF Alminh AlmRst Stx DPV DPVFail HFail Stx Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the DigIn block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output Wake of GrpCtr1 or RouteMgt CHIN BOOL Channel input Digital input signal from the DI module AlmState BOOL Alarm state An alarm is generated when DPV AlmState AlmType BOOL Alarm type Type of alarm AlmType 1 The signal is a trip alarm AlmType 0 The signal is an alert alarm El00000000886 07 2011 187 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details DV BOOL Default value Default value It overwri
296. he following table describes the structure of the derived data type PIDB_ St forthe PIDB block Element Type Description AutoSP REAL Auto set point CasSP REAL Cascade set point SP REAL Set point SPH REAL Set point high limit SPL REAL Set point low limit OPPV REAL Process value Error REAL Error MaxError REAL Maximum error MinError REAL Minimum error ManSP REAL Manual set point ExtSP REAL External set point MV REAL Manipulating variable MVH REAL Manipulating variable high limit MVL REAL Manipulating variable low limit Slope REAL Slope p REAL Proportional constant TInt NT Integration time TDeriv NT Derivative time TDerivLag NT Derivative time lag TMaxError NT Maximum error time TMinError NT Minimum error time TScan NT Scan time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy1 WORD Not used El00000000886 07 2011 629 Generic Process Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection 1 Manual mode selection 2 Cascade mode selection 3 External mode selection 4 Auto set point track enable 5 Manual set point track enable 6 Process variable track enable 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14
297. hine or process environment To reset all generated alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the GasAnalyser block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following table describes the output parameters of the GasAnalyser block Parameter Type Description Details ProbeRetract BOOL Probe ProbeRetract 1 Probe retraction retraction command is given command ProbeRetract 0 Probe retraction command is not given 02 REAL O2 output O2 output co REAL co Co output NOx REAL NOx output NOx output SOx REAL SOx output SOx output Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The gas analyser is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The gas analyser is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The gas analyser is operational with no active alarm present Trip 0 The gas analyser is operational with an active alarm present E100000000886 07 2011 471 Cement Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the GasAnalyser
298. hing red Alarm for the RatioCtr1 is active TSP TSP 200 00 TPV 900 00 Steady red Alarm for the RatioCtr1 is acknowledged MTSP 200 00 TSP 200 00 900 00 gt _RatioCtri The RatioCtr1 block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Alarm tab Information tab Configuration tab E100000000886 07 2011 567 Generic Process Operator Tab fil Generic_RatioCtrl RatioCtrl Generic Sleeping 3 Manual External AutoMode SP D se zn Update Ratio ev Auto SP 40 00 lf 50 00 20 00 60 00 80 00 70 00 Manual SP 5 00 lf 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 This tab has 4 sub sections Status Auto Manual External The Status sub section displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Awake Ratio Ok Warning Alarm The following table describes the sub section Modes tem Description Auto Switches to Auto operation mode to generate the set point output based on the ratio entered from the ARatio text fields Manual Switches to Manual operation mode to generate the set point output based on the value set from the Manual Set Point text fields External Switches to External operation mode to generate the set point output based on external set points 568 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Generic Process The following tabel describes the sub section Total
299. iFuelCtr1 block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Meaning TS TP Item Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup E100000000886 07 2011 503 Cement Process Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation RM_MFuel Line color Flashing yellow Alert for the MultiFuelCtr1 block is active and not acknowledged RM_MFuel Line color Steady yellow Alert for the MultiFuelCtr1 block is active and acknowledged MTSP 200 00 TSP 200 00 TPV 900 00 RM_MFuel Line color Flashing red Alarm for the MultiFuelCtrl block is active and not acknowledged 200 00 200 00 900 00 RM_MFuel Line color Steady red Alarm for the MultiFuelCtrl block is active and acknowledged Popup The MultiFuelCtr1 block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Configuration tab e Alarm tab e Information tab 504 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Operator Tab ies Cement_MFC MFC Cement Sleeping Modes Auto1 Auto2 g Manual External Total Auto Mode SP oto Update Ratio Enable a Dp ee Te a a a TT sPHet ET TT Te ET seca ET TT TE sP EE ETET PV EE ET Autot SP Manual SP This tab has 4 sub sections e Modes e Total e Outputs
300. iable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the DigIn block SCoD Interface TYPE DigIn TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Wake DPV BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL CHIN DPVFail BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC BOOL AlmState Variable PLC BOOL AlmType Variable PLC BOOL DV Link BOOL DVEn HFail BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC DINT TON Variable PLC DINT TOFF Link BOOL Alminh Link BOOL AlmRst Variable PLC_HMI DigIn_St Stx _ Stx DigIn_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default Value DV 0 Configuration 1 Sets the default value Alarm State AlmState 0 Configuration 2 Alarm state 190 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Timer ON msec TON 0 Configuration 3 Timer ON Alarm Type AlmType 0 Configuration 8 Alarm type Timer OFF msec TOFF 0 Configuration 9 Timer OFF Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetiId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID El00000000886 07 2011 191 Equipment Control DigIn Representation in the HMI Digital Input Genie The DigIn block is represented in the
301. ific value 4 Display format Fuel5 CalVal Stx Calval4 Not available Fuel2 5 Calorific value 5 Display format Fuel6 CalVal Stx CalVal6 Not available Fuel2 6 Calorific value 6 Display format Fuel1 CalVal Stx CalVall Not available Fuel2 7 Calorific value 1 Measurement Unit Fuel2 CalVal Stx Calval2 Not available Fuel2 8 Calorific value 2 Measurement Unit Fuel3 CalVal Stx CalVal3 Not available Fuel2 9 Calorific value 3 Measurement Unit Fuel4 CalVal Stx Calval4 Not available Fuel2 10 Calorific value 4 Measurement Unit Fuel5 CalVal Stx Calval5 Not available Fuel2 11 Calorific value 5 Measurement Unit Fuel6 CalVal Stx CalVal6 Not available Fuel2 12 Calorific value 6 Measurement Unit 502 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process MultiFuelCtr1 Representation in the HMI Multi Fuel Control Genie The MultiFuelCtrl block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements MTSP TSP 0 00 TPV 0 00 Cement_MFC Symbol Meaning MTSP TSP TPV Opens the Mult iFuelCtrl popup MTSP Displays the manual total set point value of the MultiFuelCtr1 block The value can be entered through genie 0 00 Displays the total set point value of the MultiFuelCtrl block P v 0 00 Displays the total process value of the MultiFuelCtrl block Cement_MFC The instance name of the Mult
302. igital Actuator 0 0 cee ee 236 DigAct Descriptio 2 5 0 ved cuene ete nee en Rae ror ek eka Pe kote ies 237 DigAct Representation as SCoD in UAG 00 00 ee 246 DigAct Representation in the HMI 0 2 e eee 249 DigAct_ St Derived Data Type 00 0 0 00000 257 8 9 MotAct Motor Actuator 0 0 0 cece tee 260 otAct Description ence ee e obey eh ee et ata 261 otAct Representation as SCoD in UAG 00 272 otAct Representation inthe HMI 2 0 eee eee 275 otAct St Derived Data Type 0 0 00 284 8 10 AnlgAct Analog Actuator 2 eee eee 287 AnlgAct Description 0 00 nananana ee 288 AnlgAct Representation as SCoD in UAG 020 000 300 AnlgAct Representation inthe HMI 2 eee 303 AnlgAct_ St Derived Data Type 0 000000 eee 313 8 11 MotBasic Motor Basic 0 cee tee 316 MotBasic Description 00ers 317 MotBasic Representation as SCoD in UAG 5 324 MotBasic Representation inthe HMI 20 00 326 MotBasic_ St Derived Data Type 0 000000 332 Chapter9 MMM Process 000s cece ee eee eens 335 91 GrpCtrl Group Control a7 Se ee ae ed Sees 336 GrpCtrl Description 2 0 eee eee 337 GrpCtrl Representation as SCoD in UAG 000000 344 GrpCt
303. iguration 7 Condition 2 Condition3 LCK Cond03 Not available Configuration 2 Condition 3 Condition4 LCK Cond04 Not available Configuration 8 Condition 4 Condition5 LCK Cond05 Not available Configuration 3 Condition 5 Condition6 LCK Cond06 Not available Configuration 9 Condition 6 Condition7 LCK Cond07 Not available Configuration 4 Condition 7 Condition8 LCK Cond08 Not available Configuration 10 Condition 8 608 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process ILCK_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived datatype ILCK_ St for the ILCK block Element Type Description Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 7 Not used 8 15 Bypass condition1 Bypass condition8 Bit description for the Stw element Bit Description 0 6 Not used 7 14 Condition1 Condition8 15 Result ElO0000000886 07 2011 609 Generic Process 11 9 PIDB Proportional Integral and Derivative Controller Block Overview This section describes the PIDB block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page PIDB Description 611 PIDB Representation as SCoD in UAG 619 PIDB Representation in the HMI 621 PIDB_St Derived Data Type 629 610
304. in forward direction 322 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details SeqStart BOOL Start command to next motor in group Start command pulse is received and outputs OP and Run 1 sequential start command pulse is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command to next motor in group Stop orQStop 1 and OP and Run 0 sequential stop command is given to the next motor connected in the group ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational active interlock is present Ready BOOL Motor ready to start Ready 1 All the conditions to start the motor are operational Ready 0 All the conditions to start the motor are not operational Motor will not be given Start command Run BOOL Motor running Motor is running This output is given if the motor is running and run feedback FbRun is received Applicable in all the modes of opeartion Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor has tripped with an active trip alarm prese
305. ing of the startup sequence of Citect Miscellaneous options coe __ Result The General Options Setup window appears 86 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Step Action Enter the general details for further customizing the Vijeo Citect Click Help for a detailed description General Options Setup Click Next These options allow you to further customize Citect Consult the help for a detailed description on what these options do Data directory DERISESATEES Backup project path Startup page lt Default gt z Page scan time 250 milliseconds Result The Citect Computer Setup window appears to display that the computer setup is completed Click Finish to quit by saving the settings or click Cancel to quit without saving the changes Citect Computer Setup Your computer setup is complete Press the Finish button to save your settings and exit or press the Cancel button to quit without saving any changes Result The computer setup parameters are configured E100000000886 07 2011 87 Implementation Paradigms Scaling of Values for Visualization Overview Scaling of values for visualization in the HMI is done in the DFB but not in the HMI An already scaled value can be rescaled by the standard Vijeo Citect mechanism Scaling Values in the DFB The variables of the type I0_PLC are sc
306. ion Display format time Stx TFbSpray Not available Configuration i Spray feedback time Feedback Fill Delay Stx TFbFill 5 Configuration 2 Fill feedback time min Feedback Spray Delay Stx TFbSpray 5 Configuration 8 Spray feedback min time E100000000886 07 2011 521 Cement Process GirthGearLubCtr1 Representation in the HMI Girth Gear Lubrication Control Genie The GirthGearLubCtr1 block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements GG Lub Control Cem_GGLub Symbol Meaning GG Lub Control Opens the GirthGearLubCtrl popup Cem_GGLub by default the template The instance name of the GirthGearLubCtr1 block is visible You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning GG Lub Control Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm for the GirthGearLubCtrl block is active GG Lub Control Line color Steady yellow Alert alarm for the GirthGearLubCtrl acknowledged block is GG Lub Control Line color Flashing red Trip alarm for the GirthGearLubCtrl block is active GG Lub Control Line color Steady red Trip alarm for the GirthGearLubCtrl ac
307. ion Tab mmm_RtMet Group start up Group shutdown This tab has a sub section e Delay The following table shows the sub section Delay Item Description Group start up Displays the group startup time Group shutdown Displays the group stop time E100000000886 07 2011 433 MMM Process Interlock Tab i mmm_RtMet Interlock _ Starting Interlock _ Safety Interlock C Sequential Interlock STI SI Sol This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI and SQI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51
308. ion in Manual mode only Stop Stops the operation of the device in Manual mode only ie Equip_Mot2D Mot2D Equip Feedback C Local Stop _ Conditional Start Available C Over Load _ Emergency Shutdown C Forward direction Reverse direction C Process Process feedback E100000000886 07 2011 153 Equipment Control This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask e Bypass The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Local Stop Steady green Motor locally stopped feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor locally not stopped feedback is obtained Conditional Start Steady green Motor is started Steady gray Motor is not started Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback is obtained Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback is not obtained Emergency Shutdown Steady green Emergency stop feedback is obtained Steady gray Emergency stop feedback is not obtained Forward direction Steady green Motor is active and running in forward direction Steady gray Motor is not active Reverse direction Steady green Motor is active and running in reverse direction Steady gray Motor is not active Process Steady green Process feedback is obtained Steady
309. ion is not displayed Warning Mask Alert alarms are generated in alarm list but auto acknowledged and hence color animation is not displayed 526 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Configuration Tab FF Cement_GG1 GG1 Cement Spray Time Fill Time This tab has a sub section called as Delay which is described in the following table Item Description Spray Time Displays spray feedback time Fill Time Displays fill feedback time Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 527 Cement Process GirthGearLubCtrl_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type GirthGearLubCtrl_ St for the GirthGearLubCtr1 block Element Type Description TFbSpray INT Spray feedback time TFbFill INT Fill feedback time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Stw3 WORD Status word 3 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Alw2 WORD Alarm word 2 to interact with HMI Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Line differential pressure bypass 1 Control air press
310. ional trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local 266 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 All the sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are operational ProciILck 0 All the process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual modes only Avail BOOL Availability of motor Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motor is electrically not available Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is not in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 The signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active FbFwd BOOL Forward run feedback of motor electrical Once the motor is given a Star
311. ious device in the group QStop BOOL Group quick stop Stop command to the motor QStop 1 OP pin is set to O this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GQStop pin of Grpctrl El00000000886 07 2011 293 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details LStartl BOOL Local start in forward direction Start command in forward direction to the motor LStart1 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of Local IO panel LStart2 BOOL Local start in backward direction Start command in backward direction to the motor LStart2 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of Local IO panel DefaultPos REAL Default position It determines the user preferred position of the actuator during stop StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 All the starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock e SftylILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational SftylILck 0
312. iption General The GirthGearLubCtr1 block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB GirthGearLubCtrl Vijeo Citect Genie GirthGearLubCtrl UAG SCoD GirthGearLubCtrl Function Description This is a custom built block for supervising and controlling the girth gear lubrication operation This blocks supports 8 spray nozzles and monitors the inoperable conditions Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the Grpctr1 block to wake up the block from Sleep mode The GirthGearLubCtr1 block takes the open and closed feedbacks of valves Valve1 and Valve2 and grease spray and grease fill feedback of nozzles nozzle 1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B and 4B Valve 1 serves nozzles 1A 1B 2A 2B and Valve 2 serves Nozzles 3A 3B 4A and 4B The block checks for the synchronization of nozzle spray feedback with valve open feedback and nozzle fill feedback with valve close feedback and generates the status as operable If all the nozzle status are operable then it generates the status of the cycle to be OK If the synchronization of nozzle feedback with valve position is lost for more than a pre defined time Stx TFbSpray Stx TFbFil1 an alarm is generated The block also supports bypass of the nozzles in case of temporary site requirements Alarms are not generated for the bypassed nozzles The block also checks for the inoperable conditions tank level low c
313. is interlock is applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation This interlock is considered in all conditions If the interlocks are active then motor or actuators are available for operation 38 E100000000886 07 2011 Function Blocks Feedback and Operable Conditions Alarm Inhibition Alarm Reset Warning and Trip HMI Interface This block consists of feedbacks and operable conditions For example if motor is running and operable conditions Avail Overload and Estop are inoperable motor is tripped Similarly if motor is started and feedbacks FbFwd FbRev and FbProc are not obtained motor is tripped and an alarm is generated This function allows to inhibit the alarms generated by the block based on the conditions configured to the input pin AlmInh This can be used to prevent population of obvious alarms For example power trip in a plant can be conditioned to inhibit the alarms generated by the devices which gets tripped CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage This function allows to reset the alarms either from input pin or from HMI This function gives user status of the block whether device has any warning or trip condition For exampl
314. is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Flashing yellow Alert for the GasAnalyser block is active Line color Steady yellow Alert for the GasAnalyser block is acknowledged 476 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Popup Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Alarm for the GasAnalyser Flashing red block is active Line color Alarm for the GasAnalyser Steady red block is acknowledged The popup of the GasAnalyser block has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Alarm tab Trend tab Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 477 Cement Process Operator Tab ia Cement_GasA Sleeping Operation m Emergency Probe retract ON Purging On Probe In Probe Out O O O O O oO O O Parameters 02 Measurement On Scavenging On Probe Retraction On Probe 1 Inline Probe 2 Inline This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Operation e Parameters The sub section Sleeping displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping e Awake e Warning e Alarm The following table d
315. isplayed indicating the selection The following table describes the sub section SetPoint Limits Button Description Maximum User can configure the maximum set point value Minimum User can configure the minimum set point value Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 E100000000886 07 2011 545 Generic Process SPInt_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type SPInt_St for the SPInt block Element Type Description SP INT Set point from HMI OP INT Output SPH INT Set point high limit SPL INT Set point low limit Dummy INT Not used Typ BOOL Selection of free or limited input mode 546 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 3 SPReal1 Set Point Real Overview This section describes the SPReal block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page SPReal Description 548 SPReal Representation as SCoD in UAG 550 SPReal Representation in the HMI 551 SPReal_St Derived Data Type 554 ElO0000000886 07 2011 547 Generic Process SPReal Description General The SPReal block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB SPReal Vijeo Citect Genie SPReal UAG SCoD SPReal
316. k Parameter Type Description Stx Motlavs_ St Status and cont speed block see page 233 rol of the motor 1 direction variable Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI El00000000886 07 2011 219 Equipment Control Mot1dvs Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 220 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Input Output Diagram SCoD Interface Link Link Link Link Link Link Variable IO_PLC Variable 1O_PLC Interlock Interlock Interlock Interlock Interlock Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Variable IO_PLC Link Link Link Link Link Link Variable PLC_HMI The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the Mot1dvs block TYPE MotidVS BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL LocalSel Manual BOOL Wake Local BOOL Start Oos BOOL Stop
317. k functions in Local mode irrespective of other mode selections If the mode selection input pin AutoSel or LOC is LOW operator changes mode of the motor from the popup of motor block When the motor is under maintenance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the motor from sleep A start up pulse command to achieve position is given either from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group If Direction is 0 this sets the output OP1 as HIGH and actuator starts to selected position1 If Direction is 1 this sets the output OP2 as HIGH and actuator starts to selected position2 After the start command OP1 or OP2 is issued to the actuator within the specified position feedback delay the position feedback has to be obtained If the position feedback is not obtained the actuator is tripped and an alarm is generated If the position feedback is obtained the actuator stops El00000000886 07 2011 261 Equipment Control Direction change of the actuator demands stoppage of the actuator and a time delay before restarting the actuator in other direction Defaultpos is stop position which defines the position at which actuator must stop when Stop command is received If De faultPos is 1 stop position is positiontand if DefaultPos is 0 stop position is position 2 The block sets an output grou
318. k is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Alarm Masking The following table describes the animations for the genie when the alarms are masked Symbol Meaning aa Pa The trip or alert alarms in the motor actuator are masked Popup The MotAct block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 277 Equipment Control Operator Tab FA Group1_MID1 EE EEE Interlocked Modes Auto 3 Manual lt Local gt oos Operation Position 1 amp Position 2 This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation The sub section Status displays the current status and the possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Position 1 Reached Position 2 Reached Running Interlocked Warning Trip The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Meaning Auto The motor runs in Auto mode controlled by PLC program Manual The motor runs in Manual mode controlled by HMI 278 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Item Meaning Local The motor runs in Local mode controlled by local control box of the motor OOS The motor runs in Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object applicable in all modes
319. k popup has the following tabs e Operator tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab El00000000886 07 2011 327 Equipment Control Operator Tab i eq2_motbas motbas eq2 Feedback C Available C Over Load I Run Interlocked This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Feedback e Mask The sub section Status displays the current status and the possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping Group Active Ready Trip Not Ready Starting Stopping Running Interlocked Warning The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback is obtained Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback is not obtained 328 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Item Animation Description Run Steady green Motor running feedback is obtained Steady gray Motor not running feedback is obtained The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list Configuration Tab ia eq2_motbas Run feedback This tab has a
320. k provides the necessary animation for status display and popup Navigation Toolbar Toolbar Buttons Symbol Description Back O Navigates to the back page Front Navigates to the next page J Home Navigates to the home page AA Jt Button Labelled Alarms Alarm Buttons Symbol Description Active alarms Navigates to the active alarm page Alarms summary Navigates to the alarms summary page Button Labelled Trends Trend Buttons Symbol Description Single trend Opens the single trend popup Double trend Opens the double trend popup a 44 E100000000886 07 2011 HMI Representation Button Labelled Tools Trend Buttons Symbol Description Configure trend Opens the popup to configure trend groups groups Bg Process analyst Opens the process analyst Tool Buttons Symbol Description Printer Prints the current page Sy Close oj Closes the Vijeo Citect window Hide Unhide Hides unhides the instance name in the page Help Opens the online help of Vijeo Citect Tools Opens the admin tools page and provide the options to tag debug in the Vijeo Citect This page displays the folllowing options Citect kernel Citect configurations System hardware Citect information IO server Time keeping El00000000886 07 2011 45 HMI Representation Graphical Object
321. knowledged block is 522 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Popup The GirthGearLubCtr1 block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Alarm tab Information tab Operator Tab F Cement_GG1 Valve status Valve 1 Valve 2 oo au oooooooo ooo000000 Nozzle Nozzle 1A Nozzle 2A Nozzle 3A Nozzle 4A Nozzle 1B Nozzle 2B Nozzle 3B Nozzle 4B Feedback oO Pump Run Tank Level 0K C Control Air Pressure Ok CI Grease Flow OK Line DP ok This tab has 4 sub sections e Status e Valve status e Nozzle e Feedback The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Awake Cycle Ok Alarm E100000000886 07 2011 523 Cement Process The following table describes the sub section Valve status Item Animation Description Valve 1 Steady green Valve 1 position feedback is active Steady gray Valve 1 position feedback is not active Valve 2 Steady green Valve 2 position feedback is active Steady gray Valve 2 position feedback is not active The following table describes the sub section Nozzle Item Animation Description NozzleiA Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedback Nozzle 1A is active Steady gray Nozzle 1A is not active Nozzle2A Steady green Displays the spray feedback and fill feedb
322. l Parameter Type Description Details QStop BOOL Group quick stop Stop command to the motor QStop 1 OP pin is set to 0 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GQStop pin of Grpctrl LStartl BOOL Local start in forward direction Start command in forward direction to the motor LStartl 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of Local IO panel LStart2 BOOL Local start in backward direction Start command in backward direction to the motor LStart2 0 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Local mode only This input is connected from the Start push button of Local IO panel DefaultPos BOOL Default position DefaultPos 1 Actuator position is opened Pos2 DefaultPos 0 Actuator position is closed Pos1 StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 The starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 The starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftylILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational sftylILck 0 All the safety interlock conditions are not operat
323. l the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated An emergency stop signal EStop comes from an emergency shut down push button and or from a pull rope if it is used for belt conveyors 388 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The in built safety switches and monitoring conditions for the conveyor is listed as follows e Belt Sway switch feedback is continuously monitored If the conveyor is running and the occurrence of the belt sway conveyor is stopped then an alarm is generated after a delay e Belt Empty switch feedback is continuously monitored If the conveyor is running with no material then the conveyor is stopped and an alarm is generated after a delay e Pull Cord switch feedback is continuously monitored If a Pull Cord switch has been pulled then the conveyor is stopped and an alarm is generated after a delay If a modbus link is provided in the architecture to get the information of the pull cord number which was pulled then this information can be viewed in the popup of the conveyor e Belt Tension switch feedback is continuously monitored If the belt tension is in inoperable condition then the conveyor is stopped and an alarm is generated after a delay e Belt Chute switch feedback is continuously monitored If the chute gets jammed the conveyor is stopped and an alarm is generated after a delay These feedbacks are shown in the Extended tab of the conveyor 1 direction popup The alerts and trips
324. l control panel of the motor that sets the output OP HIGH to start the conveyor in the selected direction 2 Stop command LStop also comes from the local control panel of the conveyor This input must be HIGH for the conveyor to be started and is applicable in all the operation modes NOTE This serves as an Emergency Stop EStop command Run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected with the following interlock pins Interlock Name Description Starting Interlock These interlocks are valid before conveyor start up only Safety Interlock All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode The status of the interlock for example active or not active is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If it is not operationa
325. larms in the Popup Introduction The alarms of the instantiated object are available in the Alarm tab of its popup ie Equip_Mot1D MotiD Equip The alarm display in the popup have the following details Item Description TIME Time value on alarm occurrence TAG Alarm tag name of the instance DESCRIPTION An alarm tag name upto 32 characters is supported A name beyond 32 characters is truncated E100000000886 07 2011 59 Using the Cement Library Access Level Support Introduction Privilege for the login users is defined in terms of labels Several standard labels with different predefined access levels are defined in the library as shown in the following figures Whenever a privilege for a group of objects need to be changed modify the Expression field in the appropriate label defined for the privilege in the library The name of the label is defined in the Label Name field The Expression field present in the label indicates the privilege level For example if a dynamic object like button is assigned with the label Cem_mode in Privilge level field that object will have privilege of level 1 Citect Project Editor CementLib1 pO UNCOMPILED File Edit Tags Alarms EGIN Communication Servers Tools Window Help 7 5 5 lt Ae Keyboard Commands ajeje SERE S Keyboard Keys Reports Events Accumulators Devices Users Labels CementLib1p0 DER Roles ira Groups abels
326. lay to device 02 start device 2 Time delay to start Stx TStart3 0 Delay 2 Time delay to device 03 start device 3 Time delay to start Stx TStart4 0 Delay 8 Time delay to device 04 start device 4 Time delay to start Stx TStart5S 0 Delay 3 Time delay to device 05 start device 5 Time delay to start Stx TStart6 0 Delay 9 Time delay to device 06 start device 6 Time delay to start Stx TStart7 0 Delay 4 Time delay to device 07 start device 7 Time delay to start Stx TStart8 0 Delay 10 Time delay to device 08 start device 8 Time delay to start Stx TStart9 0 Delay 5 Time delay to device 09 start device 9 Time delay to start Stx TStart10 0 Delay 11 Time delay to device 10 start device 10 Time delay to start Stx TStartl1l 0 Delay 6 Time delay to device 11 start device 11 Time delay to start StX TStartS 0 Delay 12 Time delay to device 12 start device 12 Device 1 Name Dev01Desc Not available Device Names 1 Device 1 name Device 2 Name Dev02Desc Not available Device Names 7 Device 2 name Device 3 Name Dev03Desc Not available Device Names 2 Device 3 name Device 4 Name Dev04Desc Not available Device Names 8 Device 4 name Device 5 Name Dev05Desc Not available Device Names 3 Device 5 name Device 6 Name Dev06Desc Not available Device Names 9 Device 6 name Device 7 Name Dev07Desc Not available Device Names 4 Device 7 name Device 8 Name Dev08Desc Not available Device Names 10 Device 8 name 364 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM
327. le the hysteresis Click to clear the check box to disable the hysteresis Low SP Enter the low set point Select the check box to enable the low set point alarm Click to clear the check box to disable the low set point alarm Low Low SP Enter the very low set point Select the check box to enable the very low set point alarm Click to clear the check box to disable the very low set point alarm Item Description Process Value Displays the process value with bar graph Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 El00000000886 07 2011 171 Equipment Control AnlgIn_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type AnlgIn_St for the AnlgIn block Element Type Description SimV REAL Simulation value APV REAL Analog process value SPHH REAL High high limit for an alarm SPH REAL High limit for an alarm SPL REAL Low limit for an alarm SPLL REAL Low low limit for an alarm Hyst REAL Hysteresis TON DINT Timer on TOFF DINT Timer off Lag INT Lag filter time Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1to interact with HMI Bit description for t
328. limits then the target value is equal to high or low limit Based on this deviation the manipulating variable value Mv is calculated using the PID algorithm and sent to the actuator to act El00000000886 07 2011 611 Generic Process The actuator action makes a process change and thereby the process value PV changes and the control continuously keeps calculating the control variable and the cycle goes on The Mv value is always restricted within the high and low limits MVH and MVL If the calculation gives MV beyond the limits then MV is equal to the value of high or low limit The maximum deviation MaxError allowed is configured If the deviation Error exceeds the maximum deviation value for longer time TMaxError then an alarm is generated The minimum deviation MinError for control is configured If the deviation Error is less than the minimum deviation value for longer time TMinError then the control algorithm is bypassed and the manipulated value is holded at its last value The maximum step change Slope for manipulating variable Mv is configured If difference of present MV and previous MV is more than slope then MV PrevMV Slope Manual Mode Operation In Manual mode the operator sets the set point ManSP to the control variable MV directly from the popup The operator can enter set point only within the high and low limits MVH and MV1 If the operator enters the val
329. ling with an identical communication interface between the PLC and the HMI The family Equipment Control is comprised of elements that are used to control different equipments like motors valves and actuators and also process PLC input and output signals of analog and digital types El00000000886 07 2011 25 Functional Description The following table describes the functions equipped according to the library Signal Type Single Functions Mot1D e controls electrical motors with one direction of rotation and constant speed e controls the motor from different sources according to the chosen operation mode Auto Manual and Local switches to Out of Service mode when the motor is under maintenance mode supervises motor inoperable conditions supervises run feedback supervises process feedback can be bypassed stops conditional on a detected error supervises the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks generates alarms and alerts displays the value and status in the HMI example of applications motor pump blower conveyor and so on Mot2D controls electrical motors with two direction of rotation and constant speed controls the motor from different sources according to the chosen operation mode Auto Manual and Local switches to Out of Service mode when the motor is under maintenance mode supervises motor inoperable conditions supervises reverse run feedback supervises forward
330. ll the operation modes FwdRun BOOL Forward run Motor is running in forward direction RevRun BOOL Reverse run Motor is running in reverse direction ElO0000000886 07 2011 145 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor has tripped with an active trip alarm present The following table describes the input output parameter of the Mot 2d block Parameter Type Description Stx Mot2d St Status and control of the motor in 2 directions Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 158 146 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Mot2d Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagra
331. llow recommendations in equipment documentation to prevent accidental equipment damage Before energizing equipment Remove tools meters and debris from equipment Close the equipment enclosure door Remove ground from incoming power lines Perform all start up tests recommended by the manufacturer OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENTS The following precautions are from the NEMA Standards Publication ICS 7 1 1995 English version prevails Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the selection and ratings of components there are hazards that can be encountered if such equipment is improperly operated It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or unsafe operation Always use the manufacturer s instructions as a guide for functional adjustments Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the equipment manufacturer s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to the operator Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in operating characteristics A WARNING WRONG CONFIGURATION ENGINEERING Any application developed with the help of Cement Library V1 1 by system integrator or customer needs to be thoroughly tested by them Cement Library V1 1 is not responsible for any data l
332. lock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has a sub tabs Interlock STI SI SQI and PI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 ElO0000000886 07 2011 157 Equipment Control Mot2d_St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structure of the derived data type Mot 2d_St for the Mot2d block Element Type Description RunHr INT Run hours of motor TRunFb INT Run feedback delay TProcFb INT Process feedback delay TLProcFb INT Loss of process feedback delay TInv INT Inverse direction start delay Ctw WORD Control word to interact with HMI Stwl WORD Status word 1 to interact with HMI Stw2 WORD Status word 2 to interact with HMI Alwl WORD Alarm word 1 to interact with HMI Dummy WORD Not used Bit description for the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Auto mode selection from HMI Manual mode selection from HMI Local mode selection from HMI Out of Service mode selection from
333. m The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the Mot2d block E100000000886 07 2011 147 Equipment Control SCoD Interface TYPE Mot2d TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL LocalSel Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake Local BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start Oos BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Direction GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop OP1 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL QStop OP2 BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStart1 SeqStart BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStart2 SeqStop BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStop Interlock BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SftylLck Ready BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqlLck Run BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL ProclLck FwdRun BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL CondStart RevRun BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL Avail Variable IO_PLC BOOL OverLoad Variable IO_PLC BOOL EStop Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbFwd Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbRev Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbProc Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI Mot2d_St Stx Stx Mot2d_St Variable PLC_HMI 148 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Run feedback delay Stx TRunFb 0 Configur
334. machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage El00000000886 07 2011 143 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the Mot2d block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output paramet ers of the Mot2d block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Motor operation is group based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands Start and Stop given by operator from HMI Local BOOL Local mode Local 1 Local mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands LStart and LStop given from field Oos BOOL Out of Service mode Oos 1 Out of Service mode is selected Motor is not operated and OP 0 GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started in the group and is active in the group Start command pulse Start is obtained GActive 1 OP1 BOOL Output command to motor e o
335. me Ratio4Desc Not available Ratio Names 8 Ratio 4 description Ratio 5 Name Ratio5Desc Not available Ratio Names 3 Ratio 5 description Ratio 6 Name Ratio6Desc Not available Ratio Names 9 Ratio 6 description El00000000886 07 2011 565 Generic Process RatioCtr1 Representation in the HMI Ratio Controller Genie The RatioCtr1 block is represented in the HMI by the following genie MTSE TSP 5 00 TPV 0 00 Genie Elements Generio_Ratiottri Symbol Meaning MTSI TSP 5 00 TPV 0 00 G nero Ratio ttri Opens the RatioCtr1l popup mE Displays the manual total set point value User can enter the value through genie Ise sms Displays the total set point value fev eonj Displays the total process value Generig_RatioCtrl The instance name of the RatioCtr1 block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup 566 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Animation Description of the Genie Popup Symbol Animation Meaning Flashing Alert for the RatioCtr1 is active yellow 200 00 200 00 900 00 Steady Alert for the RatioCtr1 is acknowldged yellow MTSI TSP 200 00 900 00 c_Ratioctri Flas
336. mented as Unity Pro DFB DigIn Vijeo Citect Genie DigIn UAG SCoD DigIn Function Description The DigIn block is used to read digital inputs from the digital input modules and to monitor the input module This block is used in a group to manage the alarm circuits which are not directly managed by other blocks These alarm circuits can be either of alert type or of trip type It can also be used to trigger alarms from calculated signals which are not coming from input modules A wake up command is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the digital input block from Sleep mode If it is not Wake the alarm will not get generated The digital input signal comes from the digital input module The output of this block is the digital processed value You can configure the timing of digital input connection and disconnection for the channel input When the hardware is inoperable the default value is considered as the input if the default value is enabled When the digital processed value is same as the alarm state and alarm is enabled an alarm is generated Alarm can be enabled disabled from HMI popup The type of alarm can be configured that is alert or trip When the simulation is switched on the simulation value is set from the popup is considered as the digital input and moved to DPV The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of digital input block The details of t
337. mergency stop EStop 1 Plant process condition is operational for the motor to run EStop 0 Emergency situation Plant process condition is not operational for the motor to run Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual and Local This input is connected from the Emergency Stop push button in the field ElO0000000886 07 2011 215 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details FbRun BOOL Run feedback of motor Electrical Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP 1 and FbRun 0 then Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP 0 and FbRun 1 an alarm is generated after time delay FbProc BOOL Run feedback of motor Process Once the motor is given a Start command from output OP its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from Speed monitoring devices Zero Speed switch Proximity switches and so on If OP 1 and FbProc 0 then Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given and an alarm is generated after time delay If OP O and FbProc 1 an alarm is generated after time delay Load REAL Load value of the motor Load value of motor in A kW Energy REAL Energy value of the m
338. mits The input type high and low values can be configured during instantiation of the block and in the popup as well In addition you can configure the delay in changing the set point value from old value to new value through HMI Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the SPInt block SPint TSP OP Stx Stx 540 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameter of the SPInt block Parameter Type Description Details TSP TIME Set point delay Delay time to change the set point SP from old value to new value The following table describes the output parameter of the SPInt block Parameter Type Description OP INT Integer set point output The following table describes the input output parameter of the SPInt block Parameter Type Description Stx SPInt_St Status and control of the SPInt block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 546 ElO0000000886 07 2011 541 Generic Process SPInt Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the
339. motor block When the motor is under maintenance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the motor from sleep A group start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group This sets the output GActive as HIGH if all the interlocks StartILck SftyILck SeqILck ProcILck and all the feedbacks Lstop Avail OverLoad EStop are HIGH This sets the output OP as HIGH when the input conditional start CondStart is HIGH and motor starts in the selected direction Ready output Ready is set HIGH when all interlocks and conditions are HIGH Interlock output ILck is set HIGH when inputs starting interlock Start ILck safety interlock Sft yILck sequential interlock SeqILck and process interlock ProcILck are set HIGH 208 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control After the start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH within the specified run feedback delay the electrical run feedback FbRun has to be obtained This electrical run feedback is continuously monitored by motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued and motor is operational if run feedback FbRun is not available for 500 ms the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start
340. ms displays the value and status in the HMI The family Devices is used to manage Altivar variable speed drives ATV31 ATV61M and ATV71M TeSys T family of devices Tesys T controller on CANopen Modbus and Ethernet communication and energy meters in a communication based manner and so on 32 E100000000886 07 2011 Functional Description The following table describes the functions equipped according to the library Signal Type Single Functions CATV31M 61M 71M manages Altivar variable speed drives ATV31M 61M 71Mina CANopen communication based manner e controls the direction of rotation forward reverse e enables the speed set point of the device monitors the errors occured in the device e enables device reset by monitoring unit HMI enables the user to use either the controller or the wired speed driver inputs or outputs to control either the direction of rotation or the speed set point e enables the owner user to select the control system operator or program that is responsible for setting the control CTesyT e manages the TeSys T family of devices in a communication based manner e controls the device operation e controls the forward reverse operation of application e enables the change of speed fast slow if you are working with a 2 speed motor start double winding monitors the detection of errors that are associated with a device e enables to control or monitor the devi
341. n output Run is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop The quick stop command QStop is issued and output OP is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop El00000000886 07 2011 135 Equipment Control Manual Mode Operation Run Forward Run Backward and Stop commands are issued by the operator from the popup of the motor block Run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode NOTE Sequential interlock is not applicable in Manual mode Local Mode Operation Stage Description 1 Start up in forward direction pulse command LStart1 or start up in reverse direction pulse command LStart2 comes from the local control panel of the motor that sets the output OP1 or OP2 HIGH and motor starts in the selected direction 2 Stop command LStop also comes from the local control panel of the motor This input always must be HIGH for the motor to be started and is applicable in all the modes of operation NOTE This serves as an emergency stop command NOTE Direction change run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode Interlock Types There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor s
342. nal ProcILck 0 All the process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual modes only FbPosl BOOL Position feedback1 Once the actuator is given a Start command in forward direction from output OP1 its position feedback is continuously monitored If Pos1 1 Stop command to the actuator OP1 0 is given If OP1 1 and FbPos1 0 for more than time delay TFbPos an alarm is generated FbPos2 BOOL Position feedback2 Once the actuator is given a Start command in forward direction from output OP2 its position feedback is continuously monitored If Pos2 1 Stop command to the actuator OP2 O is given If OP2 1 and FbPos2 0 for more than time delay TFbPos an alarm is generated CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 242 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the DigAct block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmI
343. nal mode it is divided into individual set points based on the ratio input pins In Auto mode it is divided into individual set points based on the ratio entered by operator from HMI e Must be connected from other blocks For example Systems Expert control systems or PID Controller ExtRatiox x 1 6 REAL External ratio for set points x x 1 6 Applicable in External modes only Set poins are generated based on the external ratio inputs OP1Enx x 1 6 BOOL Output 1 6 x x 1 6 enable OP1Enx x 1 6 1 Output x is controlled by the block OP1Enx x 1 6 0 Output x is not controlled by the block CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms muste be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the Mult iFuelCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited El00000000886 07 2011 493 Cement Process 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of secu
344. nance the Out of Service mode can be activated from the popup Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the motor from sleep A group start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group This sets the output GAct ive as HIGH if all the interlocks StartILck SftyILck SeqILck ProcILck and all the feedbacks Lstop Avail OverLoad EStop are HIGH This sets the output OP as HIGH when the input conditional start CondStart is HIGH and motor starts in the selected direction Ready output Ready is set HIGH when all interlocks and conditions are HIGH Interlock output ILck is set HIGH when inputs starting interlock Start ILck safety interlock SftyILck sequential interlock SeqILck and process interlock ProcILck are set HIGH After the start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH within the specified run feedback delay the electrical run feedback FbRun has to be obtained This electrical run feedback is continuously monitored by a motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated El00000000886 07 2011 107 Equipment Control After the start command Start is issued and motor is operational if run feedback FbRun is not available for 500 ms the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued and the output
345. nd alarm summary log files are available in the Data folder of the Vijeo Citect installation path with the file names Alarmlog and AlarmSummarylog To view these files open it using Microsoft Office Excel tool The data will be displayed in excel form and contains the following information Item Description DATE Date value on alarm occurence TIME Time value on alarm occurence NAME Name of the alarm TAGNAME Alarm tagname of the instance DESCRIPTION Description of the alarm occured LOGSTATE State of the alarm occured Pages HMI1 Trends Alarms File Tools Q 5 customertoco 2 Acknowledge Tasks Time Tag Name Alarm Name Description Status Schneider 51912011 04 17 23 PM Electric 7 Acknowledge all alarms on the current page Acknowledge the alarm TA that i selected es LN Sience the alarm sound Alarm List Filter Tasks WHSE SIN Bah 7 Apply a filter to the list E100000000886 07 2011 57 Using the Cement Library Dim Unavailable Buttons Introduction If the user login has got insufficient privilege the button and text entry field is locked for user operation The locked button appears dimmed because it is unavailable for user operation For example in the following figure the Start and Stop buttons are dimmed unavailable Modes Operation E Start E Stop 58 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library A
346. nected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms Configuration You can configure the following parameters e Default value that is preferred position of the actuator which must be driven accordingly when it is not released anymore e Minimum deviation that is a pulse is given to OP1 OP2 only if IPV SPI is greater than minimum deviation value e Pulse length time to tune precisely e Calculation time that is time interval between 2 calculation cycles e Movement time that is time required for the actuator to move from 1 end position to another e Minimum pulse time required to excite the driving motor or solenoid valve 290 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Maintenance The run hours of the motor is displayed in the Configuration tab of the popup After the maintenance of the motor the run hours can be reset from the popup NOTE The following parameters in the Configuration tab have user restriction from the HMI e Run feedback delay e Run hours reset E100000000886 07 2011 291 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the AnlgAct block AnlgAct AutoSel Auto LocalSel Manual Wake Local Start Oos Stop GActive QStop OP1 LStart1 OP2 LStart2 SP DefaultPos SeqStart SeqStop Dev StartlLck ILck SftylLck Ready SeqlLck Run ProclLck Avail OverLoad Torque FbFwd FbRev FbPos1 FbPos2
347. nerated to be configured Min Error Time Displays the minimum error time after which the control variable is hold at its last value to be configured The following table describes the sub section PID Paramters Item Description Proportional Constant Kp Displays the proportional constant Kp Integral Time Ti Displays the integral time Ti Derivative Time Td Displays the derivative time Td Slope Displays the slope Scan Time Displays the scan time Derivative Lag Time Displays the derivative lag time For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 ElO0000000886 07 2011 627 Generic Process Trend Tab Test_P1500 1500 Test Runtime Trend Set point SP 50 00 Process variable PV ooo Manipulating variable MV D The sub section Runtime Trend displays the run time trend of the parameters in the control module Item Description Set point SP Displays run time trend of set point Process variable PV Displays run time trend of process variable Manipulating variable MV Displays run time trend of manipulating variable Displays the historical trend page Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 628 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process PIDB St Derived Data Type Structure Description T
348. ng Interlock G Fiter Active 1 Applied 1 Variables 15 found listed Name Full Variable Name ipti Connection Type Data Type In Out Address Initial Value Condit _RM_Grp1_M141STI_Cdpd i PLCE BOOL Input 1 Cond02 _RM_Grpl_M141STI PLC BOOL Input Cond03 RM_Grpt_M141STI_C PLC BOOL input PLC BOOL input PLC BOOL Input __ PLC BOOL___ Input D _ PLC BOOL inp PLC BOOL Input_ I PLC BOOL Output _ DESCRIPTION PLC_HMI ILCK_ST In Out lt MW7967 Notei HMI STRING Inout 102 E100000000886 07 2011 Object Description Overview This part provides detailed information on the function blocks What s in this Part This part contains the following chapters El00000000886 07 2011 Chapter Chapter Name Page 8 Equipment Control 105 9 MMM Process 335 10 Cement Process 461 11 Generic Process 531 103 Object Description 104 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Overview The following chapter describes the equipment control objects What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 8 1 Mot1d Motor 1 Direction 106 8 2 Mot2d Motor 2 Direction 133 8 3 AnlgIn Analog Input 161 8 4 AnlgOut Analog Output 174 8 5 DigIn Digital Input 185 8 6 DigOut Digital Output 198 8 7 Mot1dvs Motor 1 Direction V
349. nh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the DigAct block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes the output paramet ers of the DigAct block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Motor operation is group based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands Start and Stop given by operator from HMI Oos BOOL Out of Service mode Oos 1 Out of Service mode is selected Motor is not operated and oP 0 ElO0000000886 07 2011 243 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details GActive BOOL Group active The motor is start
350. nie The EgyScht block is represented in the HMI by the following genie 13 h25 min Generic_EgySchT Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the EgySchT popup Enter the value of schedule time from the genie To enter the value the operator should follow the format as h m 7 h13 min The instance name of the EgySchtT block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Animation Description of the Genie Symbol Animation Meaning s Line color Flashing yellow Alert alarm for the energy scheduler 16 h41 min time based block is active 23 h54 min Line color Steady yellow Alert alarm for the energy scheduler 16 h41 min time based block is acknowledged 23 h54 min 598 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Flashing red Trip alarm for the energy scheduler time based block is active Line color Steady red Trip alarm for the energy scheduler time based block is acknowledged Popup The EgySchtT block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Interlock tab e Alarm tab e Information tab Operator Tab F Generic _EgySchT Interlocked Schedule m Schedule O
351. ning time scheduler on off status generates alarms if the schedule is cancelled displays the value and status in the HMI EgySchT schedules the output as per time set from HMI supports the Bool type output displays the remaining time scheduler on off status generates alarms if the schedule is cancelled displays the value and status in the HMI RatioCtrl controls the ratio of ingredients of a continous process supports Auto Manual and External modes calculates the percentage set point of each parameter generates an alarm if the input and output set points are not equal supports upto 6 outputs displays the value and status in the HMI SPBool accepts the input set point in bool format allows the operator to enter the set points of bool format from HMI configures the input type latch unlatch pulse during instantiation of the block displays the value and status in the HMI El00000000886 07 2011 29 Functional Description MMM Process Signal Type Single Functions SPInt accepts the input set point in integer format allows the operator to enter the set points of INT type from HMI configures the output HIGH and output LOW values during instantiation of the block enables the user to configure the delay in changing in set point value from old value to new value through HMI displays the value and status in the HMI SPReal accepts the input set point in real format allo
352. nlgOut block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited alarms all the other alarms are CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage ElO0000000886 07 2011 177 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the AnlgOut block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following table describes the output parameters of the AnlgOut block Parameter Type Description Details CHOUT REAL Channel output This gives the analog processed value to the channel of analog output module HFail BOOL Channel If DVEn 1 then HFail 1 hardware inoperable The following table describes the input output parameter of the AnlgOut block Parameter Type Description Stx AnlgOut_St
353. not running o Reverse feedback not active when motor is running fo Reverse feedback active when motor is not running r 12 Not used wo Maximum deviation value exceeded A Run hours maximum value reached a Active trip alarm El00000000886 07 2011 315 Equipment Control 8 11 MotBasic Motor Basic Overview This section describes the MotBAsic block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page MotBasic Description 317 MotBasic Representation as SCoD in UAG 324 MotBasic Representation in the HMI 326 MotBasic_St Derived Data Type 332 316 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control MotBasic Description General The MotBasic block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB MotBasic Vijeo Citect Genie MotBasic UAG SCoD MotBasic Function Description The MotBasic block is used to control electrical motors with 1 direction of rotation This block supports only Auto mode of operation Auto Mode Operation A wake up command Wake is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the motor from sleep A group start up pulse command Start is given either from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group This sets the output GActive as HIGH if all the interlocks StartILck S
354. nput output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the DigOut block SCoD Interface TYPE DigOut TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Wake CHOUT BOOL Variable IO_PLC Link BOOL DSP Variable PLC BOOL DV Link BOOL DVEn HFail BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Alminh Link BOOL AlmRst Variable PLC_HMI DigOut_St Stx Stx DigOut_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Default value DV 0 Configuration 1 Sets the default value Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 202 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control DigOut Representation in the HMI Digital Output Genie The Digout block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Equi_DigOut Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Opens the DigOut popup E F H I J L P S Different digital in
355. ns for the genie when the alarms are masked Symbol Meaning ea at E s The DigAct block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Information tab The trip or alert alarms in the digital actuator are masked Popup E100000000886 07 2011 251 Equipment Control Operator Tab i eq2_digact Operation gt Position 1 amp Position 2 This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation The sub section Status displays the current status and the possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping Ready Running Warning Trip Not Ready Position 1 Reached Position 2 Reached Interlocked Group Active The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Meaning Auto The motor runs in Auto mode controlled by PLC program Manual The motor runs in Manual mode controlled by HMI Oos The motor runs in Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object controlled in Manual and Auto modes 252 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Meaning Position 1 Start command is given to actuator to reach position 1 Position 2 Start command is given to actuator to reach position 2 Extended Tab eq 2_digact Feedback _ Position1 Re
356. nt The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the Mot Basic block Parameter Type Description Stx MotBasic St Status and control of the motor Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 332 El00000000886 07 2011 323 Equipment Control MotBasic Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the MotBasic block SCoD Interface TYPE MotBasic TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL Wake GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start OP BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop SeqStart BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL QStop SeqStop BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SftylLck Ready BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqlLck Run BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL
357. nt statsus The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Schedule Active Hold Interlocked Warning Alarm The following table describes the sub section Schedule Item Meaning Schedule ON Operator can select the schedule to turn on or turn off Event The event condition either true or false is displayed Output 1 The output condition either true or false is displayed Output 2 The output value of the block is displayed Time remaining Time remaining for the schedule occurrence is displayed Default Value 1 You can select the default bool value that is true or false to be moved to Output 1 Default Value 2 You can select the default real value to be moved to Output 2 Delay time You can configure the delay time Hold time You can configure the hold time ElO0000000886 07 2011 589 Generic Process Interlock Tab ia Generic_EE Interlock _ Schedule Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Schedule Interlock Steady green Schedule interlock is active and the relacted device is not blocked Steady gray Schedule interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has 2 sub tabs which are described in the following table Symbol Meaning Navigates to main interlock page If SCHI tab is selected
358. nterlock tab Alarm tab Information tab El00000000886 07 2011 123 Equipment Control Operator Tab fl Equi_Mot1D Operation m Start This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Starting Stopping Running Interlocked Warning Trip The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto Switches to Auto operation mode controlled by the PLC program Manual Switches to Manual operation mode controlled by the HMI 124 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Item Description Local Switches to Local operation mode controlled by the local control box of the motor oos Switches to Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object applicable in all modes The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Description Start Initiates the operation of the device in Manual mode Stop Stops the operation of the device in Manual mode Extended Tab ie Equip_Mot1D Mot1D Equi Feedback W Local Stop I Conditional Start J Available I Over Load J Emergency Shutdown Mun Process feedback This tab has 3 sub sections e Feedback e Mask e Bypass The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item
359. o and Manual mode 238 El00000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Feedback The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the DigAct block AutoSel Wake Start Direction Stop QStop DefaultPos Typ StartILck SftylLck SeqliLck ProclLck FbPos1 FbPos2 Alminh AlmRst DigAct Auto Manual Oos GActive OP1 OP2 SeqStart SeqStop ILck Ready Pos1 Pos2 Stx E100000000886 07 2011 239 Equipment Control Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the DigAct block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select
360. ocess The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Pressure Steady green Pressure feedback is active Steady gray Pressure feedback is not active DP Switch Steady green DP Switch feedback is active Steady gray DP Switch feedback is not active Hopper Level Steady green Hopper Level feedback is active Steady gray Hopper Level feedback is not active The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list The following table describes the sub section Bypass Item Description Pressure Switch Pressure Switch inoperable condition monitoring is bypassed DP Switch DP Switch inoperable condition monitoring is bypassed Hopper Level Hopper Level Switch inoperable condition monitoring is bypassed Switch 454 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Configuration Tab a mmm_BagF ltr Delay Purging Time Purging Interval Cycle Interval This tab has a sub section called as Delay which is described in the following table Item Description Purging Time Displays purging time Purging Interval Displays purging interval Cycle Interval Displays cycle interval E100000000886 07 201
361. odify Startup Functions Setup Select and modify the startup functions for each component Startup Function Client and Servers Modify lt Back Cancel Help Result The Modify Startup Function popup window appears E100000000886 07 2011 83 Implementation Paradigms Step Action 2 Define the startup function as StartUp Click OK Startup Functions Setup Client and Servers Modify Startup Function Enter the startup Function to assign to the selected components Startup StartUP csl Result The Modify Startup Function popup window disappears retaining the Startup Functions Setup window Click Next Startup Functions Setup Select and modify the startup functions for each component Component Priority _ Startup Function Client and Se 5 StartUP Modify lt Back Cancel Help Result A series of window shown in the next step appears to configure the parameters for computer setup The first window is the Cluster Connections Setup window 84 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Step 3 Configuring parameters for computer setup This setting is done only once during the project creation or until it is manually changed Step Action 1 In the Cluster Connections Setup window select and modify the clusters that each component connects to on startup Click Next Cluster Connections Setup
362. oes not receive stop feedback for more than predefined time Stx TStop then an alert is generated Reset trip alarms of blocks in the group When a Reset command is issued the trip alarms of all the devices in the group are reset NOTE The output pin reset has to be connected to the AlmRst input of all the devices motors and actuators in the group The warning and trip feedback in the block monitors the availability of an active alert or alarm in the group Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the GrpCtr1 block Start Stop StartlLck SftylLck SeqlLck FbWarn FbTrip FbReady FbEDevRun FbNEDevRun FbStop TSleep TSign Alminh AlmRst Stx GrpCtrl GWake GActive GStart GStop GQStop GRst ILck GReady GRun Signal El00000000886 07 2011 339 MMM Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the GrpCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details Start BOOL Group start command Start 0 1 Start command GStart 0 1 is given to the group This is a pulse input Stop BOOL Group stop command Stop 1 Stop command GStop 1 is given to the group StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 Not all the starting interlock conditions are op
363. of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode Feedback The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is con
364. of the control module Trend tab Displays the Trend tab of the control module Information tab Displays the Information tab of the control module Analog tab Displays the analog values Digital tab a gt Ce oee Gs e e Displays the digital conditions Starting interlock sub tab GH Displays the starting interlock status and description of the control module Safety interlock sub tab Displays the safety interlock status and description of the control module Sequential interlock sub tab Displays the sequential interlock status and description of the control module Process interlock sub tab 8 J Displays the process interlock status and description of the control module Schedule interlock sub tab a oO Displays the schedule interlock status and description of the control module El00000000886 07 2011 47 HMI Representation Item Description Analog 1 sub tab Displays the analog values of the control module Analog 2 sub tab Displays the analog values of the control module Digital 1 sub tab Displays the digital conditions of the control module Digital 2 sub tab Displays the digital conditions of the control module Digital 3 sub tab aag MoL o Displays the digital conditions of the control module NOTE Not available buttons are grayed dimmed B
365. of this block to the Start pin of the next GrpStrtMgt block The status of the devices are available through the feedback device input FbRunx x 1 12 Time delay to start the next device is configured from the popup through TStartx x 1 12 The popup also shows the remaining time to start the next device TRStartx x 1 12 This configured time can be bypassed and an immediate Start command can be provided by assigning specific conditions to the input Bypx x 1 12 After the elapsed time equals with the configured time delay TStartx the output GStartx x 1 12 will give an output The GStartx output is connected to the Start pin of the device block Hence the device block gets the Start command from the GrpStrtMgt block 358 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the GrpStrtMgt block GrpStrtMgt Wake GActive Start GStartDone Stop QStop DevCount Byp01 GStart01 FbRun01 Byp02 GStart02 FbRun02 Byp03 GStart03 FbRun03 Byp04 GStart04 FbRun04 Byp05 GStart05 FbRun05 Byp06 GStart06 FbRun06 Byp07 GStart07 FbRun07 Byp08 GStart08 FbRun08 Byp09 GStart09 FbRun09 Byp10 GStart10 FbRun10 Byp11 GStart11 FbRun11 Byp12 GStart12 FbRun12 Stx Stx E100000000886 07 2011 359 MMM Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the GrpSt rtMgt block Parameter Type Description Details
366. on Item Description Start Initiates the operation of the device in Manual mode Stop Stops the operation of the device in Manual mode Inching Inching command is given to belt conveyor in Local mode The following table describes the sub section Power and Energy Item Description Load Configurable and displays load of motor in A kW Energy Configurable and displays energy consumed by motor in kWh 406 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Extended Tab mmm_Benyyr1D WG Feedback _ Local Stop _ Available C Over Load C Emergency Shutdown C Forward direction _ Process Belt Sway _ Bett empty C Bett Tension C chute sam m Pull cord Mask Le Alarm Mask 2 Warning Mask Bypass Process feedback This tab has 3 sub sections e Feedback e Mask e Bypass The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Local Stop Steady green Motor locally not stopped feedback obtained Steady gray Motor locally stopped feedback obtained Available Steady green Motor electrically available feedback obtained Steady gray Motor electrically not available feedback obtained Over Load Steady green Motor overload feedback obtained Steady gray Motor overload feedback not obtained Emergency Steady green Emergency stop feedback obtained shutdown Steady gray Emergency stop feedback not obtained Forward
367. ons to start the bag filter are active Ready 0 Not all the conditions to start the bag filter are active Bag filter will not be given Start command Run BOOL Bag filter is running Run 1 Bag filter purging operation is on Run 0 Bag filter purging operation is not on Applicable in all the modes of operation Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The bag filter is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The bag filter is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The bag filter is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The bag filter is tripped with an active trip alarm present The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the BagF1tr block Parameter Type Description Stx BagFltr_ St Status and control of the BagF1tr block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 458 El00000000886 07 2011 447 MMM Process BagF1tr Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared witho
368. ontrol Module Parent Grp1 Equipment Module Basic Configuration Limits Device Data Area Information Asset ID E Oe a O a This tab enables to configure the following additional information used by the operator and the maintenance department e Area Information e Asset ID 100 E100000000886 07 2011 Instantiation in UAG Step 6 Configuring Links for a Control Module The links for each control module must be connected with suitable variables by dragging and dropping the variable as displayed in the following figure Link RM_Grp1_M141 ControlModule RM_Grp1_M141 Mot1dyS v _ PLC CemPic Group 1 Mill Fan Separtor Mill Classifier Data Type _ Link Variable Description _ BOOL PM _Gipl_GipOti_GWwake Group wake up command Group Control Group 1 Mill Fan amp Separtor _ BOOL RM_Gipl_StatMgt_GStat2 Start command to device 2 Group Start Management Group 1 Mill Fan amp Separtor BOOL j RM_Gip1_StopMot_GStop2 Group stop command to device 2 Group Stop Management Group 1 Mill Fan amp Separtor _ BOOL RM_Gip1_GrpCul_GOStop Group quick stop command Group Control Group 1 Mill Fan amp Separtor BOOL RM_Gipl_GipCti_GRst Group reset command Group Control Group 1 Mill Fan amp Separtor i Variables RM_Grp1_ E DEAR S Scope Variable scope x _ 1 Include sub objects Object Type Control Module Description Group 1 Mil Fan Separtor Gr
369. ontrol air pressure low grease flow low line differential pressure low of the girth gear lubrication system and generates relevant alarms The block also supports bypass of the inoperable conditions in case of temporary site requirements Alarms are not generated for the relevant inoperable conditions The alerts and alarms are indicated in the SCADA The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on the user configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The trip alarms can be reset by the input pin AlmRst which is connected from GrpCtr1 block or by the operator from popup El00000000886 07 2011 513 Cement Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the GirthGearLubCtrl block GirthGearLubCtrl Wake CycleOK Noz1AFbFill Noz1AOK Noz2AFbFill Noz2AOK Noz3AFbFill Noz3AOK Noz4AFbFill Noz4AOK Noz1BFbFill Noz1BOK Noz2BFbFill Noz2BOK Noz3BPFbFill Noz3BOK Noz4BPFbFill Noz4BOK Noz1AFbSpray Noz2AFbSpray Noz3AFbSpray Noz4AFbSpray Noz1BFbSpray Noz2BFbSpray Noz3BFbSpray Noz4BFbSpray Val1FbPos1 Val1FbPos2 Val2FbPos1 Val2FbPos2 PumpRun TankLvlOK CtrlAirPressOK GreaseFlowOK LineDPOK Alminh AlmRst Warn Trip Stx Stx 514 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the
370. operation Mode Description Auto Auto mode operation of device can be controlled by Start Stop QStop Direction input pins of Unity Pro These input pins are connected either from GrpCtr1 StrtMgt StpMgt RouteMgt previous device in the group Local Local mode operation of device can be controlled by LStartl1 LStart2 LStop input pin of Unity Pro These input pins are connected from local IO panel Start Stop push buttons Manual Manual mode operation of device can be controlled from HMI by using control word The single bit command from HMI for example Stx Ctw xx is passed on for operation of device Out of Service This mode disables the operation of the block in all modes The Out of Service mode is only available for actuator blocks like motors or valves It can be enabled from the OOS button available on the HMI additional pop up of the block There are 4 types of interlocks Interlock name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck This interlock is applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation This interlock is considered only before starting of the device Safety Interlock SftyILck This interlock is applicable in all modes of operation This interlock is considered in all conditions Sequential SeqILck This interlock is applicable only in Auto mode of Interlock operation This interlock is considered in all conditions Process Interlock ProcILck Th
371. or left any notes in the Information tab of the popup E100000000886 07 2011 169 Equipment Control Popup The AnlgIn block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Alarm tab e Information tab Operator Tab Sleeping Simulation Mode m ON m Jon Simulation Value Alarms High High SP _ 100 00 Hinse GI soon Hystersis ooo Low SP w LowlLowsP I 000 Process Value p00 This tab has 3 sub sections e Status e Simulation Mode e Alarms The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping e Group Active e Hardware Failure e Bad Process Value e Alarm e Warning 170 El00000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the sub section Simulation Mode Item Description ON Switch on the simulation Off Switch off the simulation Simulation Value Enter the simulation value or set point The following table describes the sub section Alarms Item Description High High SP Enter the very high set point Select the check box to enable the very high set point alarm Click to clear the check box to disable the very high set point alarm High SP Enter the high set point Select the check box to enable the high set point alarm Click to clear the check box to disable the high set point alarm Hysteresis Enter the hysteresis value Select the check box to enab
372. or the Ctw element Bit Description 0 Probe retract 1 6 Not used 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake 1 Measurement on 2 Purging on 3 Scavenging on 4 Probe retraction on 5 Probe 1 inline 6 Probe 2 inline The following table describes the structure of the derived data type 484 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Bit Description 7 Probe in 8 Probe out 9 Sample pump run ok 10 Sample gas temperature ok 11 Sample gas moisture ok 12 Sample gas flow ok 13 Not used 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Control air pressure ok 1 Tank air pressure ok 2 Filter ok 3 Panel ok 4 Measurement inoperable 5 Measurement disturbance 6 Cycle disturbance 7 13 Not used 14 Alert 15 Alarm Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Probe retract inoperable 1 Sample pump run inoperable 2 Sample gas temperature inoperable 3 Sample gas moist inoperable 4 Sample gas flow inoperable 5 Control air pressure inoperable 6 Tank air pressure inoperable 7 Filter inoperable 8 Panel inoperable El00000000886 07 2011 485 Cement Process Bit Description
373. orific value 3 Value Fuel5 Calorific Stx Calval5 Not available Fuel 6 Calorific value 5 Value Fuel2 Calorific Stx Calval2 Not available Fuel 10 Calorific value 2 Value Fuel4 Calorific Stx Ccalval4 Not available Fuel 11 Calorific value 4 Value Fuel6 Calorific Stx Ccalval6 Not available Fuel 12 Calorific value 6 Value Fuel 1 Low Stx SP1L Not available Limit 1 Set point 1 low limit limit SP Fuel 2 Low Stx SP2L Not available Limit 2 Set point 2 low limit limit SP 500 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Fuel 3 Low Stx SP3L 0 0 Limit 3 Set point 3 low limit limit SP Fuel 4 Low Stx SP4L 0 0 Limit 4 Set point 4 low limit limit SP Fuel 5 Low Stx SP5L Not available Limit 5 Set point 5 low limit limit SP Fuel 6 Low Stx SP6L Not available Limit 6 Set point 6 low limit limit SP Fuel 1 High Stx SP1H Not available Limit 7 Set point 1 high limit limit SP Fuel 2 High Stx SP2H Not available Limit 8 Set point 2 high limit limit SP Fuel 3 High Stx SP3H 100 0 Limit 9 Set point 3 high limit limit SP Fuel 4 High Stx SP4H 100 0 Limit 10 Set point 4 high limit limit SP Fuel 5 High Stx SP5H 100 0 Limit 11 Set point 5 high limit limit SP Fuel 6 High Stx SP6H 100 0 Limit 12 Set point 6 high limit limit SP Fuel1 Display
374. oss during the power failure of any system that is PLC SCADA and so on Schneider Electric is not responsible for any wrong application design developed by system integrator or customer Schneider Electric is not responsible for any modifications done by the user in the delivered products Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage 12 E100000000886 07 2011 A WARNING OPERATION OF THE PLANT BY UNAUTHORIZED PEOPLE Before using or adopting the access levels for use in specific application the engineer must e conduct a safety analysis for the application and equipment installed e verify that all access levels are appropriate for the equipment or function in the installation e thoroughly test all functions during verification and commissioning e provide independent paths for critical functions emergency stop overlimit conditions and so on according to the safety analysis and applicable codes and regulations Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage ElO0000000886 07 2011 13 14 E100000000886 07 2011 About the Book At a Glance Document Scope Validity Note Related Documents This document provides information on understanding and operating a project developed with Unity Application Generator UAG and the Cement Library V1 1 It is not intended to cover any
375. otBasic block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the MotBasic block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output paramet ers of the MotBasic block command to run motor in forward direction Parameter Type Description Details GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started in the group and is active in the group Start command pulse Start is obtained GActive 1 OP BOOL Output op 1 Motor is given command to start e op 0 Motor is given command to stop The output switches on the contactor or circuit breaker controlling the motor
376. otor Energy value of motor in kWh ExtSP REAL External set point External set point PV REAL Process value Current running speed in RPM CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 216 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the Mot 1dVvs block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameters of the Mot 1dVSs block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This mu
377. oup Control G Filter Active 1 Applied 1 Variables 19 found listed EA Description Connection Type Data Type In Out Address Initial Value pa ET PET ae _TSleep Time to retum group to sleep PLC INT input 15 BMCGIDI_GmOvLTSign _ Warring signal on group start up PLC NT input EA Pic BOOL Output z GG BOOL Oupa EE Gip1_GrpCuL_GStop IPLE BOOL Output RM_Grp1_GipCtr_GOStop PLE BOOL Output RM_Grp1_GrpCtrl_Signal PLC BOOL Output RM_Gip1_GrpCtl_ILck PLC BOoL Output _RM_Grp1_GrpOtl_GReady Group ready PLC BOOL Output _RM_Grp1_GrpCtr_GRun Group running PLC BOOL Output RM_Grp1_GrpCti_GRst Group reset command PLC BOOL Output _RM_Grp1_GrpOtl_Wam _ Group waming PLC B00L Output RM_Gipt_GipCul Tip Grow tip irc BOOL Output E100000000886 07 2011 101 Instantiation in UAG Step 7 Configuring Interlocks for a Control Module The control modules types of motors and actuators must be defined with interlock pin and with suitable interlock definition as shown in the following figure Ei interlock RM_Grp1_M141 olx Input StartiLck z roe Delete Apply gao Gor jaer E Vv Connect directly to variable AM_Grp1_M141STI_Result lt RM_Grp1_M141STI_Result e a meso Wi Variables RM_Grp1_M141STI DER E Scope Variable scope _ Site Schneider Cempnt RM Grp1 M141STI _ T Include sub objects Object Type Control Module Group 1 Mil Fan Sepaitor Starti
378. ow OK Steady green Grease flow condition is operable Steady gray Grease flow condition is inoperable Line DP OK Steady green Line differential pressure condition is operable Steady gray Line differential pressure condition is inoperabl e F Cement_GG1 Tank Level Control Air Pressure Grease Flow Line DP Nozzle 1A k Nozzle 2A W Nozzle 3A W Nozzle 4A Nozzle 1B k Nozzle 2B Nozzle 3B Nozzle 4B Mask This tab has 2 sub sections e Bypass e Mask EI00000000886 07 2011 525 Cement Process The following table describes the sub section Bypass Item Description Tank Level Tank level monitoring is bypassed Control Air Control air pressure monitoring is bypassed Pressure Grease Flow Grease flow monitoring is bypassed bypass Nozzle 1A Nozzle 1A monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 2A Nozzle 2A monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 3A Nozzle 3A monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 4A Nozzle 4A monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 1B Nozzle 1B monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 2B Nozzle 2B monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 3B Nozzle 3B monitoring condition is bypassed Nozzle 4B Nozzle 4B monitoring condition is bypassed The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Alarms are generated in alarm list but auto acknowledged and hence color animat
379. owing information popup is displayed Value out of limits ox 74 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Out of Service Mode Introduction The Oos mode is used to avoid starting of the motor during maintenance activities When the motor is in stopped state the motor will be changed to Out of Service mode by the operator through the popup When the motor is in Oos mode the motor cannot be started by the operator or through the group operation The operator again changes the mode of the motor from Oos mode to Auto Manual Local NOTE When the motor is in running state then the Oos mode selection is grayed out ElO0000000886 07 2011 75 Using the Cement Library 76 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Overview This chapter describes the implementation paradigms common to all the function blocks What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Defining Startup Function in Vijeo Citect 78 Scaling of Values for Visualization 88 Eng Min Eng Max Property of the Control Module 89 El00000000886 07 2011 77 Implementation Paradigms Defining Startup Function in Vijeo Citect Startup Function in Vijeo Citect Defining the startup function in Vijeo Citect involves the following 3 basic steps 1 Selecting the appropriate configurations based on the project 2 Modifying the selected startup function
380. owledged Symbol Meaning S S is displayed on the top left corner when the simulator is in Active mode Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Popup The AnlgOut block popup has the following tabs e Operator tab e Alarm tab e Information tab E100000000886 07 2011 181 Equipment Control Operator Tab ite RM_AnlgOut AnlgOut RM Sleeping Simulation Mode m ON a Jor Simulation Value SetPoint Limits SP High Limit SP Low Limit This tab has 2 sub sections e Simulation Mode e SetPoint Limits The sub section Status displays the current status The possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping e Group Active e Hardware Failure The following table describes the sub section Simulation Mode Item Description ON Switch on the simulation Off Switch off the simulation Simulation Value Enter the simulation value or set point through set point entry The following table describes the sub section SetPoint Limits Item Description SP High Limit Displays set point high limit SP Low Limit Displays set point low limit 182 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see pag
381. p active GActive if the motor is started in Auto mode If the block is group active and actuator has reached desired position a pulse command SeqStart is given to the next motor to start Group stop command Stop is received by the actuator from the GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the actuator to stop position that is it starts the actuator in the stop position DefaultPos direction and then stops Group quick stop command QStop is received by the motor actuator from the GrpCtrl block If the block is group shut down an output command SeqStop is given to the next motor actuator to stop Manual Mode Operation The operator initiates the Position1 and Position2 commands from the popup of the motor actuator block Direction change run and position feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode Local Mode Operation Interlock Types Start up to position 1 pulse command LStart1 or start up to position 2 pulse command LStart2 comes from the local control panel of the motor that sets the output OP1 or OP2 HIGH and actuator starts to selected position Run and position feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck
382. p02 GStart02 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun02 Link BOOL Byp03 GStart03 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun03 Link BOOL Byp04 GStart04 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun04 Link BOOL Byp05 GStart05 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun05 Link BOOL Byp06 GStart06 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun06 Link BOOL Byp07 GStart07 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun07 Link BOOL Byp08 GStart08 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun08 Link BOOL Byp09 GStart09 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun09 Link BOOL Byp10 GStart10 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun10 Link BOOL Byp11 GStart11 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL _4 FbRun11 Link BOOL Byp12 GStart12 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL FbRun12 Variable PLC_HMI GrpStrtMgt_St Stx Stx GrpStrtMgt_St Variable PLC_HMI E100000000886 07 2011 363 MMM Process SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format time Stx TStartl 0 Configuration 1 Display format time Device Count DevCount 12 Twelve Configuration 1 Device count Time delay to start Stx TStartl 0 Delay 1 Time delay to device 01 start device 1 Time delay to start Stx TStart2 0 Delay 7 Time de
383. parameters of the Mot 2d block Parameter Type Description Details AutoSel BOOL Auto mode selection Selection of operation mode Auto mode AutoSel 1 Block is forced to Auto mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out AutoSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI LocalSel BOOL Local mode selection Selection of operation mode Local mode LocalSel 1 Block is forced to Local mode Mode selection option in HMI is grayed out LocalSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode Wake 1 Group is active This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start command to the motor GStart1 1 OP pin is set to 1 this is applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStart pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Direction BOOL Direction Direction 0 Motor runs in forward direction Direction 0 Motor runs in reverse direction Stop BOOL Group stop GStop 1 Stop command to the motor OP 0 is given Applicable in Auto mode only This input is connected from the GStop pin of GrpCtr1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group
384. pened position and an alert alarm is acknowledged Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing red Analog actuator is tripped and a trip alarm is active ab ID I ab baa Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady red Analog actuator is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged On the top left corner of the motor actuator genie the mode of operation is indicated Mode Meaning A Analog actuator is operating in the Auto mode M Analog actuator is operating in the Manual mode L Analog actuator is operating in the Local mode O Analog actuator is operating in the Out of Service mode Symbol Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup 304 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Masking Popup Operator Tab The following table describes the animations for the genie when the alarms are masked Symbol Meaning c The trip or alert alarms in the analog actuator are masked The AnlgAct block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab Interlock tab Alarm tab Trend tab Information tab ie eq2_anlgact 3 Manual gt lt Local gt oos Operation E Stat SP amp PV SP 44 4 0 00rpm gt P gt Py __0 00 rpm E100000000886 07 2011 305 Equi
385. pment Control Interlock Tab Equip_MotAct MotAct Equip Interlock C Starting Interlock C Safety Interlock C Sequential Interlock _ Process Interlock Gj su SI SQI PI This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI and SQI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 282 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 Information Tab For description
386. pment Control This tab has 4 sub sections e Status e Modes e Operation e SP amp PV The sub section Status displays the current status and the possible displays are listed as follows e Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Running Interlocked Warning Trip The following table describes the sub section Modes Item Description Auto The motor runs in Auto mode controlled by PLC program Manual The motor runs in Manual mode controlled by HMI Local The motor runs in Local mode controlled by local control box of the motor oos The motor runs in Out of Service mode for maintenance purpose of the object applicable in all modes The following table describes the sub section Operation Item Description Start Start command is given to actuator to reach position 1 Stop Stop command is given to actuator to reach position 2 The following table describes the sub section SP amp PV Item Description SP Displays the set point value SP of motor in RPM PV Displays the process value PV of motor in RPM Symbol Meaning i Set point value is ramped down by 1 step e Set point value is ramped down to low limit 306 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Extended Tab Symbol Meaning T Set point value is ramped up by 1 step P Set point value is ramped up to high limit eq2_anlgact anlgact eq2 Wo
387. previous device in the group This is applicable in Auto mode only DefaultPos BOOL Default position DefaultPos 1 The actuator position is opened Pos2 DefaultPos 0 The actuator position is closed Pos1 Typ BOOL Type Typ 1 Bistable Typ 0 Monostable StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 The starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 The starting interlock conditions are not operational Applicable only in Auto and Manual modes of operation Applicable only before starting of the motor After motor is started StartILck is not considered SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftyILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational SftyILck 0 All the safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SeqILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 All the sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only El00000000886 07 2011 241 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are operatio
388. ption for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Schedule inoperable 1 Schedule wait 2 15 Not used E100000000886 07 2011 593 Generic Process 11 7 EgySchtT Energy Scheduler Time Based Overview This section describes the EgySchtT block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page EgyScht Description 595 EgyScht Representation as SCoD in UAG 597 EgySchtT Representation in the HMI 598 EgySchT_St Derived Data Type 603 594 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process EgySchtT Description General The EgySchtT block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB EgySchT Vijeo Citect Genie EgySchT UAG SCoD EgySchT Function Description The EgyScht block is used for the applications where some actions need to be scheduled based on time for example shutting down of feed extraction unit at night since cost of energy is high The schedule is activated and the schedule time is entered by the operator from the HMI popup The schedule supports BOOL and REAL type output The input values are moved to output If the interlock Schl 1ck and schedule are active and the controller clock time crosses the schedule time the default values are moved to outputs The operator enters the default values from the HMI popup If the interlock is not active when
389. r Type Description Details LRaw INT Low raw value Low range of channel input signal HPV REAL High process High range of the measurement in value engineering units APV output corresponding to the maximum value configured in the HRaw input of the CHIN input LPV REAL Low process Low range of the measurement in value engineering units APV output corresponding to the minimum value configured in the LRaw input of the CHIN input HCutOff REAL High cut off Value in engineering units resulting from the scaling calculation and above which the value entered into the HPV input must be considered as the measurement value APV output LCutOff REAL Low cut off Value in engineering units resulting from the scaling calculation and below which the value entered into the LPV input must be considered as the measurement value APV output DV REAL Default value Value that must be considered in engineering units APV output signal when the channel is inoperable DVEn BOOL Default value Enabling or disabling of the enable corresponding input signal HHInh BOOL Inhibition of high Inhibition of high high alarm high alarm HInh BOOL Inhibition of high Inhibition of high alarm alarm LInh BOOL Inhibition of low Inhibition of low alarm alarm LLInh BOOL Inhibition of low Inhibition of low low alarm low alarm 164 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used
390. r is in Measurement mode MeasurementOn Q Analyser is not in Measurement mode PurgingOn BOOL Purging on PurgingOn 1 Analyser is in Purging mode PurgingOn 0 Analyser is not in Purging mode ElO0000000886 07 2011 467 Cement Process Parameter Type Description Details ScavengingOn BOOL Scavenging on ScavengingOn 1 Analyser is in Scavenging mode ScavengingOn 0 Analyser is not in Scavenging mode ProbeRetractOn BOOL Probe retraction on ProbeRetractOn 1 Probe is retracted and analyser is not measuring ProbeRetractOn 0 Analyser is not retracted ProbelInline BOOL Probe 1 inline ProbelInline 1 Probe 1 is inline ProbelInline 0 Probe 1 is not inline Probe2Inline BOOL Probe 2 inline Probe2Inline 1 Probe 2 is inline Probe2Inline 0 Probe 2 is not inline ProbeIn BOOL Probe is in Probeln 1 Probe in status is active ProbelIn 0 Probe in status is not active ProbeOut BOOL Probe is out ProbeOut 1 Probe out status is active ProbeOut 0 Probe out status is not active SamplePumpRunOk BOOL Sample pump run SamplePumpRunOk 1 OK Sample pump run condition is active SamplePumpRunOk 0 Sample pump run condition is not active and an alarm is generated SampleGasTempOk BOOL Sample gas SampleGasTempOk 1 temperature OK Sample gas temperature is within normal ope
391. r specific needs Same Name for All Objects Each object consists of a SCoD a Unity DFB and a Vijeo Citect Genie The names of all of these object elements are same for instance the function block GrpCtrl E100000000886 07 2011 19 Basics of Cement Library Interaction of the Cement Library The following figure shows the interaction of the Cement Library with UAG Application during the development of an application Graphical Objects 3 ai a SCADA ava D as eet CO ew a 00D Sea emau las a tavares Template Libraries SCOD Libraries BB Comenti 61 p0 2017 01 02 Ania C Instantiation eae Generation peneonenenne a 3 z Sa SCADA E Families and DFBs of the Cement Library The Cement Library has a set of families in the Unity Pro each consisting of a number of Derived Function Blocks DFB The installation setup program installs the library comprising of the families which consist of the Derived Function Blocks DFBs in the Unity Pro Libset 20 E100000000886 07 2011 Basics of Cement Library The following table provides the details of DFB name and description for each set of Cement Library family in the Unity Pro Unity Pro Family DFB Name Comments Equipment Control Mot1D Motor 1 Direction Mot2D Motor 2 Direction AnlgAct Analog Actuator DigAct Digital Actuator
392. rating range SampleGasTempOk 0 Sample gas temperature is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated 468 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Parameter Type Description Details SampleGasMoistOk BOOL Sample gas SampleGasMoistOk 1 moisture OK Sample gas moisture is within normal operating range SampleGasMoistOk 0 Sample gas moisture is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated SampleGasFlowOk BOOL Sample gas flow SampleGasFlow0k 1 OK Sample gas flow is within normal operating range SampleGasFlowOk 0 Sample gas flow is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated CtrlAirPressOk BOOL Control air pressure CtrlAirPressOk 1 OK Control air pressure is within normal operating range CtrlAirPressOk 0 Control air pressure is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated TankAirPressOk BOOL Tank air pressure TankAirPressOk 1 Tank OK air pressure is within normal operating range TankAirPressOk 0 Tank air pressure is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated FilterOk BOOL Filter OK FilteroOk 1 Filter status is active FilteroOk 0 Filter status is not active and an alarm is generated PanelOk BOOL Panel OK PanelOk 1 Panel status is active PanelOk 0 Panel status is not active and an alarm is generated
393. re not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 200 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the DigOut block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset alarm AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip The following tab le describes th e output paramet ers of the DigOut block Parameter Type Description Details CHOUT BOOL Channel Output Calculated value of the output HFail BOOL Hardware Digital output inoperable hardware inoperable The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the DigOut block Parameter Type Description Stx DigOut_St Status and control of the DigOut block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 206 El00000000886 07 2011 201 Equipment Control DigOut Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the i
394. re of the derived data type SPBool_ St for the SPBool block Element Type Description SP BOOL Set point from HMI OP BOOL Output Dummy1 BOOL Not used Dummy2 BOOL Not used 538 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process 11 2 SPIint Set Point Integer Overview This section describes the SPInt block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page SPInt Description 540 SPInt Representation as SCoD in UAG 542 SPInt Representation in the HMI 543 SPInt_St Derived Data Type 546 E100000000886 07 2011 539 Generic Process SPInt Description General The SPInt block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB SPInt Vijeo Citect Genie SPInt UAG SCoD SPInt Function Description This block is used for the applications where the operator enters the set points of integer types from HMI This block accepts the input set point in the Int Integer format negative and positive integer values You can select 2 input types as described in the following table Input Type Description Free Input The input set point can be any integer value that an operator enters from HMI Limited Input The input set point has to be within the limits set point high and set point low configured by the user The operator can enter the value only within the li
395. reen Motor is started and feedback is yet to be obtained or motor is stopping Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady green Motor is running Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is active eee o O Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is acknowledged 122 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Modes Alarm Masking Popup Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is active Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged On the top left corner of the motor 1 direction genie the mode of operation is indicated The following table describes the mode of operations Mode Meaning A Motor is operating in the Auto mode M Motor is operating in the Manual mode L Motor is operating in the Local mode O Motor is in Out of Service mode Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Symbol Meaning Trip or alert alarms in the motor 1 direction are masked The Mot1d block popup has the following tabs Operator tab Extended tab Configuration tab I
396. rent pages and different popups can be opened on both the primary or extended monitor 64 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Acknowledge Alarms Introduction To acknowledge all alarms e Inthe template click Acknowledge all alarms button e Inthe Alarm tab of the popup click the Acknowledge button oj This will acknowledge all alarms and alerts In addition the detected errors are reset clearing the inactive alarms from the list EI00000000886 07 2011 65 Using the Cement Library Local Language Support Introduction All HMI elements of the blocks are prepared so that they support language localization For successful localization language based DBF file should be present Standard localization languages like English French Spanish and German languages are supported The language DBF files are located in the project Here you need to enter the translated meaning for the information present in the NATIVE column into the LOCAL column present inside the DBF before Vijeo Citect is put into Run mode The different language files that you need to use are as follows E ENGLISH DBF E errlog DBF E events DBF E Fonts DBF es French DBF E German DBF 66 EIO00000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library You need to make an entry in the LOCAL column with the reference from NATIVE column A 1 NATIVE _2 Enter Old Password _3 Alarm Summary _4 Control Mode _5
397. reset the device allows the most important device parameters to be monitored displays the value and status in the HMI MBEM800 manages the energy meter PM710 PM800 in a Modbus communication based manner enables to reset the device allows the most important device parameters to be monitored displays the value and status in the HMI MBTeSysT manages the TeSys T controller on Modbus communication and remains responsible for setting the control controls the device operation controls the forward reverse operation of application enables the change of speed fast slow if you are working with a 2 speed motor start double winding enables the resetting of the device by control and monitor unit enables to control or monitor the device displays the value and status in the HMI For more information refer to Device and Communication Manual The family Communication is used to provide information on Modbus technology Modbus Messaging CANopen technology CANopen messaging and Ethernet technology Ethernet Messaging The following table describes the functions equipped according to the library Signal Type Single Functions ASRTPBdg e Initiates requests to a device that is connected to an Advantys STB input output island e enables read write requests to be serialized to devices on the Advantys island with CAN clients e defines the timeout value that will be used for request end control e holds the vector for t
398. resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output parameters of the GrpCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details GWake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check GWake 1 Group is in Wake mode GWake 0 Group is in Sleep mode NOTE This pin is connected to each block in the group GActive BOOL Group active Block active in the group GStart BOOL Start command GStart 1 to the group Start command pulse output GStart 0 1 is given to the first motor in the sequence or GrpStrtMgt block GStop BOOL Stop command GStop 1 Stop command is given to the group to the last motor in the sequence or GrpStpMgt block GOStop BOOL Quick stop GQStop 1 Stop command is command to the given to all the devices in the group group GRst BOOL Group reset Reset of trip alarms NOTE This output has to be connected to input AlmRst of each block in the group ILck BOOL Interlock ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational ILck 0 Not all the interlocks are operational There is an active interlock present 342 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details GReady BOOL Ready GReady 1 All the conditions
399. rity of your machine or process environment To reset all generated alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the Mult iFuelCtrl block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset e AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes the output parameter of the Mult iFuelCtrl block selected Output Data Type Description Details Autolx x 1 2 BOOL Automatic mode 1x Autolx x 1 2 1 Auto x 1 2 selected mode 1 is activated Autolx x 1 2 0 Auto mode 1 is not activated Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected activated Manual 0 Manual mode is not activated External BOOL External mode External 1 External mode is activated External 0 External mode is not activated 494 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Output Data Type Description Details SPx x 1 6 REAL Output set point 1 6 Applicable only if oPx x 1 6 e In External mode SPx x 1 6 TotalSP ExtRatiox x 1 6 100 e In Auto mode
400. rl Representation inthe HMI 20 eee ee 347 GrpCtrl1_ St Derived Data Type 0 0 00 nananana 355 9 2 GrpStrtMgt Group Start Management 2020 eee eee 357 GrpStrtMgt Description 00060 358 GrpStrtMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG 362 GrpStrtMgt Representation inthe HMI 24 366 GrpStrtMgt_St Derived Data Type 00 0000 370 9 3 GrpStpMgt Group Stop Management 0 eee eee eee 371 GrpStpMgt Descriptions ere a ere ie lee eis So eke need 372 GrpStpMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG 376 GrpStpMgt Representation inthe HMI 24 380 GrpStpMgt_St Derived Data Type 0 000000000 384 9 4 BCnvyrid Belt Conveyor 1 Direction 00 00 eee eee eee 385 BCnvyrld Description 0 eee eee 386 BCnvyrid Representation as SCoD in UAG 000000 400 BCnvyrid Representation inthe HMI 0 2 008s 403 BCnvyrid_St Derived Data Type 0 000000 000 414 E100000000886 07 2011 5 9 5 9 6 Chapter 10 10 1 10 2 10 3 Chapter 11 11 1 RouteMgt Route Management 0 cee eee eee 418 RouteMgt Description criced rean re apapa ie a ee eee 419 RouteMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG 427 RouteMgt Representation in the HMI 0 2 eee 430 RouteMgt_St Derived
401. rlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode Feedback The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup Local stop signal LStop is connected from stop push button of local panel and is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated in Auto and Manual modes only The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated An emergency stop signal EStop comes from MCC panel emergency shut down push button and is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated E100000000886 07 2011 109 Equipment Control Configuration The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms
402. rm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the Mot1d block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes the output paramet ers of the Mot1d block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Motor operation is group based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands Start and Stop given by operator from HMI Local BOOL Local mode Local 1 Local mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands LStart and LStop given from field 116 E100000000886 07 2011
403. rtional Integral and Derivative Controller Block or a calculation block which sends the analog processed value to analog output modules When the AnlgOut block is in Auto mode a wake up wake command is given by the GrpCtr1 block to wake up the analog output block from Sleep mode The analog set point comes from the calculation or PIDB block The set point value is scaled to high and low range of raw value output based on high and low set point and an analog output is given to the respective channel of the analog output module The output is restricted to high and low limit When the default value is enabled DVEn the default value is moved to the output When the simulation is switched on the simulation value is set from the popup Set Point which is considered as the input and moved to calculated value of the output CHOUT The alerts and trips are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the AnlgOut block The details of the active alarms is shown in the Alarm tab of the popup In addition the hardware inoperable alarms and indications are obtained Based on the user configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from the popup resets the trip alarms E100000000886 07 2011 175 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the F
404. run feedback supervises process feedback can be bypassed stops conditional on a detected error supervises the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks generates alarms and alerts displays the value and status in the HMI example of applications motor pump blower conveyor and so on Mot1DVS controls electrical motors with one direction of rotation and variable speed controls the motor from different sources according to the chosen operation mode Auto Manual and Local switches to Out of Service mode when the motor is under maintenance mode supervises motor inoperbale conditions stops conditional on a detected error supervises motor run feedback supervises motor speed speed of rotation supervises process feedback can be bypassed supervises the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks in the popup displays the value and status in the HMI generates alarms and alerts example of applications motor pump blower conveyor and so on 26 E100000000886 07 2011 Functional Description Signal Type Single Functions MotBasic controls electrical motors with one direction of rotation stops conditional on a detected error supports only Auto sequential mode of operation supervises run feedback supervises the operable or inoperable status of all interlocks displays the value and status in the HMI generates alarms and alerts example of applications motor pump
405. rvers on this Esz machine operate Consult the help for a detailed description on what this option does Inhibit triggered trends on start lt Back Cancel Help Result The CPU Setup window appears E100000000886 07 2011 81 Implementation Paradigms Step Action 8 Select the component for modifying the CPU Click Next CPU Setup Select and modify the CPU for each component Component Priority Client and Servers Result The Events Setup window appears Check the Enable events on this computer check box To enable the events you need select the check boxes in the list on the right hand side Click Next Events Setup Events are used to trigger actions For events to run on a given computer they must first be enabled Select the events to enable for each component Cem_DayReport Cem_MONReport Cem_SFT1Report Cem_SFT2Report _ Cem_SFT3Report Cem_SFTUser1 Cem_SFTUser2 _ Cem_SFTUser3 ACU Alene Anat v Enable All Disable All lt Back Cancel Help Result A Startup Functions Setup window shown in step 2 appears that enables modification of startup functions 82 E100000000886 07 2011 Implementation Paradigms Step 2 Modifying the selected startup function Step Action 1 From the Startup Functions Setup window select the component for modifying the startup function and click M
406. s Serial Graphical Objects Different Sets Development Number Small Medium Large in version 1 Bucket Elevator YES YES YES 1 0 2 Dust Collector YES NO NO 3 Bag House YES YES YES 4 Belt Conveyor YES YES YES 5 Air Slide Pipe Conveyor YES YES YES 6 Ball Mill Cement Mill YES YES YES 7 ESP NO YES YES 8 VRM Raw Mill Coal Mill NO YES YES 9 Cyclone NO YES YES 10 PreCalciner NO YES YES 11 Kiln YES YES YES 12 Fire Flame object for flame YES NO NO sensor and detection on off status 13 Damper YES NO NO 14 Shut Off Gate YES YES NO 15 Stacker NO YES YES 16 Weigh Feeder NO YES YES 17 Roller Press NO YES YES 18 Rotary Air Lock NO YES NO 19 Diverter YES NO YES 20 Emission Gas Objects YES YES NO Chimney 21 Silo for YES YES YES Homogenization Blending Silo and Cement Silo 22 Screw conveyor YES YES YES 23 Water Sprinkle object for YES YES YES Water Spray System 46 E100000000886 07 2011 HMI Representation Popup Representation Tab Selection Buttons Item Symbol Description Operator tab Displays the Operator tab of the control module Extended tab Displays the Extended tab of the control module Configuration tab N Displays the Configuration tab of the control module Interlock tab Displays the Interlock tab of the control module Alarm tab Displays the Alarm tab
407. s are considered as 0 and 32000 90 E100000000886 07 2011 instantiation in UAG Overview This chapter gives a general overview about the UAG customization and the UAG generator What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page UAG Customization 92 UAG Generator 94 El00000000886 07 2011 91 Instantiation in UAG UAG Customization General The Cement Library V1 1 enables to generate DFB and HMI Genies for the selected control modules in UAG The customization file in the UAG must be configured with Vijeo Citect as HMI For example CementLib1P0O CemLibCementProcess1p0 CemLibCommunication1 pO CemLibDevices1p0 CemLibEquipmentControl1p0 CemLibGenericProcess1p0 and CemLibMMMProcess1p0 are the selected library Further select the appropriate Communication Protocol Modnet or OPC Server Also the Symbol Library Project Vijeo Citect Library project is for example set to CemenitLib1p0 see the following figure A default customization of CementLib1p0 osc is provided with the library n n version a UAG Customization CementLib1p0 File View Customization List Help Deh Sk BP Customization File 2 General B Paths a 3X Tools sf Export Format Name E Viieo Citect Legacy Gen Physical Level Naming Convention Name Creation Rules 4 Data H PLC 4 Name Depends On Type Version Status M CemLibCementPro
408. s in the group The following table shows the 2 methods to manage the group Method Description Daisy chain The GrpCtr1 block is directly linked to the device 1 in the group and the device 1 gives commands to the device 2 after it starts and so on NOTE This process continues for all devices in the group blocks Using management The Grpctr1 block is connected to the GrpStrtMgt and GrpStpMgt block and these blocks are in turn connected to the devices for example DigIn Mot1d DigAct and so on in the group El00000000886 07 2011 337 MMM Process The following table shows the 5 main functions of the GrpCtr1 block wakes up the group by giving wake up command to all the devices in the group Function Description Result Group Group availability check command Group goes to Wake mode and wake sleep given by the operator from HMI monitors the warning trip essential device run non essential device run and group stop feedbacks If there are no interlocks starting or safety or sequential and trip alarms then the group is available or ready to start After the stop feedback is received the group goes to sleep mode after a predefined time delay TSleep until the next Start command is issued on the condition that there is no active trip alarm Group start and restart When the group is available a Start or Restart command is given by operator from HMI popup or
409. s must be followed Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may result in injury harm or improper operating results Failure to observe this information can result in injury or equipment damage 2011 Schneider Electric All rights reserved E100000000886 07 2011 Table of Contents Part Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Safety Information 20 00 cece ee eee eee About the BOOK ciiee ewer haa ee eae as General Information Basics of Cement Library 0000 se eeee Basics of Cement Library Functional Description 00e eee e eens Functional Description Function BIOCKS 0 00 cc eee e ence eee eee eae Function Blocks Representation in the HMI 0000s seen eens Cement Library Template HMI Object List Popup Representation Commonly Used Tabs Using the Cement Library 00 eens Operator Logging Alarm Logging and Alarm Summary 0000 cee eee eee eee Dim Unavailable Buttons Alarms in the Popup Access Level Support Enable Use of Double Monitor Acknowledge Alarms Local Language Support Navigation to Trend and Alarm Win Trend Assignment Color Customization Navigation Buttons
410. s not activated Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected activated and set points are directly entered by the operator from popup Manual 0 Manual mode is not activated External BOOL External mode External 1 External mode is selected activated and set points are generated based on ratio inputs that are coming from blocks or any other systems for example Quality control systems External 0 External mode is not activated E100000000886 07 2011 561 Generic Process Output Data Type Description Details SPx X x 1 6 REAL Output set point x x 1 6 Applicable only if OPx x 1 6 1 e In External mode SPx x 1 6 TotalSP ExtRatiox x 1 6 100 e In Auto mode SPx x 1 6 TotalSP AutoSPx x 1 6 100 e In Manual mode SPx x 1 6 ManSPx x 1 6 e Always SPxL x 1 6 lt SPx x 1 6 lt SPHx x 1 6 is maintained TotalSP REAL Total set point This is the actual set point given to the ratio controller to generate outputs e If ExtTotalSPEnable 1 TotalSP ExtTotalSP e IfExtTotalSPEnable 0 TotalSP Stx ManTotalSP TotalSPcalc REAL Total set point Calculated the total set point without considering the limits TotalPVv REAL Total process value It is equal to the summation of generated process values PVx x 1 6 RatioOK BOOL RatioOK If sum
411. s not active The following table describes the sub section Parameters Item Description 02 Displays the value of 02 ElO0000000886 07 2011 479 Cement Process Extended Tab This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask fe Cement_GasA Feedback C Sample Pump Run _ Sample Gas Temp Ok _ Sample Gas Moisture Ok Sample Gas Flow Ok _ Control Air Pressure Ok _ Tank Air Pressure Ok _ Filter Ok _ Panel Ok _ Measurement Fail _ Measurement Disturb _ Cycle Disturb Mask 8 Alarm Mask Warning Mask The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Sample Pump Run Steady green Sample pump run condition is active Steady gray Sample pump run condition is not active and an alarm is generated Sample Gas Temp Steady green Sample gas temperature is within normal Ok operating range Steady gray Sample gas temperature is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated Sample Gas Steady green Sample gas moisture is within normal operating Moisture Ok range Steady gray Sample gas moisture is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated Sample Gas Flow Steady green Sample gas flow is within normal operating range Ok Steady gray Sample gas flow is not within normal operating range and an alarm is generated 480 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Item Animation D
412. s started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated 210 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Configuration The alert and trip are indicated in the SCADA The number of active alarms is shown in the popup of the motor The details of the active alarms are shown in the Alarm tab of the popup Based on configured conditions the alarms for this block can be inhibited by connecting the logic to the input pin AlmInh The input pin AlmRst that is connected from GrpCtr1 block or the operator from popup can reset the trip alarms The load and energy values are input to the motor block and these values are displayed in the popups of the motor block The run hours of the motor is displayed in the Configuration tab of the popup After the maintenance of the motor the run hours can be reset from the popup NOTE The following parameters in the Configuration tab have user restriction from the HMI Run feedback delay Process feedback delay Loss of Process feedback delay Run hours R reset El00000000886 07 2011 211 Equipment Control Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the Mot1dvs block AutoSel LocalSel Wake Start Stop QStop LStart LStop StartlLck SftylLck SeqlLck ProciLck CondStart Avail OverLoad EStop FbRun FbProc Load Energy ExtSP PV Alminh AlmRst Stx Mot1dVS Auto Manual Local Oos GActive OP SP
413. s1 FbPos2 Alminh Warn BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Stx Stx MotAct_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI E100000000886 07 2011 273 Equipment Control SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display Format Stx RunHr HHH Configuration 1 Display format time Run fb delay sec Stx TRunFb 0 Configuration 2 Sets run feedback delay s Inv direction start Stx TInv 0 Configuration 3 Sets inversion direction delay sec start delay s Default Position DefaultPos 0 close Configuration Default position Position fb delay Stx TPosFb 0 Configuration Sets position feedback sec delay s Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetID Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID 274 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control MotAct Representation in the HMI Motor Actuator Genie The MotAct block is represented in the HMI by the following genie Genie Elements Meaning Opens the MotAct popup The instance name of the MotAct block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide
414. shut down then an output command SeqStop is given to the next motor to stop There are 4 types of interlocks The result of individual interlock condition blocks is connected to these interlock pins Interlock Name Parameter Description Starting Interlock StartILck These interlocks are valid before motor start up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes 440 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Interlock Name Parameter Description Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup Differential Pressure OK status is connected as input DPressOk to the block If the input is inoperable then the purging time interval and cycle time interval are halved and an alert is generated Hopper Level OK status is connected as input HopLv10k to the block If the input is inoperable then an alert is generated Pressure OK status is connected as input PressOkK to the block If the input is inoperable then the block is tripped and an alarm is generate
415. sition 55 and so on Setpoint SP The set point is the target value from the process parameter that is intended to be achieved by the PID by varying the Mv For example temperature 500 c pressure 100 bar and so on Process variable PV The actual value feedback of the process parameter which is intended to be controlled by the PIDB block The following table describes the sub section Set points Item Description Auto SP Auto mode set point This value is entered by the operator from HMI and is moved to SP Cascade SP Cascade mode set point This value is connected from any other block as input pin and is moved to SP Manual SP Manual mode set point This value is entered by the operator from HMI and is moved to Mv External SP External mode set point This value is connected from any other block or system for example advanced process control system and is moved to Mv 624 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Extended Tab Generic_PIDB PIDB Generic Limits SP High SP Low MV High MV Low Mask Alarm Mask 2 Warning Mask This tab has 2 sub sections e Limits e Mask The following table describes the sub section Limits Item Description SP High Set point high limit SP Low Set point low limit MV High Manipulating variable high limit MV Low Manipulating variable low limit The following table
416. spective routes are continuously monitored 420 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the RouteMgt block RouteMgt RouteSel Wake Start Stop QStop DRoute RouteCount StartlLck SftylLck SeqiLck R1FbReady R2FbReady R3FbReady R4FbReady R5FbReady R1FbRun R2FbRun R3FbRun R4FbRun R5FbRun R1FbStop R2FbStop R3FbStop R4FbStop R5SFbStop Alminh AlmRst Stx GActive R1Start R2Start R3Start R4Start R5Start R1Stop R2Stop R3Stop R4Stop R5Stop RRst Route SeqStart SeqStop ILck RReady RRun RStop Warn Trip Stx E100000000886 07 2011 421 MMM Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the RouteMgt block Parameter Type Description Details RouteSel INT Route selected Selection of route RouteSel x 1 5 1 Block is forced to Routex x 1 5 The route is selected as per the input value Route selection option in HMI is grayed out RouteSel 0 Block is set free for operator to selct the route from HMI Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for group availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl Start BOOL Group start Start 1 Start command is given to the route management Start 0 Start command is not gi
417. st be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes the output paramet ers of the Mot 1dVvS block Parameter Type Description Details Auto BOOL Auto mode Auto 1 Auto mode is selected Motor operation is group based on GStart and GStop Manual BOOL Manual mode Manual 1 Manual mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands Start and Stop given by operator from HMI Local BOOL Local mode Local 1 Local mode is selected Motor operation is based on commands LStart and LStop given from field ElO0000000886 07 2011 217 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Oos BOOL Out of Service mode Oos 1 Out of Service mode is selected Motor is not operated and OP 0 GActive BOOL Group active The motor is started in the group and is active in the group Start command pulse Start is obtained GActive 1 OP BOOL Output command to motor op 1 Motor is given command to start e op 0 Motor is given command to stop The output switches on the contactor or circuit breaker controlling the motor in forward direction SP REAL Set point Speeds set point for the motor Generally connected to variable speed drive block SeqStart BOOL Start command to next motor in group Start
418. stop command Stop is issued and output OP is set LOW when the run feedback FbRun and process feedback FbP roc are set LOW Run output Run is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop The quick stop command QStop is issued and output OP is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop Manual Mode Operation Run and Stop commands are issued by the operator from the popup of the motor block Run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode The operator sets the speed of the motor from the popup and the same is sent as output SP that will be connected to drive block The process value is read from the drive block and is shown in the popup NOTE Sequential interlock is not applicable in Manual mode ElO00000000886 07 2011 209 Equipment Control Local Mode Operation Stage Description 1 Start up pulse command LStart comes from the local control panel of the motor that sets the output OP HIGH and motor starts in the selected direction 2 Stop command LStop also comes from the local control panel of the motor This input always must be HIGH for the motor to be started and is applicable in all the modes of operation NOTE This serves as an Emergency Stop command Run and Process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode Interlock Types There are 4 types of interlocks The result o
419. sub section called as Delay which is described in the following table Item Description Run feedback Displays the run feedback delay of motor configurable from HMI After starting the motor if run feedback is not received before delay time an alarm is generated and motor is tripped E100000000886 07 2011 329 Equipment Control Interlock Tab Equip_MotB Interlock J Starting Interlock I Safety Interlock J Sequential Interlock J Process Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Process Interlock Steady green Process Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Process Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Int
420. t command in forward direction from output OP1 its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP1 1 and FbFwd 0 an alarm is generated after time delay If OP1 0 and FbFwd 1 an alarm is generated after time delay El00000000886 07 2011 267 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details FbRev BOOL Reverse run feedback of motor electrical Once the motor is given a Start command in reverse direction from output OP2 its electrical run feedback is continuously monitored This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit If OP2 1 and FbRev 0 an alarm is generated after time delay If OP2 0 and FbRev 1 an alarm is generated after time delay FbPosl BOOL Position feedback1 Once the actuator is given a Start command in forward direction from output OP1 its position feedback is continuously monitored If Pos1 1 Stop command to the actuator OP1 0 is given If OP1 1 and FbPos1 0 for more than time delay TFbPos an alarm is generated FbPos2 BOOL Position feedback2 Once the actuator is given a Start command in forward direction from output OP2 its position feedback is continuously monitored If Pos2 1 Stop command to the actuator OP2 0 is given If OP2 1 and FbPos2 0 for more than time delay TFbPos an alarm is generated 4 CAUTION
421. t Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the SPBool block SCoD Interface TYPE SPBool TYPE SCoD Interface Variable PLC BOOL BoolType OP BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI SPBool_St Stx Stx SPBool_St Variable PLC_HMI 536 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process SPBool Representation in the HMI Set Point Bool Genie The SPBool block is represented in the HMI by the following genie RM_SPBool Genie Elements Symbol Meaning Latch This button is visible when the Latch Unlatch type is selected during instantiation or when the boolean set point output is unlatched On clicking this button a boolean set point output is latched UnLatch This button is visible when the Latch Unlatch type is selected and the boolean set point output is latched On clicking this button a boolean set point output is unlatched This button is visible when the Pulse type is selected On clicking this button a pulse of defined length is given with a boolean set point output RM_SPBool The instance name of the SPBool block is visible by default You can hide unhide it by clicking the Hide Unhide button in the template Popup The boolean set point block does not have any popup E100000000886 07 2011 537 Generic Process SPBool_ St Derived Data Type Structure Description The following table describes the structu
422. t Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the Mot1d block SCoD Interface TYPE Mot1d TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL LocalSel Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake Local BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start Oos BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL QStop OP BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStart SeqStart BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL _ LStop SeqStop BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL StartlLck ILck BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL _ SftylLck Ready BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL SeqlLck Run BOOL Variable PLC Interlock BOOL ProciLck Interlock BOOL CondStart Variable IO_PLC BOOL Avail Variable IO_PLC BOOL OverLoad Variable IO_PLC BOOL EStop Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbRun Variable IO_PLC BOOL FbProc Link BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL AlmRst Trip BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI Mot1d_St Stx Stx Mot1d_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Area Information ArealInfo Not available Device Data 1 Area information Asset ID AssetiId Not available Device Data 7 Asset ID
423. t output parameter of the AnlgIn block Parameter Type Description Stx AnlgIn_St Status and control of the AnlgIn block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 172 166 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control AnlgIn Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the SCoD Interface Link Variable IO_PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Link Link Link Link Link Link Variable PLC_HMI AnlgtIn block TYPE BOOL INT INT INT REAL REAL REAL REAL REAL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Anigin_St Anlgin Wake CHIN HRaw LRaw HPV LPV HCutOff LCutOff DV DVEn HHInh Hinh Linh LLInh AlmRst Stx APV BadPV HFail HHAIm HAIm LAlm LLAIm Stx TYPE m REAL t
424. tart up only Safety Interlock SftyILck All the safety conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in all the modes Sequential Interlock SeqILck All the sequential conditions are taken into consideration This input is active only in Auto mode Process Interlock ProcILck All the process conditions are taken into consideration This input is active in Auto and Manual mode 136 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Feedback Configuration The status of the interlock is displayed in the popup Detailed description of the interlocks is displayed in the Interlock tab of the popup Local stop signal LStop is connected from stop push button of local panel and is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated in Auto and Manual modes only The availability Avail of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The overload feedback OverLoad of the motor is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated An emergency stop signal EStop comes from MCC panel emergency shut down push button and is continuously monitored If motor is started and it is not operational the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated The alert and trip are indicated in the SCA
425. te 1 Route 2 Route 3 Route 4 Route 5 This tab has 2 sub sections e Status e Route Selection The sub section status displays the current status E100000000886 07 2011 431 MMM Process Extended Tab The possible displays are listed as follows Sleeping Group Active Ready Not Ready Stop Running Interlocked Warning Alarm This tab displays the number of routes selected in the Operator tab FF Test_RM500 Route Feedback Ready Run Stop Route 1 Route 2 Route 3 Route 4 Route 5 Mask Alarm Mask 2 Warning Mask This tab has 2 sub sections e Feedback e Mask The following table describes the sub section Feedback Item Animation Description Ready Steady green All devices in the route are ready Light gray All devices in the route are not ready 432 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Item Animation Description Run Steady green All devices in the route are running Light gray All devices in the route are not running Stop Steady green All devices in the route are stopped Light gray All devices in the route are not stopped The following table describes the sub section Mask Item Description Alarm Mask Masks the indicated current trip alarms of this block in the alarm list Warning Mask Masks the current alerts of this block in the alarm list Configurat
426. teady white Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and ready after trip alarms are reset Line color Dark gray Fill color Light gray Motor is awake or in Local mode or Manual mode and not ready Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Flashing green Motor is started and feedback is yet to be obtained or motor is stopping Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady green Motor is running Line color Flashing yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is active e ee ooo O Line color Steady yellow Fill color Steady green Motor is running and an alert alarm is acknowledged 326 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Masking Popup Symbol Animation Meaning Line color Steady dark gray O Fill color Flashing red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is active Line color Steady dark gray Fill color Steady red Motor is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged Symbol Meaning popup Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the The following table describes the animations for the genie when the alarms are masked Symbol Meaning The trip or alert alarms in the motor basic are masked The MotBasic bloc
427. ted request time time of last request and so on e displays the value and status in the HMI For more information refer to Device and Communication Manual 36 E100000000886 07 2011 Function Blocks Function Blocks Function Block Interface The function blocks have a common look and feel that facilitates easy usage and handling The order of the pins is identical for most of the blocks as shown in the following figure Mode Selection Group and Auto Mode operation Local Mode operation Interlock Feedback and Operable conditions Alerts and Alarms AutoSel LocalSel Wake Start Direction Stop QStop LStart1 LStart2 LStop StartlLck SftylLck SeqiLck ProciLck CondStart Avail OverLoad EStop FbFwd FbRev FbProc Alminh AlmRst Stx Mot2d Auto Manual Local Oos GActive OP1 OP2 SeqStart SeqStop ILck Ready Run FwdRun RevRun Warn Trip Stx Operating Mode Alerts and Alarms El00000000886 07 2011 37 Function Blocks Mode Selection Mode of Operation Interlock Types There are 1 maintenance and 3 operating modes This section allows to control mode of operations Auto Local Manual and Oos Auto and Local modes can be selected either from input pins of Unity Pro or from HMI control word Manual and Oos modes can be controlled only from HMI control word The devices can be controlled by following 4 modes of
428. tem Description Ramp Step Configurable and displays the ramp step value The following table describes the sub section Asset Management Item Description Run hours Displays the run hours of the motor Resets the run hours value of the motor to 0 The following table describes the sub section Set Point Item Description External SP Enable Enables the external set point SP High Limit Configurable and displays the set point high limit SP LOW Limit Configurable and displays the set point low limit Interlock Tab He Equip_Mot1DVs STI SI SQI PI Interlock J Starting Interlock J Safety Interlock J Sequential Interlock J Process Interlock 230 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Alarm Tab This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked
429. terlock PI All the process interlock conditions are displayed with description Also individual interlock condition can be bypassed in this section NOTE The figure for Process Interlock is same as that for Starting Interlock 54 E100000000886 07 2011 Using the Cement Library Overview This chapter describes the features of the Cement Library What s in this Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Operator Logging 56 Alarm Logging and Alarm Summary 57 Dim Unavailable Buttons 58 Alarms in the Popup 59 Access Level Support 60 Enable Use of Double Monitor 62 Acknowledge Alarms 65 Local Language Support 66 Navigation to Trend and Alarm Window from the Popup 68 Trend Assignment 69 Color Customization 70 Navigation Buttons 73 Information Popup 74 Out of Service Mode 75 E100000000886 07 2011 55 Using the Cement Library Operator Logging Introduction Operator logging file is available in the Data folder of the Vijeo Citect installation path with the file name Cem_OperLog DBF To view this file open it using Microsoft Office Excel tool The data will be displayed in excel form and contains the following information Item Description DATE Date value on value change TIME Time value on value change USERNAME Logged in user who has changed the value LOCATION Location where the value has chang
430. terlock conditions are operational ProcILck 0 The process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual modes only CondStart BOOL Conditional start CondStart 1 Start command to the motor OP 1 CondStart 0 Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in Auto mode only If GActive 1 CondStart is used to start or stop a motor based on process condition Avail BOOL Availability of motor Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motor is electrically not available Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL Overload OverLoad 1 Motor is not in overload condition OverLoad 0 Motor is in overload condition Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active 114 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details EStop BOOL Emergency stop EStop 1 Plant process condition is operational for the motor to run EStop 0 Emergency situation Plant process condition is not operational for the motor to run Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in all operation modes Auto Manual
431. ters have trend tags For example If Pv value of PID and APV of AnlgIn have to be compared right click the Pv Process Value display in PID block popup and APV Process Value display in AnlgIn block popup The trend popup opens with the process value of PID and AnlgIn as trend pens E100000000886 07 2011 69 Using the Cement Library Color Customization Introduction Color customization gives you the ability to define custom colors for the popups and the objects like group frames outer frames editable boxes and so on present in the genie and popups You can apply the color customization functionality at the following levels Serial Color Customizable Description Number Objects Label 1 Cemc_AlOnUnack Active trip indication in genie 2 Cemc_WaOnUnAck Active alert indication in genie 3 Cemc_AlOnAck Active and acknowledged trip indication in genie 4 Cemc_WaOnAck Active and acknowledged alert indication in genie 5 Cemc_AlOffUnack Inactive and unacknowledged trip indication in genie 6 Cemc_WaOffUnAck Inactive and unacknowledged alert indication in genie 7 Cemc_AlWaMask Trip alert masked indication in genie 8 Cemc_Sleep Genie object is in sleep mode 9 Cemc_Awake Genie object is in awake mode 10 Cemc_Run Motor RUN indication in genie 11 Cemc_Stop Motor STOP indication in genie 12 Cemc_Open Actuator OPEN indication in genie 13 Cemc_Close Actu
432. tes the input signal when a hardware becomes inoperable This value is considered when a channel becomes inoperable DVEn BOOL Default value Enables the default value enabled TON DINT Timer on Timing set point for digital input connection CHIN to activate in ms TOFF DINT Timer off Timing set point for digital input connection CHIN to deactivate in ms 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the DigIn block Parameter Type Description Details AlmInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION To reset alarms must be used very carefully UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 188 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control The following table describes the input parameter of the DigIn block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL
433. the Bypass Process f b button from the HMI NOTE Group Active Sequential Start and Sequential Stop are applicable in Auto mode only The start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH when the run feedback FbRun and process feedback FbProc are obtained Run output Run is set HIGH and pulse command SeqStart is given to the next device to start Group stop command Stop or group quick stop command QStop sets the output command OP as LOW Group stop command Stop is received by the motor from the GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Group quick stop command GQStop is received by the motor from the Grpctr1 block The Stop command is issued and output OP is set LOW when the run feedback FbRun and process feedback FbProc are set LOW Run output Run is set LOW and command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop The quick stop command QStop is issued and output OP is set LOW and sequential stop command SeqStop is given to the next device to stop Manual Mode Operation Run and Stop commands are issued by the operator from the popup of the conveyor block Run and process feedback monitoring are applicable as in Auto mode NOTE Sequential interlock is not applicable in Manual mode E100000000886 07 2011 387 MMM Process Local Mode Operation Interlock Types Feedback Stage Description 1 Start up pulse command LStart comes from the loca
434. the group GStopDone BOOL Group stop activity is This output is set when all the done devices in the group are stopped NOTE It is connected to the next GrpStpMgt block GStopx BOOL Group stop command GStopx x 01 12 1 Stops x 01 12 GStop x x 01 12 device x x 01 12 NOTE To be connected to input Stop of the device x x 01 12 374 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The following table describes the input output parameter of the GrpStpMgt block Parameter Type Description Stx GrpStpMgt_St Status and control of the GrpStpMgt block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 384 ElO0000000886 07 2011 375 MMM Process GrpStpMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 376 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Input Output Diagram SCoD Interface Link Link Link Variable PLC Link Link Link Link Link
435. the schedule time is crossed the scheduler further waits for a time hold time During initialization of the block this time can be set and changed later If the interlock becomes active within the hold time the scheduler functions and shuts down Else the schedule is cancelled and an alarm is generated The operator gets the information of remaining time scheduler on off status and so on from the HMI popup Representation in FBD The following figure shows the FBD representation of the EgySchtT block EgySchT IN OP SchiLck SchActive Stx Stx E100000000886 07 2011 595 Generic Process Parameter Description The following tab le describes the input parameters of the EgySchT block Parameter Type Description Details IN BOOL Input Input Schllck BOOL Schedule Schedule block is active only if interlock interlock 1 The following tab le describes the output parameter of the EgySchT block Parameter Type Description Details OP BOOL Output If SchActive 1andSchllck 1 then oP DV else OP IN SchActive BOOL Schedule active Scheduler is active to take action The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the EgySchT block Parameter Type Description Stx EgySchT St HMI see page 603 Status and control of the EgySchT block Refer to the Structure to interface with the
436. these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the RouteMgt block Parameter Type Description Details AlmiInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the RouteMgt block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block Sends Reset command RRst 1 to all the blocks in the route AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm 424 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process The following table describes the output parameters of the RouteMgt block Parameter Type Description Details GActive BOOL Group active GActive 1 The route is started in the group and is active GActive 0 The route is not started in the group and is not active
437. tk Stx 584 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the EgyScheE block Parameter Type Description Details Event BOOL Event on Schedule output is sent if Event is triggered Schllck BOOL Schedule Schedule block send output only if interlock interlock 1 IN1 BOOL Input Input 1 IN2 REAL Input2 Input 2 The following table describes the output parameter of the EgyScheE block Parameter Type Description Details OP1 BOOL Output1 If SchActive 1andSchllick 1 then OP1 DV1 else OP1 IN1 OP2 REAL Output2 If SchActive 1andSchllck 1 then OP2 DV2 else OP2 IN2 SchActive BOOL Schedule active Schedule is active The following table describes the input output parameter of the EgyScheE block Parameter Type Description Stx EgySchE_ St Refer Status and control of the EgySchE block to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 592 El00000000886 07 2011 585 Generic Process EgySchE Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the U
438. to start the group are operational GReady 0 Not all the conditions to start the group are operational Group will not be given the Start command GRun BOOL Run GRun 1 All the devices in the group are running GRun 0 Not all the devices in the group are running Signal BOOL Signal Connection of visible and audible alert signals on group start up or restart during Tsign time Warn BOOL Alert Warn 1 The group is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The group is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The group is operational with no active trip alarm is present Trip 0 The group has tripped with an active trip alarm is present The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the GrpCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Stx GrpCtrl St Status and control of the GrpCtr1 block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 355 ElO0000000886 07 2011 343 MMM Process GrpCtr1 Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC
439. top 5 Group ready 6 Group run 7 Signal 8 Group starting 9 Group stopping 10 11 Not used 12 Interlock 13 Not used 14 Alert 15 Trip Bit description for the Alw element Bit Description 0 Safety interlock not active 1 Sequential interlock not active 2 Start up time exceeded 3 Stop time exceeded 4 14 Not used 15 Group trip 356 EIO0000000886 07 2011 MMM Process 9 2 GrpStrtMgt Group Start Management Overview This section describes the GrpStrtMgt block What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page GrpStrtMgt Description 358 GrpStrtMgt Representation as SCoD in UAG 362 GrpStrtMgt Representation in the HMI 366 GrpStrtMgt_St Derived Data Type 370 E100000000886 07 2011 357 MMM Process GrpStrtMgt Description General Function Description The GrpStrtMgt block is implemented as listed in the following table Software Implemented as Unity Pro DFB GrpStrtMgt Vijeo Citect Genie GrpStrtMgt UAG SCoD GrpStrtMgt The GrpStrtMgt block is used to manage the sequential start of the devices in the group This block is used as an intermediate block between the GrpCtr1 and devices motors actuators and can handle a sequential start of up to 12 devices If there are more than 12 devices the GrpStrtMgt can be extended by connecting the GStartDone output
440. top in the control module Bypass Hold e Bypasses the process value e Holds the sequence of the control module Ramp down to Low limit Ramps down the value to low limit in the control module Ramp down by step 1 Ramps down the value by step 1 in the control module Ramp up by step 1 Ramps up the value by step 1 in the control module Ramp up to high limit Ramps up the value to high limit in the control module Value field gray background B E 2 2 iS 2 S ow Displays the value which is not editable Value field white background ow gt Displays the value which is editable El00000000886 07 2011 49 HMI Representation Description Symbol Meaning General rule In all popups buttons are displayed in gray color Major alarm count Displays the number of major alarms Minor alarm count Displays the number of minor alarms trips Page name a Displays the page name function block name Grp1_Pic2 Klaxon Displays the voice alarm including alarming and silencing status Login _ Displays the login symbol for the user 82 Genie Displays the dynamic objects which are ine available in the page Group page Displays the group pages which the user can Group 1 configure 50 E100000000886 07 2011 HMI Representation Commonly Used Tabs Overview This pro
441. tors if they are modifying any date or entering any command If any picture group is used it is displayed in the HMI template The status of unused pictures are grayed out Representation The following figure shows the Cement Library template 13 5 8 9 40 11 4 GipBlocks Trends Alarms Fie Toole Schneider 14 G Electric Grp1_Pic2 Q82 15 Be oa oe E 42 E100000000886 07 2011 HMI Representation The following table shows the legend information of the Cement Library template Legend Names 1 User tools 6 Major alarm 11 Klaxon 16 Genie count 2 Trends 7 Minor alarm 12 Login 17 Group pages count Alarms Top 3 alarms 13 Date and time System tools 9 Page name 14 Schneider Electric logo 5 Customer logo 10 Acknowledge all 15 User name alarms The display of gray status for unused picture groups is user defined You can use upto 10 groups Each group can have the pages as configured by the user within it ElO0000000886 07 2011 43 HMI Representation HMI Object List HMI Representation Each function or object in the HMI is represented by a status display Vijeo Citect Genie indicating the status and appropriate values By clicking the Status display a popup opens with additional information for operator control Several tabs are available depending on the single functions The HMI interface of the function bloc
442. trol Module File View Generate Window Help Unity Application Generator CementLibDemo Exclusive Ose Sat Ol Ilse Aeg Template Libraries SCoD Libraries CemLib_CementProcess_v1p0 CemLib_Communication_v1p0 CemLib_Device_v1p0 CemLib_EquipmentControl_y1p0 CemLib_GenericProcess_v1p0 CemLib_MMMProcess_v1p0 CemLibCommunication p0 E ah Site E Schneider Cement E aM RMEMG4 e S Gpl H Grp2 z3 Grp3 m 2 Gps m Sy RMAmp fj clr E Kiln w E RABH i Bi cM E PL Topological Model Site EA Network Segments T Routing Paths H A Data Servers By HMis H PLCs E Network Nodes New Control Module Parent RM Unit Basic Control Module Type BY Not Assianed Helpon Type Comment Control Module Name Documents Control Module Description PLC CemPle E100000000886 07 2011 95 Instantiation in UAG Step Action 2 Select a type from Control Module Type 3 Click Ok Result The Properties Control Module dialog box is displayed y Application Generator CementLibDemo Exclusive Generate Window Help oi 6a OLV Tah BR Oe Properties Control Module Template Libraries SCoD Libraries Parent Grp Equipment Module CemLib_CementProcess_v1p0 Bg CemLib_Communication_v1p0 Basic Configuration Limit Device Data i CemLib_Device_v1p0 9 CemLib_E quipmentControl_v1p0 Control Modde Type 4 f
443. tus and control of the SPReal set point block Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 554 ElO0000000886 07 2011 549 Generic Process SPReal Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface forthe SPReal block SCoD Interface TYPE SPReal TYPE SCoD Interface Variable PLC TIME TSP OP REAL Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI SPReal_St Stx Stx SPReal_St Variable PLC_HMI SCoD Properties Name Variable Initial Value Property Tab Position Description Display format Stx SP 0 0 Configuration 2 Display format Measurement unit Stx SP 0 0 Configuration 7 Measurement unit Set Point Stx SP 0 0 Configuration 1 Set point Output High Limit Stx SPH 100 0 Limit 7 Output high limit Output Low Limit Stx SPL 0 0 Limit 1 Output low limit 550 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process
444. tus in the HMI El00000000886 07 2011 35 Functional Description Signal Type Single Functions EScanner e refreshes read or write requests periodically for n registers issued to a single node on an Ethernet communications network e displays the value and status in the HMI MBClientBs e enables device data to be written or read to from ModBus technologies e displays the value and status in the HMI MBPortM e enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on serial Modbus with M340 PLC e displays the value and status in the HMI MBPortP e enables the port in serializing and managing requests sent to a physical medium working on serial Modbus with Premium PLC e displays the value and status in the HMI MBScanner uses an internal client to generate several sequential requests to different memory positions in the remote device e displays the value and status in the HMI Statistics e enables to assess the quality and speed of communications on a Modbus Ethernet or CANopen network e enables calculations to be performed on the client scanner port and gateway blocks from the entire communications library and on devices in Modbus communications e allows the described totalizers to be reset e calculates the number of requests issued e communications information is calculated maximum and minimum values controller cycles and so on communication times are calcula
445. ue beyond the limit then the control variable value is equal to high or low limit Cascade Mode Operation In Cascade mode the set point to the control variable is given as an input to the block CasSP The target is restricted within high and low limits SPH and SPL and if the input value CasSP is beyond the limits then the target value is equal to high or low limit Based on this target and the process value the detected error or deviation is derived Based on this error the manipulating variable value Mv is calculated using the PID algorithm and sent to the actuator to act The actuator action makes a process change and thereby the process value PV changes and the manipulating variable continuously keeps varying based on the calculation and the cycle goes on The Mv value is always restricted within the high and low limits MVH and MVL If the calculation gives MV beyond the limits then MV is restricted to the value of high or low limit The maximum deviation minimum deviation and maximum step change concepts are applicable as in Auto mode 612 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process External Mode Operation Configuration In External mode the manipulating variable is given as an input to the block Ext SP directly from the popup If input value Ext SP is beyond the limit MVH and MV1 then the value is equal to high or low limit If auto set point tracking is enabled then auto set point v
446. uipment Control The following table describes the input output parameter of the DigAct block Parameter Type Description Stx DigAct_St Status and control of the digital actuator Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 257 E100000000886 07 2011 245 Equipment Control DigAct Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 246 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the DigAct block SCoD Interface TYPE DigAct TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start Oos BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Direction GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop OP1 BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL QStop OP2 BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC BOOL DefaultPos SeqStart BOOL Variable PLC Variable PLC BOOL Typ SeqStop BO
447. uration 3 Measurement unit MV Manipulating Variable Default Value DV 0 0 Configuration Default value Eng Max MV Stx MV Not available Configuration Sets maximum Eng value Manipulating Variable Display format SP Stx SP HHH HH Configuration 7 Display format Set point Measurement Unit Stx SP Not available Configuration 8 Measurement unit SP Default Mode DMode 1 Auto Configuration 9 Default mode Set Point Low Stx SPL 0 0 Limit 1 Set point low Set Low MV Stx MVL 0 0 Limit 2 Manipulating variable low limit Set Minimum Error Stx MinError 0 0 Limit Sets minimum error Set Minimum Errror Stx TMinError 0 Limit Sets minimum errror Time sec time Set Point High Stx SPH 100 0 Limit Set point high Set High MV Stx MVH 100 0 Limit Manipulating variable high limit Set Maximum Error Stx MaxError 0 0 Limit 9 Sets maximum error Set Maximum Error Stx TMaxError 0 Limit 10 Sets maximum error Time sec time Eng Min SP Stx SP Not available Range 1 Sets minimum Eng value Set point Eng Min MV Stx MV Not available Range 2 Sets minimum Eng value Manipulating Variable Eng Max SP Stx SP Not available Range 7 Sets maximum Eng value set point 620 E100000000886 07 2011 Generic Process PIDB Representation in the HMI Proportional Integral and Derivative Basic Genie The PIDB block is represented in the HMI by the following genie 100 00 MV 69 00 PV 0 00 Gen
448. ure bypass Tank level bypass Grease flow bypass 2 3 4 6 Not used 7 Alarm reset 8 13 Not used 14 Alarm mask 15 Alert mask Bit description for the Stw1 element Bit Description 0 Wake Start interlock Safety interlock Sequential interlock Process interlock a AION Line differential pressure 528 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Bit Description 6 Control air pressure 7 Tank level 8 Grease flow 9 13 Not used 14 Alarm inhibition 15 Not used Bit description for the Stw2 element Bit Description 0 Group active 1 Cycle active 2 Interlock 3 Ready 4 Run 5 13 Not used 14 Alert 15 Trip Bit description for the Alw1 element Bit Description 0 Safety interlock not available 1 Sequential interlock not available 2 Process interlock not available 3 Line differential pressure inoperable 4 Control air pressure inoperable 5 Tank level inoperable 6 Grease flow inoperable 7 Run feedback forward inoperable when motor is running 8 Run feedback forward inoperable when motor is not running 9 10 Not used 11 Process feedback inoperable when motor is running 12 Run feedback inoperable when motor is not running 13 14 Not used 15 Trip El00000000886 07 2011 529 Cement Pro
449. us ProbeOut The analysed values are read from the analyser through input pins and are hold when the gas analyser goes to Purging mode This processed value is given out as output pin and the same is displayed in the popup E100000000886 07 2011 463 Cement Process Inoperable Conditions There are 12 inoperable conditions Interlock Name Parameter Description Sample pump run SamplePumpRunOk SamplePumpRunOk 1 Sample pump run condition is active SamplePumpRunOk 0 Sample pump run condition is not active and an alarm is generated Sample gas temperature SampleGasTempOk SampleGasTempOk 1 Sample gas temperature condition is active SampleGasTempOk 0 Sample gas temperature condition is not active and an alarm is generated Sample gas moisture SampleGasMoistOk SampleGasMoistOk 1 Sample gas moisture condition is active SampleGasMoistOk 0 Sample gas moisture condition is not active and an alarm is generated Sample gas flow SampleGasFlowOk SampleGasFlowOk 1 Sample gas flow condition is active SampleGasFlow0k 0 Sample gas flow condition is not active and an alarm is generated Control air pressure CtrlAirPressOk CtrlAirPressOk 1 Control air pressure condition is active CtrlAirPressOk 0 Control air pressure condition is not active and an alarm is generated Tank air pressure TankAirPressOk TankAirPressOk 1
450. us and control of the analog actuator Refer to the Structure to interface with the HMI see page 313 ElO0000000886 07 2011 299 Equipment Control AnlgAct Representation as SCoD in UAG Overview The use of DFB pins in the SCoD editor is explained in the input output diagram The variables defined in the SCoD editor have the same name as the pin The update initial value is set for the members child variables of the Stx variable in the UAG The values can be modified and updated manually in Unity Pro before the PLC is restarted Additional variable of type HMI is declared without a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 300 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Input Output Diagram The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the AnlgAct block SCoD Interface TYPE AnlgAct TYPE SCoD Interface Link BOOL AutoSel Auto BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL LocalSel Manual BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Wake Local BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Start Oos BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL Stop GActive BOOL Variable PLC Link BOOL QStop OP1 BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStart1 OP2 BOOL Variable PLC Variable IO_PLC BOOL LStart2 SP REAL Variable PLC Variable PLC REAL DefaultPos SeqStart BOOL Variable PLC SeqStop
451. ut a connection to the pin This variable holds the instance name of the function block for the HMI 448 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Input Output Diagram SCoD Interface Link Link Link Link Interlock Interlock Interlock Interlock Variable PLC Link Link Link Link Link Variable PLC_HMI The following figure shows the input output diagram of the SCoD Interface for the BagFltr block TYPE BagFltr BOOL Wake OP01 BOOL Start OP02 BOOL Stop OP03 BOOL QStop OP04 OP05 BOOL StartlLck OP06 BOOL SftylLck OP07 BOOL SeqlLck OP08 BOOL ProclLck OP09 OP10 INT SVCount OP11 BOOL PressOK OP12 BOOL DPressOK OP13 BOOL HopLvIOK OP14 OP15 OP16 OP17 OP18 OP GActive CycActive SeqStart SeqStop ILck Ready Run BOOL Alminh Warn BOOL AlmRst Trip BagFltr_St Stk Stx TYPE t BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL t BOOL m BOOL m BOOL BOOL t BOOL BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m INT m BOOL m BOOL BOOL m BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL m BOOL m BOOL m BagFltr_St SCoD Interface Variable PLC Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC Variable PLC_HMI El00000000886 07 2011 4
452. ut is connected from output GWake of GrpCtrl DMode INT Default mode This Input defines the default mode of the block when it is initialized e 1 Auto e 2 Manual e 3 Cascade 4 External CasSP Cascade mode set point If the block is in Cascade mode CasSP is moved to SP and Mv is calculated as per the SP EXtSP External mode set point If the block is in External mode ExtSP is moved to MV PV Start up value enable Process value DV Start up value If DVEn 1 then this value is moved to output Mv during initialization DVEn BOOL Start up value enable When DVEn 1 the Dv is moved to output Mv during initialization ElO0000000886 07 2011 615 Generic Process A CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the PIDB block Parameter Type Description Details AlmiInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR
453. utolSel or Auto2Sel or ExtSe1 is HIGH If the mode selection input pins are LOW then operator can change the mode from the popup of the block Auto Mode 1 Operation The total set point is fed to the block through input pin Ext TotalSP or by the operator from HMI Stx ManTotalSP based on the external set point enabled or disabled The individual set point ratios AutoRatiox x 1 6 are entered in percentage by the operator from the popup When the command update ratio UpdateRatio is given by the operator from HMI and OPxEn x 1 6 is enabled the ratio is updated to the final ratio of the outputs Rat iox x 1 6 Set point Stx SPxHeat x 1 6 is calculated by the formulae Stx SPxHeat TotalSP Ratiox 100 When the ratio or the total set point is changed the heat set points are adjusted accordingly to maintain the ratio 488 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process The final fuel set point to the respective actuators is calculated by SPx x 1 6 SPxHeat CalValx x 1 6 The generated set points are restricted to the limits Stx SPxH and Stx SPxL x 1 6 entered by the operator from HMI If the total ratio is not equal to 100 for more than pre defined time Stx TRatioError then an alert is generated Auto Mode 2 Operation This is a kind of expert mode where the controller defines the ratio of individual fuels based on the priority high and low limits of the fuel The total set point is
454. utput GAct ive as HIGH and the motor starts in the selected direction Ready output Ready is set HIGH when all interlocks and conditions are HIGH Interlock output ILck is set HIGH when inputs starting interlock Start ILck safety interlock SftyILck sequential interlock SeqILck and process interlock ProcILck are set HIGH After the start command Start is issued and output OP is set HIGH within the specified run feedback delay the electrical run feedback FbRun has to be obtained This electrical run feedback is continuously monitored by the motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated 386 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process After the start command Start is issued and motor is operational If run feedback FbRun is not available for 500 ms the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued and the output OP is set HIGH within the specified process feedback delay the process feedback FbP roc has to be obtained This process feedback is continuously monitored by the motor block If it is not operational motor is tripped and an alarm is generated After the start command Start is issued output OP is set HIGH and motor is operational If process feedback FbProc is not available for specified loss of process feedback delay the motor is tripped and an alarm is generated NOTE The process feedback can be bypassed by selecting
455. uts OP1 OP2 and Run 1 group sequential start command pulse is given to the next motor connected in the group SeqStop BOOL Stop command Stop or QStop 1 and OP1 OP2 to next motorin and Run 1 sequential stop group command is given to the next motor connected in the group Dev REAL Deviation Dev SP PV ILck BOOL Interlock status ILck 0 All the interlocks are not operational active interlock is present ILck 1 All the interlocks are operational Ready BOOL Motor ready to Ready 1 All the conditions to start start the motor are operational Ready 0 All the conditions to start the motor are not operational Motor will not be given Start command 298 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details Run BOOL Motor running Motor is running This output is given if the motor is running and run forward feedback is received Applicable in all the modes of opeartion Warn BOOL Alert e Warn 1 The motor is operational with no active alert present Warn 0 The motor is operational with an active alert present Trip BOOL Trip Trip 1 The motor is operational with no active trip alarm present Trip 0 The motor has tripped with an active trip alarm present The following tab le describes the input output parameter of the AnlgAct block Parameter Type Description Stx AnlgAct_St Stat
456. uttons Lines and Fields Description Meaning Auto mode Selects the Auto mode of the control module Manual mode Selects the Manual mode of the control module Local mode Selects the Local mode of the control module Out of Service mode Selects the Out of Service mode of the control module External mode Selects the External mode of the ratio controller control module Cascade mode Selects the Cascade mode of the PID control module Alarm mask Masks the trip alarms of the control module Warning mask E 3 E e e E E Masks the alert of the control module 48 EIO0000000886 07 2011 HMI Representation Description Symbol Meaning Trend popup Opens the associated Trend window of the control module Alarm page navigation Opens the associated Alarm window which contains the filtered alarms and alerts Alarm acknowledge Acknowledges the alarms of the control module Alarm reset Resets the alarms of the control module Note acknowledge Acknowledges the note written by the operator for the control module Group available Route selection Gives command to start group select route in the control module Start ON e Starts the motor On command of the control module Stop OFF e Stops the motor or the group e Off command of the control module Quick stop Gives a quick stop command QS
457. ved Line color Dark gray Left fill color Steady green Right fill color White Top color Steady green Digital actuator is running and valve or gate is opened Line color Dark gray Left fill color Steady green Right fill color Light gray Top color Light gray Digital actuator is not ready and valve or gate is opened Line color Dark gray Left fill color Steady green Right fill color White Top color White Digital actuator is ready and valve or gate is opened Line color Dark gray Left fill color Flashing red Right fill color Flashing red Top color Flashing red Digital actuator is tripped and a trip alarm is active Jm a SSS SS SS Line color Dark gray Left fill color Steady red Right fill color Steady red Top color Steady red Digital actuator is tripped and a trip alarm is acknowledged 250 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Modes On the top left corner of the digital actuator genie the mode of operation is indicated Mode Meaning A Digital actuator is operating in the Auto mode M Digital actuator is operating in the Manual mode O Digital actuator is operating in the Out of Service mode Item Meaning Exclamation mark is displayed in yellow color on the left corner if operator left any notes in the Information tab of the popup Alarm Masking The following table describes the animatio
458. ven to the route management This input is connected from the Start pin of GrpCtrl or GrpStrtMgt RouteMgt or previous device in the group Stop BOOL Group stop Stop 1 Stop command is given to the route management Stop 0 Stop command is not given to the route management This input is connected from the Stop pin of GrpCtrl1 or GrpStpMgt or RouteMgt or previous device in the group Qstop BOOL Group quick stop QStop 1 Quick Stop QStop command to the route management QStop 0 Quick Stop QStop command is not given to the route management This input is connected from the QStop pin of Grpctrl DRoute INT Default route This input defines the default route to be selected when it is initialized 422 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Parameter Type Description Details RouteCount INT Route count This input defines the total number of routes present The block manages routes only between 1 to route count Route selection for routes more than the route count will be disabled from HMI StartILck BOOL Starting interlock StartILck 1 All the starting interlock conditions are operational StartILck 0 Not all the starting interlock conditions are operational Applicable only before the route starts SftyILck BOOL Safety interlock SftylILck 1 All the safety interlock conditions are operational sSftyIL
459. vices in the group are running FbStop BOOL Feedback stop FbStop 1 All devices in the group are stopped TSleep INT Sleep time Time to return group to sleep TSign INT Sign time Defines the operation time delay of visible and audible alert signals on group start up CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the GrpCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details AlmiInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset all generated alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage El00000000886 07 2011 341 MMM Process The following table describes the input parameter of the GrpCtr1 block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not
460. vides information about the commonly used tabs and sub tabs These tabs are commonly available as popups in most of the function blocks The commonly used tabs are e Alarm tab e Information tab e Interlock sub tabs Alarm Tab In this tab all the alert and trip alarms of this block will be displayed with date time and tag name For the description about available tabs and sub tabs please refer to Tab Selection Buttons see page 47 The following table describes the Alarm tab Symbol Description All alarms of this block are acknowledged R All alarm conditions are reset a Navigates to the alarm summary page E100000000886 07 2011 51 HMI Representation Information Tab Object Info Area Asset 1D TS Library Info Library KALCIA tet Version Note This tab has the following sub sections e Object Info e Library Info e Note The following table describes the sub section Object Info Item Description Area Displays the area to which the object belongs This is defined during the instantiation of the block and cannot be edited in the popup Asset ID Displays the asset ID of the object This is defined during the instantiation of the block and cannot be edited in the popup The following table describes the sub section Library Info Item Description Library Displays the library name This is a static text
461. welve Configuration 1 Device count Display format time Stx TStopl 0 Configuration 7 Display format time Time delay to stop Stx TStopl 0 Delay 1 Time delay to device 01 stop device 1 Time delay to stop Stx TStop2 0 Delay 7 Time delay to device 02 stop device 2 Time delay to stop Stx TStop3 0 Delay 2 Time delay to device 03 stop device 3 Time delay to stop Stx TStop4 0 Delay 8 Time delay to device 04 stop device 4 Time delay to stop Stx TStop5 0 Delay 3 Time delay to device 05 stop device 5 Time delay to stop Stx TStop6 0 Delay 9 Time delay to device 06 stop device 6 Time delay to stop Stx TStop7 0 Delay 4 Time delay to device 07 stop device 7 Time delay to stop Stx TStop8 0 Delay 10 Time delay to device 08 stop device 8 Time delay to stop Stx TStop9 0 Delay 5 Time delay to device 09 stop device 9 Time delay to stop Stx TStop10 0 Delay 11 Time delay to device 10 stop device 10 Time delay to stop Stx TStop11 0 Delay 6 Time delay to device 11 stop device 11 Time delay to stop Stx TStop12 0 Delay 12 Time delay to device 12 stop device 12 Device 1 Name Dev01Desc Not available Device Names 1 Device 1 name Device 2 Name Dev02Desc Not available Device Names 7 Device 2 name Device 3 Name Dev03Desc Not available Device Names 2 Device 3 name Device 4 Name Dev04Desc Not available Device Names 8 Device 4 name Device 5 Name Dev05Desc Not available Device Names 3 Device 5 name Device 6 Name Dev06Desc Not available Device Names 9
462. wn Displays the group stop delay configurable from HMI Devices stop in the group within the defined delay time 352 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process Interlock Tab FE mmm_GrpCtrl GrpCtrl mmm STI SI Sol Interlock _ Starting Interlock _ Safety Interlock _ Sequential Interlock This tab has a sub section called as Interlock which is described in the following table Item Animation Description Starting Interlock Steady green Starting Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Starting Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Safety Interlock Steady green Safety Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Safety Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked Sequential Interlock Steady green Sequential Interlock is active and the related device is not blocked Steady gray Sequential Interlock is not active and the related device is blocked This tab has sub tabs Interlock STI SI and SQI For description about Interlock sub tabs refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 53 Alarm Tab For description about Alarm tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 51 E100000000886 07 2011 353 MMM Process Information Tab For description about Information tab refer to Commonly Used Tabs see page 52 354 E100000000886 07 2011 MMM Process GrpCtrl1
463. ws the operator to enter the set points of Real type from HMI configures the output HIGH and output LOW values during instantiation of the block enables the user to configure the delay in changing in set point value from old value to new value through HMI displays the value and status in the HMI The family MMM Process comprises of elements that are used to control various applications This family is used to control start stop of the device and manage sequential start stop of the devices in the group devices routes motors actuators bag filter purging operation and so on The following table describes the functions equipped according to the library Signal Type Single Functions GrpCtrl controls the start stop of the devices in the group checks the availability of the group in all the devices turn onto Sleep mode when the group is not active Initiates Group stop GStop command if there is an inoperability of sequence interlock initiates Group quick stop GQStop command if there is an inoperability of safety interlock resets the alarms whenever a Reset command is issued displays the value and status in the HMI GrpStrtMgt manages the sequential start of the devices in the group plays an intermediate role between group control and device motors actuators blocks introduces delay between starting of the devices in the group holds the starting of devices in the group optional displays the value and
464. x 1 2 BOOL Automatic mode 1 x x 1 2 selection AutolSelx x 1 2 1 Block is forced to auomatic mode 1 Mode selection in popup is grayed out Set points are generated based on the ratio fixed by operator from popup AutolSelx x 1 2 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from popup ExtSel BOOL External mode selection ExtSel 1 Set points are generated based on the inputs that comes from other blocks or any other system For example Quality control systems Mode selection option in popup is grayed out ExtSel 0 Block is set free for operator to select the mode from popup Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtr1 block DMode INT Default mode Dmode 1 Auto1 mode Dmode 2 Auto2 mode Dmode 3 Manual mode Dmode 4 External mode PVx x 1 6 REAL Process value feedback x x 1 6 If SPx PVx gt Stx DevH x 1 6 for more than time Stx TDev then an alarm is generated 492 E100000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Parameter Type Description Details ExtTotalSP REAL External total set point e Applicable in External and Auto modes only if the ExtTotalSPEnable is selected from popup e In Exter
465. x SOxRaw SOx MeasurementOn PurgingOn ScavengingOn ProbeRetractOn Probe1Inline Probe2Inline Probeln ProbeOut SamplePumpRunOk SampleGasTempOk SampleGasMoistOk SampleGasFlowOk CtrlAirPressOk TankAirPressOk FilterOk PanelOk MeasFail MeasDisturb CycDisturb Alminh Warn AlmRst Trip Stx _ Stx 466 EIO0000000886 07 2011 Cement Process Parameter Description The following table describes the input parameters of the GasAnalyser block Parameter Type Description Details Wake BOOL Group wake up Group wake up and request for availability check Wake 1 Group is active Wake 0 Group is in Sleep mode This input is connected from output GWake of GrpCtr1 block AnalyserType INT Analyser Type AnalyserType 1 Measures only 02 AnalyserType 2 Measures only co AnalyserType 3 Measures only NOx AnalyserType 4 Measures only SOx AnalyserType 5 Measures only 02 and co AnalyserType 6 Measures only NOx and SOx AnalyserType 7 Measures only 02 CO and NOx AnalyserType 8 Measures all parameters O2Raw REAL 02 measurement 02 value from the analyser input CORaw REAL CO measurement Co value from the analyser input NOxRaw REAL NOx measurement NOx value from the analyser input SOxRaw REAL SOx measurement SOx value from the analyser input MeasurementOn BOOL Measurement on MeasurementOn 1 Analyse
466. y of your machine or process environment The AlmInh parameter to inhibit alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following table describes the input parameter of the BagF1tr block Parameter Type Description Details AlmiInh BOOL Alarm inhibition AlmInh 1 Except for safety alarms all the other alarms are inhibited No alarms are generated by the block AlmInh 0 Alarms are not inhibited 4 CAUTION UNINTENDED MACHINE OR PROCESS BEHAVIOR Be sure of the state of security of your machine or process environment To reset alarms must be used very carefully Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage ElO00000000886 07 2011 445 MMM Process The following table describes the input parameter of the BagF1tr block Parameter Type Description Details AlmRst BOOL Reset AlmRst 1 Resets all the alarms generated by the block AlmRst 0 Not resets all the alarms generated by the block This is generally a pulse input This must be connected from GRst pin of GrpCtr1 block and resets the trip alarm The following tab le describes th e output parameters of the BagF1tr block to next motor in sequence Parameter Type Description Details OPx x 01 18 BOOL Output command OPx x 0
467. yILck 0 All the safety interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in all the modes of operation Auto Manual and Local 140 E100000000886 07 2011 Equipment Control Parameter Type Description Details SeqILck BOOL Sequential interlock SegILck 1 All the sequential interlock conditions are operational SeqILck 0 All the sequential interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto mode only ProcILck BOOL Process interlock ProcILck 1 All the process interlock conditions are operational ProcILck 0 All the process interlock conditions are not operational trips the motor and generates an alarm Applicable in Auto and Manual modes only CondStart BOOL Conditional start CondStart 1 Start command to the motor OP 1 CondStart 0 Stop command to the motor OP 0 Applicable in Auto mode only If GActive 1 CondStart is used to start or stop a motor based on process condition Avail BOOL Availability of motor Avail 1 Motor is electrically available Avail 0 Motor is electrically not available Stop command to the motor OP 0 This signal comes from the MCC outgoing circuit electrical protection active circuit breaker switched off drawer out and so on OverLoad BOOL

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

1 - Pdfstream.manualsonline.com  ASSEMBLY AND SERVICE MANUAL    Control aspects of a Diesel Generator used to power a SODAR device  Samsung HL-R5688W User's Manual  MIPRO ACT-312  Area en ligne  ZyXEL Prestige 202H User's Manual    Luz Galaxy No. de Cat.: 42-3072  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file